initial commit of ebook 24831HEADmain

183 files changed, 12073 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/24831-8.txt b/24831-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de23337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3967 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Forests of Maine
+       Marco Paul's Adventures in Pursuit of Knowledge
+
+Author: Jacob S. Abbott
+
+Release Date: March 14, 2008 [EBook #24831]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MARCO PAUL'S
+ ADVENTURES
+ IN PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE.
+
+
+ FORESTS OF MAINE.
+
+
+ BY THE AUTHOR OF
+
+ ROLLO, JONAS, AND LUCY BOOKS.
+
+
+ BOSTON:
+ T. H. CARTER & COMPANY,
+ 118½ WASHINGTON STREET.
+
+ 1843.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1843,
+
+ BY T. H. CARTER,
+
+ In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts.
+
+ STEREOTYPED BY
+ GEORGE A. CURTIS,
+ N. ENGLAND TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: FROM THE BOYS' AND GIRLS' MAGAZINE.]
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER
+
+ I.            THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.                      11
+ II.           THE LOST BUCKET.                                21
+ III.          A RAFT.                                         32
+ IV.           THE DESERT ISLAND.                              43
+ V.            THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.                       54
+ VI.           EBONY AND PINE.                                 66
+ VII.          THE BEAR IN THE MILL.                           77
+ VIII.         THE BIVOUACK.                                   88
+ IX.           THE ENCAMPMENT.                                 98
+ X.            LOST IN THE WOODS.                             110
+ XI.           THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.                          120
+ XII.          A VOYAGE ON THE POND.                          130
+
+
+ [Illustration: _"Joe and two others were despatched to row it
+ ashore."_--See p. 31.]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The design of the series of volumes, which it is intended to issue under
+the general title of MARCO PAUL'S ADVENTURES IN THE PURSUIT OF
+KNOWLEDGE, is not merely to entertain the reader with a narrative of
+juvenile adventures, but also to communicate, in connexion with them, as
+extensive and varied information as possible, in respect to the
+geography, the scenery, the customs and the institutions of this
+country, as they present themselves to the observation of the little
+traveller, who makes his excursions under the guidance of an intelligent
+and well-informed companion, qualified to assist him in the acquisition
+of knowledge and in the formation of character. The author will endeavor
+to enliven his narrative, and to infuse into it elements of a salutary
+moral influence, by means of personal incidents befalling the actors in
+the story. These incidents are, of course, imaginary--but the reader may
+rely upon the strict and exact truth and fidelity of all the
+descriptions of places, institutions and scenes, which are brought
+before his mind in the progress of the narrative. Thus, though the
+author hopes that the readers, who may honor these volumes with their
+perusal, will be amused and interested by them, his design throughout
+will be to instruct rather than to entertain.
+
+
+
+
+MARCO PAUL IN THE FORESTS
+OF MAINE.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.
+
+
+One summer, Forester and Marco Paul formed a plan for going to Quebec.
+Marco was very much interested in going to Quebec, as he wanted to see
+the fortifications. Forester had told him that Quebec was a
+strongly-fortified city, being a military post of great importance,
+belonging to the British government. Marco was very much pleased at the
+idea of seeing the fortifications, and the soldiers that he supposed
+must be placed there to defend them.
+
+On their way to Quebec, they had to sail up the Kennebec in a steamboat.
+As they were passing along, Marco and Forester sat upon the deck. It was
+a pleasant summer morning. They had been sailing all night upon the sea,
+on the route from Boston to the mouth of the Kennebec. They entered the
+mouth of the Kennebec very early in the morning, just before Forester
+and Marco got up. And thus it happened that when they came up upon the
+deck, they found that they were sailing in a river. The water was smooth
+and glassy, shining brilliantly under the rays of the morning sun, which
+was just beginning to rise.
+
+The shores of the river were rocky and barren. Here and there, in the
+coves and eddies, were what appeared to Marco to be little fences in the
+water. Forester told him that they were for catching fish. The steamboat
+moved very slowly, and every moment the little bell would ring, and the
+engine would stop. Then the boat would move more slowly still, until the
+bell sounded again for the engine to be put in motion, and then the boat
+would go on a little faster.
+
+"What makes them keep stopping?" said Marco.
+
+"The water is very low this morning," said Forester, "and they have to
+proceed very carefully, or else they will get aground."
+
+"What makes the water so low now?" asked Marco.
+
+"There are two reasons," replied Forester. "It is late in the summer,
+and the streams and springs are all low; so that there is but little
+water to come down from the country above. Then, besides, the tide is
+low this morning in the sea, and that causes what water there is in the
+bed of the river to run off into the sea."
+
+"Is not there any tide in the river?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester, "I suppose there is not, strictly speaking. That
+is, the moon, which attracts the waters of the ocean, and makes them
+rise and fall in succession, produces no sensible effect upon the waters
+of a river. But then the rise and fall of the sea itself causes all
+rivers to rise and fall near their mouths, and as far up as the
+influence of the sea extends. You see, in fact, that it must be so."
+
+"Not exactly," said Marco.
+
+"Why, when the water in the sea," continued Forester, "at the mouth of
+the river is very low, the water in the river can flow off more readily,
+and this makes the water fall in the river itself. On the other hand,
+when the water in the sea is high, the water cannot run out from the
+river, and so it rises. Sometimes, in fact, the sea rises so much that
+the water from the sea flows up into the river, and makes it salt for a
+considerable distance from its mouth."
+
+"I wonder whether the water is salt here," said Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester.
+
+"If we had a pail with a long rope to it," said Marco, "we could let it
+down and get some, and try it."
+
+"We could let the pail down, but I doubt very much whether we could get
+any water," said Forester. "It is quite difficult to drop the pail in
+such a manner as to get any water when the vessel is under way."
+
+"I should like to _try_," said Marco.
+
+"You can find out whether the water is salt easier than that," said
+Forester. "You can let a twine string down, and wet the end. That will
+take up enough for a taste."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "if I've got a string long enough." So saying, he
+began to feel in his pockets for a string.
+
+He found a piece of twine, which he thought would be long enough, but,
+on trial, it appeared that it would not reach quite to the water.
+Forester then tied it to the end of his cane, and allowed Marco to take
+the cane, and hold it over the side of the vessel; and by this means he
+succeeded in reaching the water, and wetting the end of the string. He
+could, after all, succeed in wetting only a small part of the string,
+for it was drawn along so rapidly by the motion of the boat, that it
+skipped upon the surface of the water without sinking in.
+
+At length, however, after he had got the end a little wetted, he drew it
+up and put it in his mouth.
+
+"How does it taste?" said Forester.
+
+The question was hardly necessary, for the _faces_ which Marco made
+showed sufficiently plain that the water was bitter and salt.
+
+"Yes, it is salt," said he. Then, suddenly casting his eye upon a long
+dark-looking substance, which just then came floating by, he called out,
+
+"Why, Forester, what is that?"
+
+"A log," said Forester.
+
+The log was round and straight, and the ends were square. The log glided
+rapidly by, and soon disappeared.
+
+"It is a pine log," said Forester. "There are vast forests of pine trees
+in this state. They cut down the trees, and then cut the trunks into
+pieces of moderate length, and draw them on the snow to the rivers.
+Then, in the spring, the waters rise and float the logs down. This is
+one of these logs floating down. Sometimes the river is quite full of
+them."
+
+"Where do they go?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, men stop them all along the river, and put them into booms, and
+then fasten them together in rafts."
+
+"How do they fasten them together?" asked Marco.
+
+"They drive a pin into the middle of each log, and then extend a rope
+along, fastening it to each pin. In this manner, the rope holds the logs
+together, and they form a long raft. When they catch the logs in booms,
+they afterwards form them into rafts, and so float them down the river
+to the mills, where they are to be sawed."
+
+"Can men stand upon the rafts?" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "very well."
+
+"They make a floor of boards, I suppose," said Marco.
+
+"No," replied Forester; "they stand directly upon the logs."
+
+"I should think the logs would sink under them," replied Marco, "or at
+least roll about."
+
+"They sink a little," replied Forester; "just about as much as the bulk
+of the man who stands upon them."
+
+"I don't know what you mean by that, exactly," said Marco.
+
+"Why, the rule of floating bodies is this," rejoined Forester. "When any
+substance, like a cake of ice, or a log of wood, or a boat, is floating
+upon the water, a part of it being above the water and a part under the
+water, if a man steps upon it, he makes it sink enough deeper to
+submerge a part of the wood or ice as large as he is himself. If there
+is just as much of the wood or ice above the water as is equal to the
+bulk of the man, then the man, in stepping upon it, will sink it just to
+the water's edge."
+
+"But perhaps one man would be heavier than another man," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "but then he would be larger, and so, according
+to the principle, he would make more wood sink before the equilibrium
+was reached."
+
+"What is _equilibrium_?" asked Marco.
+
+"Equilibrium is an equality between two forces," replied Forester.
+
+"I don't see what two forces there are," said Marco.
+
+"There is the weight of the man pressing downwards," said Forester,
+"for one, and the buoyant power of the water, that is, its upward
+pressure, for the other. The weight of the man remains constantly the
+same. But the upward pressure of the water increases in proportion as
+the log sinks into it. For the deeper the log sinks into the water, the
+more of it is submerged, and it is more acted upon and pressed upward by
+the water. Now, as one of these forces remains constant, and the other
+increases, they must at length come to be equal, that is, in
+equilibrium; and then the log will not sink any farther. That's the
+philosophy of it, Marco."
+
+Marco did not reply, but sat looking at the barren and rocky shores of
+the river, as the boat glided by them. Presently another log came into
+view.
+
+"There," said Forester, "look at that log, and see whether you think
+that you could float upon it."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I think I could."
+
+"It depends," said Forester, "on the question whether the part of it
+which is out of water is as big as you are."
+
+"I think it is," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," added Forester, "I have no doubt that it is."
+
+"Only I should roll off," said Marco.
+
+"True," replied Forester; "but the millmen, who work about the logs,
+acquire astonishing dexterity in standing upon them. If there is only
+enough of the log above water to equal their bulk, so that it has
+buoyant power enough to float them, they will keep it steady with their
+feet, and sail about upon it very safely."
+
+"I should like to try," said Marco.
+
+"Perhaps we shall have an opportunity at some place on the river," said
+Forester.
+
+Here Marco suddenly interrupted the conversation by pointing up the
+river to a column of smoke and steam which he saw rising beyond a point
+of land which was just before them.
+
+"Here comes another steamboat," said he. "See, Forester."
+
+"No," said Forester, "I believe that is a steam mill."
+
+"A steam mill!" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "They have steam mills and tide mills to saw up
+the logs in this part of the river. Farther up, where there are
+waterfalls on the river, or on the streams which empty into it, they
+build mills which are carried by water. I presume that that is a steam
+mill."
+
+At this moment, Marco's attention was diverted from the steam mill by a
+boat which came gliding into the field of view. There was one man in the
+boat rowing it. Another sat in the stern, with a pole in his hand. The
+pole had an iron hook in the end of it. A short distance before the boat
+was a log floating upon the water. The oarsman was rowing the boat
+towards the log. He brought it up to it in such a manner that the other
+man could strike his hook into it. When this was done, the oarsman
+began to pull the boat towards the shore, drawing the log with it.
+
+By this time the whole group disappeared from Marco's view, behind a
+boat which was hanging on the quarter of the steamer. Marco, who wished
+to watch the whole proceeding, left Forester, and ran aft, in hopes that
+he could get another view of the men in the boat. He found, however,
+that the steamboat was proceeding so rapidly up the river, that he was
+fast losing sight of them; and then he concluded to go forward to the
+bows of the steamboat, thinking that, perhaps, there might be other logs
+coming down the river, with men after them in boats.
+
+When he reached the bows, Marco found the deck encumbered with cables
+and anchors, and heavy boxes of freight, which made it difficult for him
+to find his way to a good place for a view. He finally reached a place
+where, by standing upon an anchor, he could look over the bulwarks, and
+get a view of the expanse of water before him. It was smooth, and its
+glassy surface was bright with the reflection of the rays of the morning
+sun.
+
+Marco admired the beauty of the river and of its banks, but he could see
+no boats, or even logs coming. He saw some large sand banks before him,
+which had been left bare by the efflux of the tide. He wished that the
+steamboat would stop, and let him land upon one of them. He also looked
+down over the bows, and admired the graceful form and beautiful
+smoothness of the ripple, or rather wave, which was formed by the
+cutwater of the boat as it urged its way rapidly through the water.
+After gazing upon this for some time, Marco turned to go away in pursuit
+of Forester, when an occurrence took place, which being somewhat
+important in its consequences, the account of it must be deferred to the
+next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE LOST BUCKET.
+
+
+As Marco was stepping down from the position which he had taken upon the
+anchor, his eye fell upon a small bucket, with a long rope tied to the
+handle, which he immediately recognised as one of those buckets which
+the sailors fit up in that way, in order to draw up water from alongside
+the ship.
+
+"There's a bucket, now," said Marco to himself. "I declare, I believe
+I'll draw up some water. Forester said that it was hard, but I think it
+will be easy. I'll draw up a bucket full, and carry to him and show
+him."
+
+So saying, Marco took up the bucket, lifted it gently over the side, and
+let it down slowly by the rope into the water. There was a knot in the
+end of the rope; and Marco held the knot firmly in his hand, so as to
+draw up the bucket by means of it, as soon as he should get it full. He
+found, however, that, although he could let the pail down easily enough,
+it was no easy matter to dip up any water into it; for the rope, being
+fastened to the bail or handle, kept the handle, and of course the open
+part of the pail, upwards, so that the water could not run in. If Marco
+let the rope down more, the pail, being light, would not sink, but
+skipped along upon the surface of the water, drawn by the motion of the
+steamboat.
+
+While Marco was making these fruitless attempts, another boy, dressed in
+sailor's clothes, whom Marco had seen several times before about the
+boat, came up to him, and asked him what he was doing.
+
+"I'm trying to get some water," said Marco.
+
+"That isn't the way to get it," said the sailor boy. "Let me have the
+bucket. I'll show you the way."
+
+"No," said Marco, "I want to get it myself."
+
+"You never can get any that way," said the boy. "You must swing it back
+and forth, and when it is swinging well, let it drop suddenly and catch
+the water."
+
+So Marco began to swing the bucket back and forth, and after he had got
+it well a-swinging, he let down the rope suddenly, at the moment when
+the bucket was at the extent of its oscillation. The bucket filled
+instantly; but, as the boat was advancing rapidly, it was caught by the
+water with such force that the rope was twitched out of Marco's hand
+with great force.
+
+"Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor boy.
+
+But it was too late. The rope fell down into the water, and the bucket,
+rope and all, sailed back upon the surface of the water, until they
+floated under the paddle wheel of the boat, which dashed them down
+beneath the surface of the water, and they disappeared finally from
+view.
+
+"Why did not you hold on?" said the boy.
+
+Marco was silent.
+
+The boy looked round to see if anybody had observed what had taken
+place. He found that all the seamen were busy here and there, and that
+nobody had noticed what the two boys had been doing.
+
+"Nobody has seen you," said the sailor boy; "so you say nothing, and
+I'll say nothing."
+
+"But suppose they ask you what has become of that bucket," said Marco;
+"what will you tell them?"
+
+"Oh, I'll tell them I don't know where it is," he replied; "and I don't.
+I am sure I don't know where it is now: do you? Hush, here comes Joe."
+
+Marco looked up at these words, and saw the sailor approaching whom the
+boy called Joe; and the boy himself immediately stepped down from the
+anchor, where he and Marco had been standing, and began coiling a rope
+upon the deck. Marco walked sorrowfully away towards the stern of the
+vessel, where he had left Forester.
+
+There was something wrong and something right in the boy's proposal to
+Marco, to conceal the loss of the bucket. His object was to befriend and
+help Marco in his distress. This was right. The means by which he
+proposed to accomplish the object were secrecy and fraud. This was
+wrong. Thus, the end which he had in view was a good one, and it
+evinced a good feeling in him; but the means for promoting it were
+criminal. Some persons have maintained that if the end is only right, it
+is of no consequence by what means we seek to promote it. Hence, they
+have had this maxim, viz., "The end sanctifies the means." But this
+maxim is not sound. The contrary principle is correct. It is sometimes
+expressed by this saying: "We must not do evil that good may come;"
+which is a much safer proverb to be guided by.
+
+Marco's first impulse was, to go at once and tell the captain of the
+steamboat that he had lost his bucket. But he did not know exactly where
+he could find him. He looked at his office window, and found that it was
+shut. He asked one of the waiters, whom he met coming up stairs from the
+cabin, if he knew where the captain was. But the waiter did not know.
+Presently, he saw a gentleman walking back and forth upon that part of
+the deck which is in front of the door of the ladies' cabin. He thought
+that he was the captain. Marco walked up to him, and accosted him by
+saying:
+
+"Are you the captain of this boat, sir?"
+
+"Am I the captain?" asked the man. "Why? What do you want to know for?"
+
+"Because, if you are," said Marco, "I have lost your bucket."
+
+"Lost my bucket!" repeated the gentleman. "How did you lose it?"
+
+"I lost it overboard," said Marco.
+
+Here the gentleman laughed, and said, "No, I'm not captain; but you seem
+to be an honest sort of boy. I don't know where the captain is."
+
+All this, though it has taken some time to describe it, took place in a
+very few minutes; and the boat had now advanced only so far as to be
+opposite the steam mill which Marco had seen just before he had left
+Forester. Marco happened to see the mill as the boat moved by it, and he
+went immediately to the side of the boat to get a better view of it.
+
+There was a chimney for the smoke, and a pipe for the waste steam, at
+the mill. From the steam-pipe there issued a dense column of vapor,
+which came up, however, not in a regular current, like the smoke from
+the chimney, but it was puffed up in regular strokes, making a sort of
+pulsation. While Marco was looking at it, Forester came along, and stood
+looking at it too. There were a great many logs lying about the shore,
+and enormous piles of boards, which had been sawed, and which were ready
+for the vessels that were to come and take them away.
+
+"What makes the steam come up in puffs?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because, it is what they call a high pressure engine," said Forester.
+"It works against the pressure of the atmosphere. All such engines throw
+out the steam in puffs."
+
+"Why do they?" asked Marco.
+
+"Do you know what the cylinder of a steam engine is?" said Forester.
+
+"Not exactly; I don't remember it very well," replied Marco.
+
+"Come with me, then," said Forester, "and I will show it to you."
+
+So saying, he took Marco to the engine of the boat, and showed him, in
+the midst of the machinery, a large iron vessel, shaped like a hogshead,
+only it had straight sides. Marco could not see much more than the top
+of it.
+
+"That is the cylinder," said Forester. "It is the _heart_ of the steam
+engine, as I may say--the seat of its power. All the other machinery is
+only to aid the cylinder, and to convey the power to the point where it
+is wanted to do the work. Thus, the place where the steam exerts its
+power, and on which the whole movement of the machinery depends, is the
+cylinder."
+
+Marco observed that a long iron rod, large and solid, and very bright,
+kept ascending and descending through the top of the cylinder, as if
+pushed up and drawn down again by some force within. Forester told him
+that that was the piston rod.
+
+"The piston rod," said Forester, "is fastened, at its lower end, to the
+_piston_, which is a flat plate of iron, made to fit the inside of the
+cylinder exactly."
+
+"First," said Forester, "the steam comes in below the piston, and drives
+it up; and then it is stopped from coming in below, and is forced in
+above, and so drives it down."
+
+"And how does the other steam get out?" asked Marco.
+
+"There are two ways of getting rid of the steam that is below the piston
+when the piston is coming down," said Forester. "One way is, to open a
+passage to let it out _into the air_. On this plan, when the piston has
+been driven up, the steam is cut off from coming in below the piston,
+and is admitted above. At the same instant, the passage is opened to let
+the lower steam out. Of course, the steam that comes in _above_, drives
+the piston down, and forces the steam that is _below_, out into the air.
+They generally have a pipe to convey it away, and as the piston goes up
+and down, the steam comes out in puffs, as you saw it in that mill."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I understand that; and now what is the other way?"
+
+"That kind of engine is called a _high pressure_ engine," said Forester,
+"because the piston, in coming down, has to drive out the steam from
+below, against the pressure of the atmosphere; for the atmosphere above
+passes into the pipe, and resists the movement of the steam in coming
+out. It requires a greater force of steam to work the piston on this
+plan than it does upon the other."
+
+"What is the plan of the other?" asked Marco.
+
+"On the other plan," said Forester, "the steam under the piston is
+condensed, that is, turned suddenly into water; and this leaves a
+vacancy or void below the piston, so that the piston can be forced down
+much more easily than if it had to drive the steam out before it,
+against the pressure of the atmosphere."
+
+Forester was going on to explain to Marco how it was that the steam was
+condensed in the cylinder, when the conversation was suddenly
+interrupted by the sound of the engine bell, which was the signal for
+the engine to stop. The thumping sound of the machinery and of the
+paddle wheels accordingly ceased, and the boat began to move more
+slowly. Presently, the bell sounded once more, and the piston rod slowly
+rose out of the cylinder, and then slowly descended again.
+
+"They are going very slowly," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "the water is low, and I suppose that the
+channel is narrow."
+
+Just at this moment, they perceived a strange sensation, as if the
+steamboat had been suddenly pushed backwards. Marco was startled. He did
+not know what it meant.
+
+"There we are," said Forester.
+
+"What?" said Marco. "What is it?"
+
+"Aground," said Forester.
+
+"Aground?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "that's the sensation produced when a ship goes
+aground upon sand or soft mud."
+
+So saying, Forester left the engine, and went up to the upper deck,
+followed by Marco. There were several persons there, looking out upon
+the water.
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "we are aground. You see by the trees upon the
+bank that we are not moving."
+
+Marco saw that they were at rest. He asked Forester what they were going
+to do.
+
+Just at this moment the little bell sounded, and the engine, which had
+been stopped when the boat went aground, was put in motion again.
+
+"They are going to back the engine, I suppose," said Forester, "to try
+to draw her off."
+
+But the boat would not move. The engine did not seem to have power to
+release her from her confinement.
+
+"What shall we do now?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, whenever a ship is aground," said Forester, "the first question
+is, what is the state of the tide?"
+
+"Because," continued Forester, after a moment's pause, "if the tide is
+_rising_, it soon lifts the vessel off, and enables her to go back, or,
+perhaps, forward, if the water is not very shallow. But, if the tide is
+_falling_, it leaves her to rest more and more upon the sand, and she
+cannot get off until the water has gone entirely down, and then rises
+again. She cannot get off, in fact, until the water has risen higher
+than it was when she first grounded."
+
+"And how is it now?" asked Marco.
+
+"I presume the tide is going down," said Forester; "and if so, we must
+wait here until it rises again." So saying, he began to look about for
+somebody of whom he could inquire. He soon heard a gentleman say to
+another that the tide was falling, and that they should have to stay
+here three hours.
+
+"That's rather provoking," said Marco.
+
+"Oh, no," said Forester. "Perhaps we can go ashore."
+
+"Well," said Marco, with an expression of gratification at the proposal.
+
+"And perhaps we can borrow some fishing lines, and go a fishing."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "that will be an excellent plan."
+
+"At any rate," said Forester, "when accidents of this sort occur upon
+our travels, we should not allow ourselves to be provoked by them, but
+make ourselves contented by the best means within our reach."
+
+At this time, they began to hear the loud, hissing sound, produced by
+the blowing off of the steam from the engine, which Forester said was an
+additional indication that they were going to remain there for some
+time. Presently, a man came up the stairs from the deck below--for
+Forester and Marco were at this time on the upper deck--and told the
+passengers that the boat would have to remain there three or four hours,
+and that if any of them wished to go ashore to amuse themselves, he
+would send them in his boat, after breakfast.
+
+Quite a number of the passengers seemed disposed to accept this offer,
+and the boat was accordingly lowered; and Joe, with two other sailors,
+were despatched to row it ashore. They were all safely landed upon a
+raft of logs, just above the mill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+A RAFT.
+
+
+Forester and Marco did not take breakfast on board the steamboat, but
+waited until they got on shore. They had inquired of a fellow-passenger,
+who seemed acquainted with the country, and were told that there was a
+very good tavern about a quarter of a mile from the mill.
+
+When they landed upon the logs, Marco, whose curiosity seemed to be
+stronger than his appetite, wanted to ramble about for a little time
+along the shore and among the piles of boards, but Forester thought it
+would be best first to go and get their breakfast.
+
+"Because," said he, "we can then amuse ourselves by rambling about here,
+and shall be ready to return to the steamboat whenever they send for
+us."
+
+So they went to the tavern.
+
+Forester seemed to have little appetite for his breakfast. He complained
+of feeling fatigued, and yet he had nothing to fatigue him. Marco ate,
+and talked fast all the time; but Forester seemed silent and dejected.
+
+"Come, cousin Forester, what is the matter with you?" said Marco at
+last.
+
+Forester said that he felt somewhat unwell, and as there was a sofa in
+the room, he concluded to lie down upon it, and not go out. Marco was,
+at first, disposed to stay and take care of him, but Forester said that
+he did not need anything, and he wished Marco to go out and amuse
+himself.
+
+"You may go and see the mill," said he, "and the logs along the shore;
+only be careful not to go where there is any danger; and come and let me
+know when the boat is coming from the steamer to take us on board
+again."
+
+So Marco left Forester upon the sofa, and went away. He was sorry that
+he was sick, and he was particularly sorry that he had to go himself
+without company. But, concluding that he would adopt Forester's
+principle of making the best of everything, in the events which occur in
+travelling, he walked along the road, singing a tune which he had
+learned at a juvenile singing school in New York, and watching the
+pulsations of the steam, as it issued from the pipe at the mill.
+
+As Marco walked along, it occurred to him that he had not, after all,
+succeeded in acknowledging to the captain of the steamboat that he had
+lost the bucket. And, since the first occasion for doing so had gone by,
+he began to doubt whether it would be best for him to trouble himself
+any farther about it.
+
+"The bucket was not worth much," said he to himself. "Nobody knows it
+is lost, except that boy, and he will not tell. I've a great mind not to
+say anything about it."
+
+In fact, Marco found that he was much less inclined to make his
+acknowledgment now, than he was when the circumstance first occurred. He
+wished that he had at once stated the facts to Forester, which would
+have been his wisest course; but now, that the first occasion for doing
+so had passed away, he began to feel disinclined to do it at all.
+
+Marco soon reached the mill, and he amused himself, for half an hour, in
+watching the movement of the engine, the strokes of the saw, and the
+drawing up of the logs from the water to the floor of the mill. There
+was a steep, sloping platform from the mill down to the river, and a
+long chain extended down to the water. This chain was fastened to one
+end of one of the logs, which lay floating there, and then, by means of
+the machinery, it was drawn slowly up, bringing the ponderous log with
+it.
+
+The way in which the machinery drew up the chain was this: The end of
+the chain, which was within the mill, was wound around an axle, which
+was made to revolve by the machinery. The axle, thus revolving, wound up
+the chain, and, in this manner, drew it gradually in, by which means the
+log, which was attached to the lower end of it, was drawn up.
+
+Presently, Marco's attention was attracted towards some men, who seemed
+to be sailing about upon some logs, in a cove, just below the mill. He
+went down immediately to see what they were doing. They had long poles
+in their hands, with iron points in the ends of them, and were pushing
+the logs about with these poles, to choose out such as they wished to
+saw in the mill.
+
+Just as Marco came down, one of the men stepped upon the end of a log
+which was floating very near him. The log sank a little, but not much,
+under him, and the man walked along towards the other end of it. Marco
+wondered how he could keep his balance.
+
+When the millman reached the farther end of the log, he extended his
+long pole very dexterously, and struck the point of it into the corner
+of a sort of wharf, which was built upon the bank; and then, pulling
+gently, he drew himself along, together with the log upon which he was
+floating. Marco was surprised at this, and he wondered that the man did
+not fall off the log. He thought that if the log were to roll in the
+least degree, the man would be rolled off into the water. He ran down to
+the little wharf, so that he could see better.
+
+"Well, my boy," said the millman, "do you belong on board the
+steamboat?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said Marco; "we got aground. You'll fall off of that log if
+you don't take care."
+
+"No," said the millman, "there's no danger."
+
+"Why, if the log should roll the least atom, away you'd go," said
+Marco, "though the water is not very deep."
+
+Here the man began to step upon the log in a peculiar manner, so as to
+make it roll. It rolled slowly, but the man continued stepping until he
+had rolled it completely over. The side which had been under water
+appeared of a dark color, and was very slippery, being covered with a
+sort of slime; but the man did not slip. After he had thus rolled the
+log completely over, he looked up to Marco, and said,
+
+"There, you see that there is no danger."
+
+When the man had drawn this log up to the shore, he went for another;
+and he had to sail upon this second one a long distance, in bringing it
+to its place. He pushed himself along by running his pole down to the
+bottom, and pushing against the sand.
+
+"Could I sail upon a log?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," replied the millman; "you'd roll off."
+
+"How did you learn to do it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, I learned when I was a boy," replied the millman.
+
+"Did you roll off when you were learning?" asked Marco.
+
+"Yes," said the man. "I've been off the log into the water many a time."
+
+"And how did you get out again?" said Marco.
+
+"Oh, I could swim," he replied; "and as soon as I came up, I would
+paddle back to the log, and climb up upon it. Once, however, I came very
+near being drowned."
+
+"How was it?" said Marco.
+
+"Why, I was on the upper side of a boom"----
+
+"A boom?" said Marco, "what is that?"
+
+"A boom!" repeated the millman; "don't you know what a boom is? It is a
+place to catch logs. They go to some cove or eddy, where the water is
+pretty still, and chain logs together, end to end, so as to form a long
+line on the lower side of the eddy, and then along up the middle of the
+river a little way, so as to enclose a space to catch the logs."
+
+"What do they fasten the boom to?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, the lower end," said the millman, "is fastened to the shore, by
+means of a very strong post, or an iron staple set into the rocks. The
+other end, which is out in the middle of the stream, is fastened to some
+island, if there is one, or, if not, to a pier built up from the
+bottom."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "tell on about your getting in."
+
+"The boom was full of logs, and I was upon the upper side of it, at work
+with some other men. I was on a log trying to find the mark, and I fell
+in."
+
+"What made you fall off?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied the millman. "I was not much use to logs then. I
+was trying to find the mark."
+
+"What mark?" asked Marco.
+
+"The owner's mark," said the millman. "The owners all mark their logs,
+when they get them out in the winter, and then we separate or sort them
+in the booms. Sometimes the mark is on the under side of the log, and so
+we have to turn it over in the water to find it."
+
+While all this conversation had been going on, the millman had been
+moving about over the water with the various logs, Marco accompanying
+him, and keeping as near to him as possible, walking along the shore,
+and sometimes on the logs which were resting by one end on the shore. As
+the millman was describing the system of marking the logs, he was
+sailing along very near to Marco, and he immediately began to turn the
+log over under him, saying--
+
+"For instance, look here, and see me turn up the mark of this log."
+
+Marco watched the log, as it slowly revolved, until presently there came
+a sort of hieroglyphical mark upon one end, made by crosses and lines
+cut into the wood.
+
+"Every owner has his particular mark," said the millman.
+
+"Whose mark is that?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said the man, "but they know at the mill. They have a
+register of them all at the mill."
+
+"I wish I could turn over a log, standing on it, in that way," said
+Marco.
+
+"You couldn't," said the millman. "The only way by which you can sail
+safely on logs, would be to put two together, and make a sort of raft."
+
+"How?" asked Marco.
+
+"By nailing short pieces of boards across from one log to another. Then
+they would not roll."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "if I could only get a hammer and some nails."
+
+The millman told him that perhaps they would let him have a hammer and
+some nails at the mill; and Marco, accordingly, went up to inquire. They
+told him they had a hammer, but they had no nails to spare. So Marco
+failed of getting the means of making a raft. He forgot to go back to
+the millman to get the rest of his story, but, instead of it, he rambled
+down the bank of the river, until he came to a place where there was an
+old fence, which had fallen down, and the nails were sticking out of the
+boards. He now wished that he had borrowed the hammer at the mill, and
+he tried to persuade a boy, who was standing there, to go and borrow it
+for him.
+
+The boy told him that a stone would do very well for a hammer.
+
+"So it will," said Marco; "find me a good one, and bring it to this old
+fence."
+
+The boy brought Marco a stone, and Marco began to knock out the nails.
+Very soon, however, he set the boy at work upon the nails, while he went
+in pursuit of some short boards, to nail across from one log to the
+other. He found some, which he thought would answer, without much
+difficulty, and collected them together near the logs; and, soon
+afterwards, the boy brought him the nails.
+
+The logs were lying side by side, with two ends resting upon the shore,
+the two other ends being out towards the stream. Marco concluded to nail
+first the two ends which were towards the shore, they being nearest, and
+being also more steady than the others. He accordingly laid one of his
+short pieces across, and nailed it as well as he could, using the stone
+for a hammer.
+
+"Now," said he to the boy, "I'll put another board across at the middle,
+and one more at the other end, and then, if I can find something for a
+pole, I'll take a little sail. Look about a little, my boy, won't you,"
+continued he, "and see if you can't find a pole, while I am nailing the
+other boards."
+
+The boy accordingly went away in pursuit of a pole, while Marco nailed
+first the middle board, and then the end one. He came back just after
+Marco had got the first nail of the end board driven in, and as soon as
+he came in sight of the logs and of Marco, he exclaimed--
+
+"You're adrift! you're adrift!"
+
+Marco got up immediately, and looked around. He was indeed adrift. His
+weight, pressing upon the outer ends of the logs, had lifted the other
+ends off the shore, and the raft was slowly floating up the stream. The
+reason why it floated _up_ was, that there was at this place what they
+call an eddy, which is a current near the shore, flowing up the stream.
+Such eddies are caused, generally, by curves in the banks.
+
+As soon as Marco perceived that he was afloat, he said--
+
+"Throw me the pole."
+
+The boy threw the pole, and it just reached the raft. Marco took it in,
+and, thrusting the end hastily down into the water, he endeavored to
+push himself back by pushing against the bottom. But it was too late. He
+had got already into such deep water that he could scarcely reach the
+bottom, and he could not push the raft back.
+
+In the mean time, the raft slowly moved up the river.
+
+"Never mind," said Marco. "I'm going right for the mill, and when I get
+there, they'll come out for me in a boat. In the mean time, I'd better
+finish my raft."
+
+So saying, he kneeled down and finished nailing on the last board. When
+he rose again, he found that he had advanced considerably, and the boy
+had accompanied him, walking along by the shore. He perceived, however,
+that he was gradually getting away from the shore, and, looking forward,
+he saw, to his consternation, that the eddy did not extend to the mill;
+but that, at a short distance above him, it swept out into the main
+current of the river, which was running by a point of land at the upper
+part of the eddy, with great speed. The raft advanced slowly till it
+came to this current, when it turned around, and began to glide swiftly
+down the stream.
+
+"Boy," cried Marco, in great distress, "run to the mill as fast as you
+can go, and tell them that I have gone down the river, adrift. Tell them
+to send a boat after me as quick as they can. My cousin Forester will
+pay them well."
+
+So the boy ran off towards the mill, while Marco floated away helplessly
+down the current.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE DESERT ISLAND.
+
+
+After Marco had sailed on for a few minutes, he cast his eyes up the
+river, and saw the steamboat. She was still lying in an inclined
+position, as she had been left grounded by the tide. He shouted and
+waved his hat, in the endeavor to attract the attention of the people on
+board, and lead them to send a boat to rescue him. But all his efforts
+were vain. He could not make them hear.
+
+The current soon bore him beyond a point of land which hid the steamboat
+from his view, and he began to fear that he should be actually carried
+out to sea. He was calculating, in fact, how many miles it was to the
+mouth of the river, when it suddenly occurred to him that, though he
+could not _push_ with his pole, he might perhaps _paddle_ with it. He
+accordingly took up the pole, which he had laid down upon the raft, and
+began to use it as a paddle.
+
+Marco found, to his great relief, that he could produce considerable
+effect upon his raft by using his pole as a paddle. He contrived to get
+the head of his raft round towards the shore, and, by working hard, he
+succeeded in urging it along through the current, very slowly, indeed,
+but still perceptibly, so that he began to have some hope that he might
+succeed in reaching land.
+
+Before he had made much progress, however, he suddenly saw before him,
+at a short distance, a little rocky island, with some grass and a few
+trees on the lower end of it. The island was very small, being not much
+longer than Marco's raft. It lay almost directly in his course--so
+nearly, that he perceived that by working a little more with his pole,
+he thought he could bring himself into such a position as to be thrown
+by the current directly upon it.
+
+This he did. He paddled, with all his strength, to get into a line with
+the upper end of the island, the current, all the time, bearing him down
+directly towards it. In a few minutes, he had the satisfaction of seeing
+that he was going directly upon it.
+
+"All right," said he to himself; "now I'm safe."
+
+As he said these words, the end of the raft struck the rock, and he
+leaped off upon it. The raft swung round, and was going away, but Marco
+seized it, and dragged it up a little way upon the shore, so as to
+secure it. He then sat down upon the rock, and began to consider what
+was next to be done.
+
+He was certainly at a loss to know what was to be done. He waited an
+hour, and then, getting very tired of his situation, he began to
+consider whether it would not be best for him to entrust himself once
+more to his raft, and endeavor to get to the shore by means of his
+paddle.
+
+While he was sitting on a point of the rock, in this perplexity, looking
+towards the shore that was nearest to him, he suddenly saw a boy coming
+upon a horse, along a winding road, which led to the river. He was
+driving the horse down to water. The horse advanced to the brink of the
+river, when Marco began to call out in his loudest voice,
+
+"Halloo!"
+
+"Halloo!" answered the boy.
+
+"Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off this island?" cried
+Marco.
+
+The boy paused a moment, and gazed earnestly at Marco, while the horse
+continued drinking.
+
+"How came you on that island?" said the boy, calling out again in a loud
+voice.
+
+"I got adrift on some logs," said Marco, "and floated down the river.
+Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off?"
+
+"I have not got any boat," said the boy. "There an't any boats about
+here."
+
+"I wish you would go and get one," said Marco. "I'll pay you well for
+it."
+
+The boy did not answer. He seemed to be hesitating. In the mean time,
+the horse, having nearly finished his drinking, lifted up his head and
+looked at Marco.
+
+"There is not any boat within a mile," said the boy. "But I should think
+you might wade ashore. The water is not deep between here and the
+island."
+
+"Then wade out here with your horse," said Marco, "and take me on behind
+you."
+
+The boy hesitated a moment, but he finally decided to comply with
+Marco's proposal, and accordingly began to advance his horse into the
+water. Marco watched his progress with intense interest. As the water
+grew deeper, he began to fear that the boy would get discouraged, and
+turn back. But the boy kept on. He turned his steps somewhat below the
+island, where there was an extensive shoal; the water grew shallower and
+shallower, until at last the horse emerged entirely, and stood upon a
+little dry sand bank at the lower side of the island.
+
+"I'm very much obliged to you, indeed," said Marco, "for coming for
+me--besides the pay. I will pay you for it as soon as we get on shore."
+
+"Oh, no," said the boy, "I don't need any pay just for wading my horse
+out here. I wade him out here very often, when I come down to water;
+that is, in the summer, when the water is low."
+
+Marco mounted behind the boy, and the boy turned his horse's head
+towards the shore.
+
+"How far is it back to the mill?" asked Marco.
+
+"To the steam mill?--four miles," answered the boy.
+
+"Four miles!" exclaimed Marco; "is it possible that I have floated down
+four miles? How shall I ever get back again?"
+
+"How did you happen to get adrift?" asked the boy.
+
+Marco proceeded to give the boy an account of his getting adrift, but in
+a short time the water began to grow so deep that he was afraid. The
+boy, however, told him that there was no danger. The bottom of the
+river, at this place, was a great bed of pebble stones, and the current
+ran very swiftly over them, and curled in sharp ripples about the
+horse's legs. Presently, however, the water became more shallow, and
+they soon safely reached the shore.
+
+"Now," said Marco, "I want to get back to the mill just as quick as I
+can--before the steamboat goes."
+
+"The steamboat?" said the boy, "she has gone long ago. She went by early
+this morning."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "she went by here, but she got stopped."
+
+So Marco told the boy the story of their having got aground, and of his
+going ashore; and of all his adventures, in fact, down to the time of
+his being cast upon the desert island. The boy told him that he had
+better make haste; "for," said he, "the tide has risen a great deal
+already. When the tide is at the lowest, we can go out to that island
+almost on bare ground."
+
+"But I can't walk back four miles," said Marco. "Could you not carry me
+in a wagon?" he continued.
+
+"We have got a wagon," said the boy, "if my father will let me go."
+
+"Let us go right up and ask him," said Marco
+
+They accordingly began to advance up the road, the boy putting his horse
+to a rapid trot. Marco, who was not accustomed to riding in this
+style--behind another boy, and without a saddle--was much jolted, and,
+in fact, he found it very difficult to keep his seat. He began to feel
+so much anxiety, however, about getting back again, that he did not
+complain. In a short time, the boy reached the house. It was a small,
+plain farm-house. There was a shed at one side of it, with a wagon
+standing in the shed--the shafts resting upon a wood-pile.
+
+"My father is not at home, now," said the boy, "but he will be at home
+very soon."
+
+"Oh, don't let us wait for him," rejoined Marco. "He'll be willing to
+have you go, I know."
+
+"No," said the boy, "I should not dare to go without his leave."
+
+"Let us harness the horse into the wagon, then, at any rate," said
+Marco, "and then we shall be all ready."
+
+"We can do that," said the boy.
+
+So they harnessed the horse into the wagon, and the boy led the horse
+around to the door. Marco, who was quite impatient to go, got into the
+wagon, and sat waiting. The man came in about twenty minutes, and when
+he heard a statement of the case, he said that his boy might go and take
+Marco back to the mill.
+
+It was now so late that Marco began to be seriously afraid that the
+steamboat might have gone. He was very impatient to have the horse go as
+fast as possible; and he watched at every turn in the road which gave
+him a view of the river, hoping to get a glimpse at the boat. He
+wondered whether Forester was still at the tavern, or whether he had
+come out in pursuit of him. After wearying himself with conjectures,
+which were all in vain, he suddenly came to a view of the river opposite
+the mill. The steamboat, to his great joy, was in its place; but there
+was a black column of smoke issuing from the smoke-pipe.
+
+"They are firing up," said Marco, "I verily believe."
+
+"What do you mean by that?" said the boy.
+
+"Why, building up the fires," said Marco, "to set the engine a-going.
+They call it firing up."
+
+Just at this moment there broke forth a loud and hoarse hissing from the
+steam-pipe, and a dense column of white vapor began to ascend, which
+mingled its snowy volumes, in a beautiful manner, with the dark masses
+of the smoke.
+
+"They are blowing off the steam," said Marco.
+
+"What does that mean?" asked the boy.
+
+"Why, that they have got the steam up, and are letting off a little of
+it, while they are waiting for something. Perhaps they are waiting for
+us. Drive on as fast as you can."
+
+A moment after this, the sound of the steam suddenly ceased, and the
+great paddle wheels, on the sides of the boat, began slowly to revolve.
+
+"They are trying to get her off," said Marco. "I _do hope_ they can't
+start her. Drive on; drive on as fast as you can."
+
+They were, at this time, upon the top of a hill which commanded a fine
+view of the river, and of the scenery upon its banks. The mill was
+before them, too, in full view. But Marco was too much engaged in
+watching the movements of the boat to regard the scenery. The boy drove
+rapidly down the hill. They reached the mill in a very few minutes, and
+drove down to the bank of the river, by a road which led to the water, a
+short distance above the mill. But, in the mean time, unfortunately for
+Marco, the steamboat had regained its liberty, and when Marco and the
+boy came in view of it again, as their horse stopped at the edge of the
+water, they saw, to Marco's dismay, that she was ploughing her way
+swiftly up the river, being just about to disappear behind a point of
+land which terminated the view of the water in that direction.
+
+"They are gone," said Marco, in a tone of despair, "they are gone; and
+what shall I do?"
+
+"Can't you go in the stage?" asked the boy, hoping thus to say a word of
+encouragement and consolation.
+
+"No," said Marco, "I don't believe there is any stage from this old
+mill. Besides, I don't know where to go. I should not have thought that
+Forester would have gone off and left me."
+
+"Was he on board the steamboat?" asked the boy.
+
+"Yes," said Marco--"that is, he was to go on board--but I left him at
+the tavern."
+
+"Perhaps he is there now," said the boy. "Let us go and see."
+
+Marco approved of this plan, and they turned the wagon, and rode towards
+the tavern. As soon as the horse stopped in the yard, Marco leaped out
+of the wagon, and ran in. He found Forester reclining upon the sofa,
+where Marco had left him, asleep.
+
+Marco advanced towards him, and took him by the shoulder, roughly, to
+wake him up, saying,
+
+"Forester! cousin Forester! wake up! the boat has gone."
+
+Forester opened his eyes--looked wildly at Marco, and then put his hands
+to his head, pressing his temples with the palms, but he did not speak.
+
+"The boat has gone, cousin Forester," continued Marco.
+
+"Then what good does it do to wake me up so roughly?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why--I--thought you'd want to know it," said Marco; "but why did not
+you come down?"
+
+"Because," said Forester, "you were to come and tell me, I thought, when
+they were ready to go."
+
+Marco had no reply to make to this suggestion, and he was silent. He
+found, afterwards, on farther conversation with Forester, that he was
+quite unwell. His head ached, and his face was flushed, as if he was
+feverish. Marco related to Forester an account of his adventures on the
+raft of logs. Forester thought that he had had a very narrow escape.
+
+Marco expected that Forester would have rebuked him very sharply for his
+fault in going upon the logs at all. But he did not. After Marco had got
+through with his account, Forester only said,
+
+"Well, Marco, you evidently did wrong in getting upon the logs at all;
+but the evil consequences to you will be punishment enough, and, in
+fact, more than enough."
+
+"Evil consequences?" said Marco--"no; there are no evil consequences,
+only that we have got left behind."
+
+"I don't regard that," said Forester, "for I am too unwell to travel
+to-day; but then you have suffered considerable pain and anxiety
+already, and, besides, there will be some money to pay."
+
+"What for?" said Marco.
+
+"Why, you have got to pay the boy for bringing you home," replied
+Forester.
+
+"Must I pay him," said Marco, "out of my own money?"
+
+"Who do you think ought to pay him?" said Forester.
+
+"Why, _I_ ought to, I suppose," said Marco. "But it won't be much. I
+think a quarter of a dollar will be enough."
+
+"Then, did not you say that you sent to the mill to have somebody go
+down after you in a boat?" asked Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "but I don't think they went."
+
+"You had better go to the mill and see," said Forester.
+
+So Marco went out and paid the boy a quarter of a dollar, with which he
+seemed to be satisfied. Then he went to the mill, and he found two men
+just returning, in a boat, from a long pull down the river in pursuit of
+him. Marco paid them half a dollar. Thus his loss was three quarters of
+a dollar.
+
+When he returned to the tavern, he found that Forester had taken some
+medicine, and had gone to bed. Forester told him that he must amuse
+himself the best way he could, and that, after the experience that he
+had had that day, he hoped he would be careful not to put himself any
+more into dangerous situations.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.
+
+
+Marco took dinner that day at the tavern alone, and, after dinner, he
+carried a cup of tea to Forester,--but Forester was asleep, and so he
+did not disturb him.
+
+In the afternoon he went out to play. He amused himself, for half an
+hour, in rambling about the tavern yards and in the stables. There was a
+ferocious-looking bull in one of the yards, chained to a post, by means
+of a ring through his nose. Marco looked at the bull a few minutes with
+great interest, and then began to look about for a long stick, or a
+pole, to poke him a little, through the fence, to see if he could not
+make him roar, when, instead of a pole, his eye fell upon a boy, who was
+at work, digging in a corner of a field near, behind the barn.
+
+The boy's name was Jeremiah. He was digging for worms for bait. He was
+going a fishing. Marco determined to go with him.
+
+Jeremiah furnished Marco with a hook and a piece of sheet lead to make a
+sinker of, and Marco had some twine in his pocket already; so that he
+was soon fitted with a line. But he had no pole. Jeremiah said that he
+could cut one, on his way down to the river, as they would pass through
+a piece of woods which had plenty of tall and slender young trees in it.
+
+He succeeded in getting a pole in this manner, which answered very well;
+and then he and Jeremiah went down to the river. They stood upon a log
+on the shore, and caught several small fishes, but they got none of much
+value, for nearly half an hour. At last, Jeremiah, who was standing at a
+little distance from Marco, suddenly exclaimed:
+
+"Oh, here comes a monstrous great perch. He is coming directly towards
+my hook."
+
+"Where? where?" exclaimed Marco. And Marco immediately drew out his hook
+from the place where he had been fishing, and walked along to the log on
+which Jeremiah was standing.
+
+"Where is he?" said Marco, looking eagerly into the water.
+
+"Hush!" said Jeremiah; "don't say a word. There he is, swimming along
+towards my hook."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I see him. Now he's turning away a little. Let me
+put my line in, too."
+
+Marco extended his pole and dropped his hook gently into the water. He
+let it down until it was near the perch. The poor fish, after loitering
+about a minute, gradually approached Marco's hook and bit at it.
+
+Jeremiah, seeing that he was in danger of losing his fish, now called
+out to Marco to take his line out. "It is not fair," said he, "for you
+to come and take my fish, just as he was going to bite at my hook. Go
+away."
+
+But it was too late. As Jeremiah was saying these words, the fish bit,
+and Marco, drawing up the line, found the fish upon the end of it. As
+the line came in, however, Jeremiah reached out his hand to seize the
+fish, and Marco, to prevent him, dropped the pole and endeavored to
+seize it too.
+
+"Let go my fish," said Jeremiah.
+
+"Let alone my line," said Marco.
+
+Neither would let go. A struggle ensued, and Marco and Jeremiah, in the
+midst of it, fell off into the water. The water was not very deep, and
+they soon clambered up upon the log again, but the fish, which had been
+pulled off the line in the contention, fell into the water, and swam
+swiftly away into the deep and dark parts of the water, and was seen no
+more. He was saved by the quarrels of his enemies.
+
+Marco, who was not so much accustomed to a wetting as Jeremiah was,
+became very angry, and immediately set off to go home to the tavern.
+Jeremiah coolly resumed his position on the log, and went to fishing
+again, paying no heed to Marco's expressions of resentment.
+
+Marco walked along, very uncomfortable both in body and mind. His
+clothes were wet and muddy, and the water in his shoes made a chuckling
+sound at every step, until he stopped and took his shoes off, and
+poured the water out. It was nearly sunset when he reached the tavern.
+He found Forester better. He had left his bed, and had come down into
+the parlor. He was reclining on the sofa, reading a book, when Marco
+came in.
+
+Marco advanced towards him, and began to make bitter complaints against
+Jeremiah. In giving an account of the affair, he omitted all that part
+of the transaction which made against himself. He said nothing, for
+instance, about his coming to put his line in where Jeremiah was
+fishing, and while a fish was actually near Jeremiah's hook, but only
+said that he caught a fish, and that Jeremiah came and took it away.
+
+"But what claim had Jeremiah to the fish?" asked Forester.
+
+"He had no claim at all," said Marco.
+
+"You mean, he had no _right_ at all," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco.
+
+"He had a _claim_, certainly," rejoined Forester; "that is, he claimed
+the fish. He _pretended_ that it was his. Now, on what was this claim or
+pretence founded?"
+
+"I don't know," said Marco, "I am sure. I only know he had no right to
+it, for I caught the fish myself, and he was going to take it away."
+
+Forester paused a moment, and then resumed:
+
+"I don't think that you have given me a full and fair account of the
+transaction; for I cannot believe that Jeremiah would have come and
+taken away the fish without any pretext whatever. You must have omitted
+some important part of the account, I think."
+
+Marco then told Forester that Jeremiah said that the fish was just going
+to bite at his hook; and, after several other questions from Forester,
+he gradually acknowledged the whole truth. Still, he maintained that it
+was his fish. He had a right to put in his line, he said, wherever he
+pleased, whether another boy was fishing or not; the fish belonged to
+the one who caught him; and, before he was caught, he did not belong to
+anybody. It was absurd, he maintained, to suppose that the fish became
+Jeremiah's, just because he was swimming near his hook.
+
+"Sometimes one can judge better of a case," said Forester, "by reversing
+the condition of the parties. Suppose that you had been fishing, and a
+large fish had come swimming about your hook, and that Jeremiah had then
+come to put his hook in at the same place, should you have thought it
+right?"
+
+"Why, I don't know," said Marco.
+
+"It is doubtful. Now, it is an excellent rule," continued Forester, "in
+all questions of right between ourselves and other persons, for us to
+give them _the benefit of the doubt_."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, if a man is tried in a court for any crime," replied Forester, "if
+it is clearly proved that he is innocent, of course he goes free. If it
+is clearly proved that he is guilty, he is convicted. But if neither the
+one nor the other can be proved, that is, if it is doubtful whether he
+is innocent or guilty, they give him the benefit of the doubt, as they
+term it, and let him go free."
+
+"I should think that, when it is doubtful," said Marco, "they ought to
+send him back to prison again till they can find out certainly."
+
+"No," said Forester, "the jury are directed to acquit him, unless it is
+positively proved that he is guilty. So that, if they think it is
+doubtful, they give him the benefit of the doubt, and let him go free.
+Now, in all questions of property between ourselves and others, we
+should all be willing to give to others the benefit of the doubt, and
+then the disputes would be very easily settled, or rather, disputes
+would never arise. In this case, for instance, it is doubtful whether
+you had a right to come and interfere while the fish was near his hook;
+it is doubtful whether he did or did not have a sort of right to try to
+catch the fish, without your interfering; and you ought to have been
+willing to have given him the benefit of the doubt, and so have staid
+away, or have given up the fish to him after you had caught it."
+
+"But I don't see," said Marco, "why he should not have been willing to
+have given me the benefit of the doubt, as well as I to have given it to
+him."
+
+"Certainly," said Forester; "Jeremiah ought to have considered that
+there was a doubt whether he was entitled to the fish or not, and to
+have been willing to have given you the benefit of the doubt; and so
+have let you kept the fish. Each, in such a case, ought to be willing to
+give up to the other."
+
+"And then which of us should have it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, it generally happens," said Forester, in reply, "that only one of
+the parties adopts this principle, and so he yields to the other; but if
+both adopt it, then there is sometimes a little discussion, each
+insisting on giving up to the other. But such a dispute is a friendly
+dispute, not a hostile one, and it is very easily settled."
+
+"A friendly dispute!" exclaimed Marco; "I never heard of such a thing."
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "Suppose, for instance, that, when you had caught
+your fish, you had said, 'There, Jeremiah, that fish is yours; he was
+coming up to your hook, and would have bitten at it if I had not put my
+line in;' and, then, if Jeremiah had said, 'No, it is not mine; it is
+yours, for you caught it with your hook;' this would have been a
+friendly dispute. It would have been very easily settled."
+
+"I am sorry that I left my pole down at the river," said Marco. "I cut a
+most excellent pole in the woods, on my way down, and I left it there
+across the log. I mean to go down and get it early in the morning."
+
+"No," said Forester; "we must be on our way up the river early to-morrow
+morning."
+
+"How shall we go?" asked Marco.
+
+"I have engaged a wagon here to take us to Bath, and there we shall find
+a stage."
+
+Accordingly, early the next morning, Forester and Marco got into a wagon
+to go up the river to Bath, which is the first town of any considerable
+consequence which you meet in ascending the Kennebec river. Marco and
+Forester sat on the seat of the wagon, and a boy, who was going with
+them for the purpose of bringing the wagon back, sat behind, on a box,
+which had been put in to make a seat for him.
+
+Marco said that he was very sorry that he had not time to go and get his
+fishing-pole.
+
+"It would not do any good," said Forester, "for you could not carry it."
+
+"Why, yes," said Marco, "we might put it on the bottom of the wagon, and
+let the end run out behind. It is pretty long."
+
+"True," said Forester, "we might possibly get it to Bath, but what
+should we do with it then?"
+
+"Why, then," said Marco, "we might put it on the top of the stage, I
+suppose. Would not they let us?"
+
+"It would not be very convenient to carry a long fishing-pole, in that
+way, to Quebec," replied Forester, "through woods, too, half of the way,
+full of such poles. You might stop and get a cane or staff, if we find
+a place where there are some good ones. A cane would be of some service
+to you in walking up the hills, and that could be taken along with our
+baggage easily."
+
+Marco said that he should like this plan very much; and, as they rode
+along, they looked out carefully for a place where there were slender
+saplings growing, suitable for canes.
+
+"What kind of wood would you have?" asked Forester.
+
+"I don't know," replied Marco; "which kind is the best?"
+
+"The different woods have different qualities," replied Forester. "Some
+are light and soft, which are good qualities for certain purposes. Some
+are hard. Some are stiff, and some flexible. Some are brittle, and
+others tough. For a cane, now, do we want a hard wood or a soft one?"
+
+"Hard," said Marco.
+
+"Why?" asked Forester.
+
+"Oh, so that it shall not get indented or bruised easily," replied
+Marco.
+
+"A light wood or a heavy one?" asked Forester.
+
+"Light," replied Marco, "so that it will be easy to carry."
+
+"Stiff or flexible?" asked Forester.
+
+"Stiff," replied Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "Some kinds of wood grow straight, and others
+crooked."
+
+"We want it straight," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "The pine grows very straight. If we could find
+some young pines, they would make us some beautiful-looking canes."
+
+"And how is it with the other qualities?" asked Marco.
+
+"Pine is very light," said Forester.
+
+"That is good," said Marco.
+
+"And _soft_," said Forester.
+
+"That is not so well," said Marco.
+
+"And it is very weak and brittle."
+
+"Then it will not do at all," said Marco. "I want a good strong cane."
+
+Just at this time, they were ascending a hill, and, after passing over
+the summit of it, they came to a place where Forester said he saw, in
+the woods, a number of young oaks and beeches, which, he said, would
+make good canes. The oak, he said, was very strong, and hard, and tough;
+so was the beech.
+
+"Only there are two objections to them for canes," said Forester, as
+they were getting out of the wagon; "they are not so light as the pine,
+and then, besides, they are apt to grow crooked. We must look about
+carefully to find some that are straight."
+
+"Which is the most valuable of all the kinds of wood?" asked Marco.
+
+"The question is ambiguous," said Forester.
+
+"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco.
+
+"I mean, that it has two significations," replied Forester; "that is,
+the word valuable has two significations. Pine is the most valuable in
+one sense; that is, pine is, on the whole, most useful to mankind. But
+there are other kinds of wood which are far more costly."
+
+"I should not think that pine would be so valuable," said Marco, "it is
+so weak and brittle."
+
+"It is valuable," said Forester, "because, for the purpose for which men
+want the greatest quantities of wood, strength is not required. For
+boarding the outsides of buildings, for example, and finishing them
+within, which uses, perhaps, consume more wood than all others put
+together, no great strength is required."
+
+"I think people want more wood to _burn_ than to build houses with,"
+said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "perhaps they do. They do in this country, I
+think, but perhaps not in Europe and other old countries. But pine,
+although it has no great strength, is an excellent wood for building, it
+is so soft and easily worked."
+
+Forester's remarks, upon the different kinds of wood, were here
+interrupted by Marco's finding what he considered an excellent stick for
+a cane. When he had cut it, however, he found that it was not so
+straight as it had appeared to be while growing.
+
+However, after some time spent in the selection, Marco and Forester both
+procured excellent canes.
+
+"This is good, hard wood," said Marco, as he was trimming his cane, and
+cutting it to a proper length.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "it is beech, and beech is very hard."
+
+After finishing their canes, they took their seats in the wagon again.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+EBONY AND PINE.
+
+
+After riding along a short distance in silence, Marco introduced the
+subject of the different woods once more. He asked Forester which was
+the most _costly_ of all the woods.
+
+"Costly is not an ambiguous term," said Forester; "that means, which has
+the greatest _money_ value."
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "I suppose it is mahogany."
+
+"O no," said Forester.
+
+"Rose wood, then," said Marco. "It must be rose wood. My mother has a
+beautiful piano made of rose wood."
+
+"No," said Forester. "Ebony is more costly than either rose wood or
+mahogany. They sell ebony by the pound."
+
+"Where does ebony come from?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied Forester.
+
+"I should like to know," said Marco. "How much do they sell it for, by
+the pound?"
+
+"I don't know that, either," said Forester. "I know very little about
+it, only that it is a very costly wood, on account of some peculiar
+properties which it has, and its scarcity."
+
+"What are the peculiar properties?" asked Marco.
+
+"One is, its great hardness," said Forester. "It is very hard indeed.
+Another is, its color."
+
+"What color is it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Black," replied Forester,--"black as jet; at least, one kind is black
+as jet. There is a kind which is brown. It is called brown ebony."
+
+"I don't think black is very pretty," said Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester; "there does not seem to be much beauty in black, in
+itself considered; but then, for certain purposes, it is much handsomer
+than any other color would be; for a cane, for instance."
+
+Marco looked at the beech cane which he had before him, and began to
+consider how it would look if it were black.
+
+"I suppose I could paint my cane black," said he, after a moment's
+pause, "if you think it would be any better."
+
+"No," said Forester; "I should prefer having it of its natural color.
+The bark of the beech has beautiful colors, if they are only brought out
+by a coat of varnish."
+
+"Brought out?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "There is a kind of fine dust, or something like
+that, which dims the bark; but, when you put on oil or varnish, there is
+a sort of transparency given to the outside coating, which brings the
+natural color of the bark fully to view."
+
+"Then I will get my cane varnished, when I get to Bath," said Marco.
+
+"Ebony," said Forester, "is used a great deal where a contrast with
+ivory is wanted. Ebony is hard and fine-grained, like ivory, and it
+takes a high polish. So, whenever they want a contrast of black and
+white, they take ebony and ivory."
+
+"When do they want a contrast between black and white?"
+
+"One case," replied Forester, "is that of the keys of a piano forte.
+They want the short keys, which mark the semi-tones, of a different
+color from the others, so that the eye will catch them as quick as
+possible. So in a chess-board. They sometimes make chess-boards with
+alternate squares of ebony and ivory."
+
+"I think it would be just as well to take common wood and paint it
+black," said Marco, "rather than pay so much money for ebony."
+
+"No," said Forester, "that would not do so well. The paint would wear
+off; or, if it did not wear off by handling, still, if it got a little
+knock or hard rub, a part would come off, and that would show a little
+spot which would be of the natural color of the wood. This would look
+very badly."
+
+"Then, besides, painted wood," continued Forester, "cannot be finished
+off so smoothly, and polished up so highly, as a wood which is black by
+nature. They have a way of _staining_ wood, however, which is better
+than painting it."
+
+"How is that done?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, they make a black stain," said Forester, "which they put upon the
+wood. This staining soaks in a little way, and blackens the fibres of
+the wood itself, beneath the surface. This, of course, will not wear off
+as easily as paint."
+
+"I should not think it would wear off at all," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "for, if a cane is made of any wood stained
+black, after a time the wood itself wears away farther than the staining
+had penetrated. Then the fresh wood will come to view. So that, if you
+want anything black, it is much better to make it of a wood which is
+black all the way through.
+
+"Besides," continued Forester, "ebony is a very hard wood, and it will
+bear knocks and rough usages much better than other kinds of wood which
+are softer. Once I made a carpenter an ebony wedge, to split his laths
+with."
+
+"What are laths?" asked Marco.
+
+"Laths are the thin split boards which are nailed upon the sides of a
+room before the plastering is put on. Sometimes laths are made very
+narrow, and are nailed on at a little distance from each other, so as to
+leave a crack between them. Then the plastering, being soft when it is
+put on, works into the cracks, and thus clings to the wood when it is
+dry and hard. If plastering was put on to smooth boards, or a smooth
+wall, it would all fall off again very easily."
+
+"Yes," said Marco; "I have seen the plastering coming up through the
+cracks in the garret at your house in Vermont."
+
+"The lath boards," continued Forester, "are sometimes made narrow, and
+nailed on at a little distance from each other, and sometimes they are
+wide boards, split up, but not taken apart, and then the cracks, which
+are made in splitting them, are forced open when the boards are nailed
+on. The way they do it, is this. They put the wide lath board down upon
+a plank, and make a great many cracks in it with an axe. Then they put
+it upon the wall, or ceiling, and nail one edge. Then they take a wedge
+and drive into one of the cracks, and force it open far enough to let
+the plastering in. Then they put in some more nails, in such a manner as
+to keep that crack open. Then they wedge open another crack, and nail
+again; and so on, until they have nailed on the whole board, so as to
+leave the cracks all open."
+
+"And you made the carpenter an ebony wedge?" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "He had had wedges made of the hardest wood that
+he could get, but they would soon become bruised, and battered, and worn
+out, with their hard rubbing against the sides of the cracks. At last, I
+told him I had a very hard kind of wood, and I gave him a piece of
+ebony. He made it into a wedge, and, after that, he had no more
+difficulty. He said his ebony wedge was just like iron."
+
+"Was it really as hard as iron?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, no," said Forester,--"but it was much harder than any wood which he
+could get. He thought it was a very curious wood. He had never seen any
+like it before."
+
+"I should like some ebony," said Marco.
+
+"Ebony would be an excellent wood to make a top of," said Forester, "it
+is so hard and heavy."
+
+"I should like to have a top hard," said Marco, "but I don't think it
+would be any better for being heavy."
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "the top would spin longer. The heavier a top is,
+the longer it will spin."
+
+"Then I should like a top made of lead," said Marco.
+
+"It would spin very long," said Forester, "if it was well made, though
+it would require more strength to set it a-going well. But lead would be
+soft, and thus would easily get bruised and indented. Besides, black
+would be a prettier color for a top than lead color. A jet black top,
+well polished, would be very handsome."
+
+"Is black a color?" asked Marco. "I read in a book once that black and
+white were not colors."
+
+"There are two meanings to the word color," said Forester. "In one
+sense, black is a color, and in another sense, it is not. For instance,
+if a lady were to go into a shop, and ask for some morocco shoes for a
+little child, and they were to show her some black ones, she might say
+she did not want black ones; she wanted colored ones. In that sense,
+black would not be a color.
+
+"On the other hand," continued Forester, "she might ask for silk
+stockings, and if the shopkeeper were to ask her what color she wanted,
+she might say black. In that sense, black would be a color."
+
+"Which is the right sense?" asked Marco.
+
+"Both are right," said Forester. "When a word is commonly used in two
+senses, both are correct. The philosophers generally consider black not
+to be a color; that is, they generally use the word in the first sense."
+
+"Why?" asked Marco.
+
+"For this reason," replied Forester. He was going on to explain the
+reason, when suddenly Marco's attention was attracted by the sight of a
+long raft of logs, which was coming down the river. They had been riding
+at some distance from the river, and out of sight of it, but now it came
+suddenly into view, just as this raft was passing by. There were two men
+on the raft.
+
+"See those men on the raft," said Marco. "They are paddling."
+
+"No," replied Forester; "they are sculling."
+
+"Sculling?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "They always scull a raft. It is a different
+motion from paddling."
+
+Marco watched the men attentively, examining the motion which they made
+in sculling, and considering whether he might not have sculled his raft
+to the shore in the same manner.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"What straight logs!" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "the pine tree grows up tall and straight, and
+without branches, to a great height. This is the source of some of its
+most valuable properties. It makes the wood straight-grained. That is,
+the fibres run smooth and regularly, from one end of the stem to the
+other."
+
+Just at this time, Forester saw a large pine tree growing alone, by the
+side of the road they were travelling. This solitary tree had a great
+many branches growing out from the stem, in every part, from the top to
+the bottom.
+
+"That is because the tree grows by itself," said Forester, "in the open
+field. Those that grow in the forest do not throw out branches from the
+stem, but they ran up to a great height, with only a little tuft of
+branches on the top."
+
+"I don't see why they don't have branches in the woods," said Marco.
+
+"Because," replied Forester, "where trees grow close together, the light
+and the air is excluded from the lower parts of the stems, and so
+branches cannot grow there. Nothing can grow without light and air."
+
+"I've seen monstrous long potato sprouts grow in a dark cellar," said
+Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "so have I. I did not think of that. But they
+don't grow very well."
+
+"They grow pretty long, sometimes," replied Marco.
+
+"At any rate," said Forester, "the branches of trees will not grow from
+the stems of the trees near the ground, in the woods; and this is of
+great importance, for, whenever a branch grows out, it makes a knot,
+extending in to the very centre of the tree. This would injure a pine
+log very much, as the knot would show in all the boards, and a knot is a
+great injury to a pine board, though it is of great benefit to a
+mahogany one."
+
+"Why?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because it gives the wood a beautiful variegated appearance when they
+get it smoothed. So that the more knotted and gnarled a log of mahogany
+is, the better. It makes the more beautiful wood. But in pine, it is not
+beauty, but facility of working, which is the great object. So they
+always want to get pine as smooth and straight-grained as possible. So
+that one of these trees that grow detached, in the fields, would not be
+of much value for lumber. It has so many branches, that the boards made
+from it would be full of knots."
+
+"That is the reason, I suppose," said Marco, "why they don't cut them
+down, and make them into boards."
+
+"Perhaps it is," replied Forester.
+
+"Has pine any other very good qualities?" asked Marco.
+
+"I believe it is quite a durable wood," said Forester. "At any rate, the
+stumps last a very long time in the ground. I have heard it said that
+there are some stumps in the state of Maine with the old mark of G. R.
+upon them."
+
+"What does G. R. mean?" asked Marco.
+
+"_Georgius Rex_," replied Forester,--"that is, George, the king. If
+there are any such, the mark on them means that they belonged to the
+king of England, before this country was separated from England. In
+those days, the king's workmen went into the forests to select and mark
+the trees which were to be cut down for the king's use, and these marks
+were left upon the stumps."
+
+"And how long ago was that?" asked Marco.
+
+"O, it must have been sixty or seventy years ago. But I can hardly
+believe that the stumps would last as long as that."
+
+"I mean to ask some of the men, when I get up in the woods, how long
+the stumps do last," said Marco.
+
+"They last very long, I know," said Forester. "The people, after getting
+tired of waiting to have them rot out, tear them up with machines, and
+make fences of them."
+
+"I don't see how they can make fences of stumps," said Marco.
+
+"They put them in a row, with the roots in the air," replied Forester.
+"They make a funny-looking fence."
+
+Just at this time Marco perceived a large town coming into view before
+them, which, Forester told him, was Bath. There were several ships
+building along the shore of the river.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE BEAR IN THE MILL.
+
+
+Marco and Forester found a small steamboat at Bath, going up the river,
+and they took passage in it to Hallowell. At Hallowell, they took the
+stage, and travelled along the banks of the river, sometimes on one side
+and sometimes on the other. They crossed the river by means of bridges,
+which were erected in nearly all the principal towns. They passed a
+number of waterfalls, where saw-mills had been built for sawing the
+logs. Marco was astonished at the number of these mills, the quantity of
+logs which lay in the booms, and the vast piles of boards which had
+accumulated in some of the sawing villages.
+
+At one of these villages, where he and Forester stopped to spend the
+night, they went out in the evening to see the mills. The mills were
+lighted by little fires of pitch-pine knots, which made a bright flame
+and gave a fine light. These little fires were built upon slabs, which
+Marco thought was very dangerous. The slabs, however, though they looked
+dry, were really very wet, being thoroughly soaked with water within,
+having been sawed from logs which had been for a long time floating in
+the river.
+
+The beam, to which the saw was attached in each mill, as it ascended and
+descended with the saw, passed across these lights with a rapid motion,
+which made the lights appear and disappear, in regular succession, in a
+very beautiful manner.
+
+Forester and Marco clambered into one of these mills. They had to make
+their way over slabs, boards and heaps of rubbish of various kinds, and
+the floor of the mill seemed to be made of boards and planks, laid
+loosely and with many open places, in which, when Marco looked down, he
+saw dark and frightful abysses, where he could hear the water dashing,
+and, now and then, could get a glimpse of the foam.
+
+Of course, both Forester and Marco advanced very carefully. When they
+had entered, they found but one man tending the mill. He was seated on a
+square block of wood, near the fire, eating some bread and cheese. As
+Forester and Marco advanced towards him, he looked up and bade them good
+evening.
+
+"Will you allow us to come in and see the mill?" said Forester.
+
+"By all means," said the millman.
+
+The millman here looked around at the log which he was then sawing, and
+he observed that it was time for him to attend to it. So he put down his
+bread and cheese upon the block, and went towards the saw. Forester and
+Marco both turned to see what he was going to do.
+
+The log was lying upon a long frame, which frame seemed to be mounted
+upon some sort of trucks, for it advanced slowly, by a steady motion,
+against the saw. As the saw was constantly moving up and down with great
+force, the log was sawed as it advanced. It had now advanced so far that
+the log had been sawed nearly through, from end to end. When it had gone
+a little farther, the millman pulled a handle, and stopped the motion of
+the carriage and the log, and, in a moment afterwards, the log began to
+go back again; the saw, all the time, ascending and descending as
+before, but without doing any work. When the log had got back so far
+that the saw came out of the cleft which it had made, the man stopped
+it, and then, with an iron bar, he shifted the position of the log in
+such a manner that when the carriage should be put in motion, the saw
+would cut the log in a new place, at a little distance from the
+other,--a distance just equal to the thickness of the board which they
+wished to make.
+
+Marco watched all these movements with great interest. Forester, who had
+often seen them before, went back to the fire, and held his hands out to
+it, for, as it was a cold evening, the feeling of the warmth was
+pleasant. He could see that Marco remained talking with the millman; but
+the noise of the machinery was so great that he could not hear what
+they said.
+
+The flashes of light from the fire illuminated Marco's face, however,
+and Forester could see that he was much interested in what the millman
+was telling him. The millman sat down upon the log, and made gestures as
+if he was eating something. Then he took hold of Marco, and put him down
+upon the log in his place, and he took a seat himself beyond him--that
+is, between Marco and the saw. All this time, the log, riding upon the
+great frame, was slowly advancing against the saw, carrying Marco and
+the millman along with it. When it had carried them so far that the
+millman was getting to be very near the saw, he turned suddenly round,
+and made a gesture as if he was going to clasp the saw in his
+arms,--laughing as he did it,--and, immediately afterwards, he got up
+from the log, and Marco got up, too,--beginning to laugh himself, also,
+though his countenance had expressed surprise and anxiety before.
+
+A short time after this, when Marco came back to the place where
+Forester was, Forester asked him what the millman had been saying to
+him.
+
+"He was telling me a story of a bear," said Marco.
+
+"Of a bear?" said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "of a bear in a saw-mill."
+
+"I don't see what a bear had to do in a saw-mill," replied Forester.
+
+"It was a great many years ago, when there were bears in the woods about
+here. There was a man sawing in a mill, and he was sitting on the end of
+the log that he was sawing, eating his bread and cheese. The bread and
+cheese were lying on the log, next to where the man was sitting.
+
+"While the man was sitting there in this manner, eating his bread and
+cheese, a bear came walking into the mill,--a great black bear. He came
+up to the log, and when he saw that the man was eating bread and cheese,
+he thought he should like some too. So he sat down on the log."
+
+"On which side of the man?" asked Forester,--"towards the saw or from
+it?"
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"Towards the saw," said Marco. "The man was on the end of the log
+farthest from the saw. The bear sat a little beyond him, nearer to the
+saw, and the bread and cheese was between them. The bear began to eat
+the bread and cheese."
+
+"How?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, he took it up in his paws, I suppose," said Marco,--"though I
+don't know certainly about that. At any rate, he began to eat the bread
+and cheese,--sitting with his back towards the saw, and his face towards
+the man.
+
+"And all this time, you must understand," said Marco, "that the carriage
+was carrying the log, man, bear, and all, towards the saw, and the man
+saw that if the bear would only keep still, in his place, until he was
+carried to the saw, he would get sawed in two, and so killed. At first,
+he thought it would be best for him to get hold of the iron bar, if he
+could, and beat the old bear's brains out. But he was afraid that he
+should not succeed in doing that, and so he concluded to wait and see
+what would happen.
+
+"Now, bears have a way," continued Marco, "whenever they are angry with
+anything, of grasping it in their arms and hugging it tight. The man did
+not think of this; he only hoped that the saw would saw the bear in two.
+The log moved on nearer and nearer, and at last brought the bear along
+so far that the next stroke cut right down his back. He immediately
+turned around and seized the saw, and hugged it with all his strength,
+and it tore him all to pieces."
+
+"Indeed," said Forester. "That is quite a story."
+
+Forester did not seem so much astonished at this account as Marco had
+expected, but farther conversation on the subject was prevented by the
+occurring of a new object of attention. The millman began to make
+arrangements for drawing up more logs from the water of the river, by
+means of a long chain passing around a revolving axis, in the manner
+which has been already explained.
+
+Marco watched the first log, as it came slowly up, and then he wanted to
+go down the inclined plane to the water below. The moon was just rising,
+which gave them sufficient light, and so Forester and Marco went down.
+Marco wanted to ride up on the next log, but Forester thought that that
+would be a very dangerous experiment. There was, however, a boat lying
+there, which, Forester said, perhaps they might get into, and take a
+little excursion upon the water, by moonlight. Marco thought that he
+should like that very well, and so he went up into the mill again, to
+ask permission to take the boat. The millman said that they might have
+the boat all night, if they wanted it.
+
+Marco accordingly returned down the inclined plane, telling Forester
+that they could have the boat. But Forester, who began to find the
+evening air too cold and chilly, said that he did not think it was worth
+while for them to set out on a voyage at so late an hour. But Marco's
+imagination was so much taken with the idea of a voyage in a boat by
+moonlight, that he was very urgent to have Forester go. So Forester
+consented, and they both got into the boat.
+
+"Which way shall we steer?" asked Marco.
+
+"We must go up the stream," said Forester.
+
+"Why must we?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because there is a dam and a waterfall below us," replied Forester.
+
+There was a dam across the river, at the mill, and the inclined plane,
+which led from the floor of the mill down to the shore of the river,
+terminated at the edge of the water just above the dam. The water was so
+low that it did not fall over the dam near the shore, though Forester
+and Marco could hear the roaring of the water, which fell over the dam
+nearer the middle of the river.
+
+"We must take care," said Marco, "or we shall get carried over the dam.
+I read of an Indian once, who was carried over the falls of Niagara."
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "we must be careful."
+
+Forester turned the head of the boat up the river, keeping near the
+shore, so as to avoid all possibility of being carried over the dam. The
+boat shot along swiftly through the water.
+
+"The boat goes very well," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "and yet it is only a log canoe."
+
+"A log canoe," said Marco. "Is this only a log canoe?"
+
+"That is all," replied Forester. "It is made of a log, hollowed out.
+They use a great many such boats on this river. They go very easily
+with paddles."
+
+Forester and Marco both had paddles. Marco sat about in the middle of
+the boat, but Forester sat in the stern, propelling the boat and
+steering it at the same time. When they got up a little way above the
+dam, they went out farther towards the middle of the river. Forester
+soon became warm by the exercise of paddling, and had no disposition to
+return. They both found it very romantic and delightful to glide
+smoothly over the glassy surface of the water, which was silvered by the
+moonbeams.
+
+They soon came to a turn in the river, which carried them away from the
+sight of the mills and the dam, and brought them under high banks,
+which, in some places, presented rocky cliffs to the view, and, in
+others, were covered with forests. This scenery had a peculiarly sombre
+and solemn expression, seen thus, under the light of the moon. Marco
+gazed at it in silence, and with a feeling of awe.
+
+They went on in this manner for half an hour, until they found
+themselves approaching a rocky island, crowned with forests. Marco
+wanted to land upon it.
+
+"Very well," said Forester; "I have no objection; but would you not
+rather go back?"
+
+"No," said Marco. "I want to explore this island."
+
+"But are you not cold?" asked Forester.
+
+"No," said Marco, "not at all."
+
+"My hands and feet are a little cold," said Forester.
+
+"Then we will go back pretty soon," said Marco, "but first just let us
+land a minute upon this island."
+
+So Forester turned the head of the boat towards the shore, and Marco, as
+soon as it touched, scrambled out upon the rocks.
+
+"Oh, Forester!" he exclaimed, at once, "here is plenty of drift-wood.
+Let us make a fire, and warm your hands and feet."
+
+"Drift-wood?" rejoined Forester. "Will drift-wood make a fire?"
+
+"Why not?" asked Marco.
+
+"I should think it would be too wet," replied Forester.
+
+Marco said no more, but, at that instant, Forester observed a little
+flash, and then a faint glimmer of light where Marco was. He had lighted
+a match by rubbing it against some drift-wood. He touched it to some dry
+bark, and soon had a pleasant little blaze upon the rocks, near the
+shore. He piled on pieces of drift-wood, such as branches of trees, old
+slabs, &c., which he found lying about there, and he soon had a very
+good fire. Forester sat down upon the rocks, and warmed his hands and
+feet.
+
+"I wish I had a hatchet here," said Marco, "or an axe."
+
+"Why?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, we could make a camp, and lie here all night," said Marco.
+
+"O, no," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "for the man said we might have his boat all night."
+
+"No," replied Forester. "We will camp out when we get fairly into the
+forests on Dead river."
+
+Accordingly, after a little time, when the fire had burnt down somewhat,
+they threw the brands into the river, and then, embarking in their boat,
+they returned to the mill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE BIVOUACK.
+
+
+Marco and Forester had an opportunity to encamp for the night, in the
+woods, in a manner different from what they expected. It happened in
+this way. In the course of their rambles among the forests which are
+about the lakes and the upper branches of the Kennebec, they came, one
+night, to a farm-house, where they had to spend the night. The house was
+built of logs. It was in a small opening in the woods. This opening was
+occupied with fields, which were divided from each other by log fences.
+The fields were full of stumps. The whole opening was bordered on every
+side by a perpendicular wall of forest,--the tall stems forming a
+colonnade, which reminded Marco of the palisades on the North river,
+just above New York.
+
+There was but one room in this log house, and, at first, Marco did not
+know where he and Forester were to sleep. There was a great blazing fire
+in the fire-place, which was made of rough stones. The hearth was made
+of great flat stones. These stones were tolerably smooth on the upper
+side; but, as they were not square, there were many spaces left between
+them, and at the corners, which were filled with earth. But, though the
+fire-place was rough, the great fire blazed merrily in it; and Marco
+thought that it was pleasanter than his father's marble fire-place, in
+New York, with a grate in it, filled with a hard coal fire, looking like
+red-hot stones.
+
+"I wish we had such a fire-place as this in New York," said Marco.
+
+"And wood to burn in it," replied Forester.
+
+"O, we can get wood enough in New York," said Marco. "The carmen bring
+it along every morning. We might have such a fire-place down in the
+basement, or in that little room in the stable, and then I would go and
+build fires in it."
+
+Just then, the farmer's wife came with a spider to the fire, to broil
+some chickens for their supper. She pulled out the coals with a
+long-handled iron shovel, which she called a _slice_. She cooked the
+young travellers a most excellent supper.
+
+The farmer and his wife were both rather young. They had one child. He
+was asleep in the cradle. This cradle was only a box, made of boards,
+and mounted on rockers. Marco asked the farmer if he made the cradle
+himself, and he said he did.
+
+There was a boy living in this house, named Isaiah. Isaiah was the
+farmer's brother. He worked hard all day on the farm, and at night he
+slept in a sort of garret, which they called the loft. The way to get
+up to the loft was by a ladder on one side of the room.
+
+When bed-time came, Forester and Marco climbed up this ladder, and went
+to bed. They slept upon a straw bed, which was lying in a corner. They
+had two clean but very coarse sheets, and a good warm coverlid. Marco
+crept in well under the eaves of the house, but Forester slept on the
+outer side of the bed, where the roof was higher.
+
+Marco was awaked in the night by a strange sound, which he heard,
+directly over his head. He lifted up his head and listened. It was the
+pattering of rain upon the roof. The roof was, however, very tight, and
+none of the rain came in. The roof was covered with shingles, which the
+farmer had made himself, in a little shop near his house.
+
+Marco listened to the rain a few minutes, and then went to sleep again.
+He was glad to hear it rain, because he wanted to stay at this house the
+next day, and he thought Forester would not go away in the rain.
+
+The next that he knew was that it was morning. He spoke to Forester,
+saying,
+
+"It rains, cousin Forester."
+
+"Does it?" said Forester. "Then I don't know what we shall do."
+
+"We must stay here, to-day," said Marco. "Then I can see Isaiah make a
+shingle. Isaiah can make a shingle. Did you know it?"
+
+"I don't hear it rain," said Forester.
+
+"I mean to get up and see," said Marco.
+
+There was no glass window in this garret, but the light shone through
+the chinks between the logs. There was a wooden window, as Marco called
+it; that is, there was an opening in the wall, with a wooden shutter to
+close it. Marco went to this window and opened it. He looked out upon
+the wild and solitary scene which was before him with great interest. At
+length he said,
+
+"No, cousin Forester, it does not rain,--but I wish you would stay here
+to-day."
+
+"Very well," said Forester. "I will stay here as long as you wish."
+
+Marco was rejoiced to hear this; and he spent two hours, after
+breakfast, in rambling about the farmer's house and grounds. He went
+into the little shop, and amused himself for half an hour in seeing
+Isaiah make shingles. Isaiah let him try to make one himself, and he
+succeeded pretty well. He carried his shingle in to Forester to show it
+to him.
+
+Forester said he thought it was a very good shingle.
+
+"I should like to carry it home," said Marco; "but I suppose you would
+think that that would be a foolish plan."
+
+"No," said Forester, "I do not think it would be foolish. The shingle is
+flat, and will lie down in the bottom of your trunk; and, after you get
+tired of it as a shingle, you can have a little box made of it, and
+keep it all your life, as a memorial of this expedition."
+
+This was a very good plan, for Marco had not shaved his shingle very
+thin. In fact, it was of about equal thickness at the two ends. This,
+though a very serious fault in a shingle, made it much more suitable as
+a material for making a box of.
+
+Marco also amused himself for half an hour in going down to the spring,
+where the farmer's wife went to get water, and playing there. There was
+a pleasant little path leading from the house down to the spring. He
+went down once alone, and brought up a pail half full of water, for the
+farmer's wife, which seemed to please her very much.
+
+While he was doing these things, Forester remained in the house, writing
+letters. Before Forester had finished his last letter, however, Marco
+had got tired of all his amusements, and began to think that they had
+better resume their journey.
+
+"Very well," said Forester; "whenever you say the word."
+
+"How are you going?" asked Marco.
+
+"I have made a bargain with the farmer," said Forester, "to let us have
+his wagon to go through the woods about twenty-five miles, and Isaiah is
+going with us, in order to drive the wagon back."
+
+Marco was much pleased with this arrangement, and Forester asked him
+what time they should start. "We are under your direction, you know,"
+said he.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "and I wish you would let me have the direction all
+day."
+
+"I have a great mind to do it," said Forester.
+
+"Do," said Marco, "and see how well I'll manage."
+
+"Well," said Forester; "I will give up the command to you till I resume
+it again."
+
+Marco was quite pleased with his new powers. He said they must take a
+hatchet and a bag of provisions, for he meant to dine in the woods on
+the way. Isaiah accordingly put a hatchet in the wagon. They also took
+some bread and cheese, and some other articles of food, in a bag; and
+also a tin dipper, to drink from. When all was ready, Marco called
+Forester, and they set off. Their trunk was put into the wagon behind.
+
+They went on very well for ten miles. The road led through thick forests
+for a large part of the way, and it was very stony and rough. But the
+wilderness, and even the difficulties of the way, interested Marco very
+much. He thought that it was much pleasanter travelling through those
+forest scenes, the wheels of the wagon sometimes jolting over roots,
+stones, logs, and sometimes sinking in the mire, than riding in a
+carriage, as he had often done with his mother, over the smooth and
+broad avenues leading into New York.
+
+After they had gone about ten miles, they were brought to a sudden stop
+by a tree, which had been blown down, and had fallen directly across the
+road.
+
+"What is to be done now?" said Marco.
+
+Nobody answered.
+
+"What is to be done now, cousin Forester?" repeated Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester. "_I've_ nothing to do with it. You are
+commander."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Marco. "Then I'll decide what to do. We'll chop
+the tree off with our hatchet."
+
+Marco bustled about with an air of great importance, taking the hatchet
+from the back of the wagon, and advancing towards the tree, as if he
+expected to sunder it at a single blow. He looked towards Isaiah, and,
+seeing a lurking smile upon his countenance, he immediately perceived
+how absurd was the idea of chopping off such an enormous stem with a
+hatchet.
+
+He accordingly turned suddenly about, saying,
+
+"No; we can't cut it off with the hatchet. It is too big; or, rather,
+the hatchet is too little. We'll see if we can't find a way to get
+around it."
+
+So Marco asked Forester to look on one side of the road, while he and
+Isaiah examined the other side. They found that, by cutting down one or
+two small trees, they could get around very well. So Marco directed to
+have these trees cut down, and then they led the horse around without
+much difficulty, excepting a slight obstruction from the bushes.
+
+Marco was quite pleased with the successful result of his management in
+this first serious emergency. They rode on five miles farther, and then
+Marco determined that it would be a good plan to look out for a place
+for their dinner. He chose a place in a pleasant dell, overshadowed by
+tall pines and hemlocks, and watered by a brook which meandered through
+the middle of it.
+
+Marco directed Isaiah to drive the horse out to one side of the road, at
+a place where there was a pretty broad and level spot, which seemed to
+Marco a convenient place for the horse to stand. Marco told Forester
+that he and Isaiah might go and employ themselves in finding a good spot
+for them to make a fire, and in collecting some dry wood, while he
+fastened the horse. Isaiah accordingly took the axe, and Marco was to
+bring the bag of provisions.
+
+Marco drew the horse out of the road, and brought his head up near to
+the stem of a little tree, which was growing there. He then took out the
+bag, and made his way through the bushes, in the direction in which
+Forester and Isaiah had gone, down a little cow path, which descended to
+the bank of the brook.
+
+He found Forester and Isaiah very readily. Forester was seated upon a
+flat stone near the water, and Isaiah was gathering dry sticks for a
+fire. It was a warm and pleasant day, and they wanted a fire, not so
+much for its warmth, as for the cheerful and pleasant aspect it gave to
+the place. There was a gentle breeze blowing that day in the open
+ground. This breeze was not felt among the trees, but it caused a gentle
+draft of air, which carried all the smoke away from them, and made their
+seat, on the great flat stone, very pleasant.
+
+"Have you fastened the horse?" said Forester.
+
+"Yes," replied Marco.
+
+"You ought to fasten him pretty strong," said Isaiah, "for he's very apt
+to get away."
+
+"O, he won't get away," said Marco; "I fastened him to a good stout
+tree."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+When the fire was burning well, Isaiah and Marco buried some potatoes,
+which they had brought with them, in the embers under it. They also put
+some apples down to roast on a flat stone, which they placed near the
+fire.
+
+"I wish we had some Carolina potatoes," said Marco.
+
+"What kind of potatoes are they?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"They are sweet. They would be excellent to roast in the woods."
+
+"I never heard of a potato being sweet," said Isaiah.
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "They have plenty of them in New York."
+
+"Then why don't they call them New York potatoes?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"Why, I believe they came from Carolina first," said Marco. "And now I
+want a long stick for a toaster."
+
+So Marco cut a long stick, and, after he had made the end sharp, he put
+a slice of bread upon it, and placed it before the fire, and thus
+toasted the bread. It is remarkable that the business of cooking the
+food, which, in houses and cities, is considered a disagreeable
+drudgery, which is to be kept as much as possible out of sight, is
+always in the woods a very important part of the entertainment, in which
+all the guests are pleased to take a share.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE ENCAMPMENT.
+
+
+Our party of travellers remained at the place of their bivouack more than
+an hour. At the end of that time, having eaten all that they had cooked,
+they began to think of resuming their journey. Marco was sitting upon
+the stone, wishing that he had put down one more potato to roast, when
+suddenly he perceived a large grey squirrel upon a log near him. The
+squirrel ran along the log, and Marco immediately rose and went in
+pursuit of him.
+
+The squirrel ascended a tree, running up the stem. Then he glided along
+one of the branches till he came to the end of it, when he leaped
+through the air and caught the end of another branch, which was growing
+from another tree. This branch, which was very slender, bent down half
+way to the ground under the squirrel's weight. Bunny ran up the branch,
+however, as easily as if it remained level. Thus he went along from tree
+to tree, following, generally, the direction of the path by which Marco
+had descended in coming from the wagon.
+
+At length he emerged from the wood, just at the point where Marco had
+fastened the horse. But all farther pursuit of him, on the part of
+Marco, was suddenly arrested by the astounding fact, which here burst
+suddenly upon Marco, that the horse and wagon were gone. Marco looked
+all about, this way and that, to assure himself that it was the very
+same place where he had fastened the horse. There could be no doubt of
+it. There was the very tree to which he had tied him, and the marks of
+his feet, near it, upon the ground.
+
+Marco was in consternation. He looked all around, and then ran into the
+road and looked both ways, but no signs of the horse were to be seen. He
+then hurried back to the edge of the woods and called out in a loud
+voice:
+
+"Cousin Forester! Isaiah! cousin Forester! our horse has got away."
+
+Isaiah sprang from the seat and ran, quicker than the squirrel had done,
+up the path. As he came out to the place where Marco was standing, Marco
+began to say, "There's where I tied him. I fastened him strong to that
+tree." But Isaiah paid no attention to what he said, but ran directly to
+the road. He did not stop to look both ways, but taking the road which
+led towards his home, he ran along as fast as he could go. Marco
+followed him as far as into the road, and looked after him as long as he
+could see him. Isaiah was, however, soon out of sight, and Marco went
+back to find Forester. Forester was coming up the path very leisurely,
+bringing the bag, with the remaining provisions in it, in one hand, and
+the hatchet in the other.
+
+"Well, cousin Forester," said Marco, "we are in a fine condition. Our
+horse and wagon have run away, and now Isaiah has run away too."
+
+"I think Isaiah will come back pretty soon," said Forester. "As to the
+horse and wagon, that is more doubtful."
+
+"And then what shall we do?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester. "We are ten miles from any house in one
+direction, and fifteen in another. But I'm not commander. It's nothing
+to me. I've only to obey orders. I'll do whatever you say."
+
+"Yes, but I should think you might advise me," said Marco. "Generals get
+advice from their captains and colonels in battle."
+
+"Oh yes," said Forester; "I'll advise you. I think we had better wait
+first till Isaiah comes back. Perhaps he'll find the horse."
+
+They waited about fifteen minutes, and then Isaiah came back. But he had
+no horse. He said he went on until he reached the top of a hill where he
+could see the road for a long distance before him, but that the horse
+was not to be seen.
+
+"He'll get home before I should overtake him," said Isaiah.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "unless he stopped where the tree fell across the
+road."
+
+"True," said Isaiah; "perhaps he has stopped there."
+
+"Or would not he find his way round the tree through the woods?" asked
+Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Isaiah; "perhaps he would."
+
+"Is he a pretty sensible horse?" asked Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Isaiah; "we have to keep the granary door locked, or else
+he will open the latch with his teeth, and go in and get the corn."
+
+"Then," said Marco, "I've no doubt that he will find his way around the
+tree and go home; and so we've got nothing to do but to walk back
+fifteen miles."
+
+"Or forward ten," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco; "we can go on, to be sure, if we only knew the way."
+
+Here followed a long discussion as to what it was best to do. Marco
+thought that, if there was any probability that the horse would have
+stopped at the tree, it would be better for him to go back and get him;
+but that, if he had got _by_ the tree, and had gone home, it would be
+better for Isaiah to go back and get him, while they went forward to the
+end of the day's journey. He said that the trunk might be sent on.
+
+Forester was himself very much at a loss to know what it was best to do.
+As it was farther to go back than it was to go forward, it would be
+plainly best for them to keep on, were it not for the difficulty of
+finding their way. But Isaiah told them he thought they would not have
+any difficulty on that account, as there were very few roads in such a
+new country. He said that, if they kept the principal road, they could
+get along without any trouble.
+
+So Marco and Forester concluded to go on, while Isaiah returned. Isaiah
+said that he was not afraid to return alone. He said also that, if he
+found the horse at the tree, he would turn about and come and overtake
+them. And if he did not find him there, he would walk on home, and come
+the next day with their trunk.
+
+Marco and Forester then went back to the place where they had dined, and
+collected together all the food which had been left, thinking that they
+might possibly have occasion to use it, before getting to the end of
+their journey. They also took the hatchet with them, and bidding Isaiah
+good-by, they set forth upon their solitary journey.
+
+The road, though rough and narrow for wheels, was very good for a
+foot-path, and the travellers went on for several miles without
+difficulty, and with good courage. There was an unbroken forest on each
+side of the way, with here and there a solitary bird in the topmost
+branches, singing in melancholy notes, which echoed far and wide under
+the endless colonnades of trees. After they had gone on about four
+miles, they met a man coming with a team, who told them that there was
+no road of any consequence to turn them off, and that they would,
+therefore, probably find their way without much trouble. They were quite
+pleased to hear this. In fact, it was some relief to them to know that
+they were right, so far.
+
+Marco was, however, not much accustomed to walk, and Forester, to
+accommodate him, advanced slowly. When they had gone about five or six
+miles, the shades of evening began to draw on. The days were getting
+shorter at this season of the year, and then, besides, it happened that,
+on this evening, there were some dark clouds in the west, and the sun
+was darkened behind them before the regular hour of his going down.
+Then, besides, the trees of the forest made it darker in the road in
+which Marco and Forester were travelling.
+
+Now, just as it was thus beginning to grow dark, they happened to come
+to a place where the road divided, and Marco and Forester were both
+puzzled to decide which was the one which they must take. The roads
+seemed to be nearly equally travelled, though it was so dark that they
+could not see very well. They examined both as carefully as they could,
+and finally decided according to the best of their judgment, and went
+on.
+
+They had some doubt whether they were right, and Forester thought, as
+they proceeded, that the road appeared somewhat different from the one
+in which they had been travelling. However, they thought it best to go
+on. After advancing about two miles, in a very circuitous direction,
+they came at last to a place where several trees seemed to have been
+cut away, and there were remains of several log huts. Marco was very
+much interested in this discovery, and he wanted to examine the huts
+very particularly. But Forester, when he found that they were not
+inhabited, thought it best to lose no time, especially as it was now
+beginning to be quite dark, and he urged Marco to leave the huts and
+press on.
+
+They went on for half a mile farther, when Marco, seeing a glimmer
+through the trees, exclaimed that they were coming to some water.
+
+"So it is," said Forester. "It looks like a pond or a river. If it is a
+river, we're lost."
+
+They walked on a short distance farther, and then they began to hear the
+rippling of the water. In a few minutes, they were down upon the bank.
+It was a small river, flowing rapidly along, between banks overhung with
+bushes. Marco looked for a bridge, or for some place to cross, but they
+found none. In fact, the road did not go down to the water, but seemed
+to lose itself among the trees, before reaching the bank.
+
+"This is not our road," said Forester. "We must go back."
+
+"What road can this be?" asked Marco. "It seems to lead nowhere."
+
+"I presume it is a logging road," replied Forester.
+
+"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco. "Why, I suppose that those huts
+must have been a logging camp, where the men lived in the winter, when
+they came here to cut logs; and this is the road that they drew the logs
+by, down to the water. But this summer it has been neglected. They don't
+cut the logs in the summer."
+
+"And what shall we do?" asked Marco.
+
+"We must go back to the place where the road branched off," replied
+Forester.
+
+"Or else go and stay in the huts all night," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "we can do that. Let us go back and see."
+
+They accordingly went back to the huts. Marco asked Forester whether he
+thought they had better stay there.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester, "Let us strike a light, and see how the
+huts look."
+
+Marco took out his match-box, and, after first gathering a few dry
+sticks, he struck a light, and soon made a little fire. They found a
+birch tree growing near, and they stripped off some pieces of the bark.
+These they laid upon the fire, holding the ends of two long sticks upon
+them, in such a manner, that, as the pieces of birch bark curled up
+under the influence of the heat, they curled around the ends of these
+sticks, thus making flambeaux. These flambeaux, though of rude
+construction, gave a very excellent light, and Marco and Forester walked
+about the huts, waving them in the air, and illuminating the whole scene
+in a very brilliant manner.
+
+They found that the huts were in a ruinous state. Only one of them had a
+roof, and that had been originally made of hemlock branches, which had
+now become entirely dry by long exposure. This covered hut was only a
+sort of booth, being entirely open on one side. Forester said that he
+recollected having heard of such huts, and that the men built their
+fire, not in them, but on the ground opposite the open side.
+
+Forester and Marco concluded to remain in this hut for the night. They
+got together a great many hemlock branches, which they spread in the
+bottom of it for a bed, and they built a fire opposite the open part, to
+keep them warm.
+
+Marco took a great interest in this fire. He piled the dry sticks upon
+it until he had a very warm and cheerful blaze, and then he collected by
+the side of it a heap of fuel, to use during the night.
+
+In fact, Marco raised his fire too high; for, from the column of smoke
+and sparks, one little brilliant fragment lighted upon their roof; and
+it was slowly burning and smoking there, while Forester and Marco were
+opening their bag of provisions, to see what they could make out for
+supper.
+
+Marco was counting out the potatoes, saying, "two for you, and two for
+me," when his attention was arrested by a spark which, at that instant,
+fell into his lap. He looked up to see where it came from, and saw that
+the fire, which had spread from the original spark which had fallen upon
+the roof, had burned a hole through, and the air, which was drawn up
+through the opening, was at that moment fanning it into a flame.
+
+Marco ran out, calling out, "Get some water! Get some water!"
+
+There was plenty of water in a brook, which flowed with a murmuring
+sound down a little glen behind the huts, but there were no buckets, and
+Marco called in vain. It would have been equally useless to have raised
+an alarm of fire, as there was nobody within ten miles to hear the cry.
+The flames spread rapidly, and Forester and Marco soon saw that there
+was nothing to be done but for them to stand quietly by and witness the
+conflagration. The flames rose very high and raged fiercely, and the
+light shone far into the forest, bringing into distinct view the whole
+scene around, which had been involved in deep obscurity. The roof was
+soon consumed, but the logs, of which the walls had been built, were
+much longer in burning. The fire made by these logs, when they fell in
+together upon the bed which Forester and Marco had prepared, was so
+intensely hot that it could not be approached for a long time.
+
+As soon as the intensity of this fire had a little declined, Forester
+said that they must go to work and build themselves another hut. They
+examined the ruins of those which remained, but they concluded that it
+would be better to build a new one than to attempt to repair one of
+these. They accordingly determined to build one anew.
+
+They found two young trees, growing pretty near each other, which had
+branches about six feet from the ground, so situated that they could
+place a strong pole across from one tree to the other, resting the ends
+upon the branches. This, Marco called the ridge-pole. They then cut
+other poles, which they placed with the end on one side upon the ground,
+and the other ends upon the ridge-pole. These were rafters, and upon the
+rafters they placed a great many branches of hemlock, which formed a
+roof. This roof, however, was only upon one side. The other side of the
+hut was open, and they built a fire opposite this opening, feeling safe
+in regard to their roof, as it was made of green branches.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+This work occupied them an hour. At the end of that time, they put
+their potatoes into the fire to roast, and then laid down upon the
+hemlock beds which they made, to rest themselves a little while, till
+the potatoes should be done. Wearied with their long walk and the labors
+of the evening, they fell asleep, and did not wake again till four
+o'clock the next morning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+LOST IN THE WOODS.
+
+
+When Marco awoke, he at first supposed that he had been asleep about an
+hour, and he was surprised to see how much the fire had burned down in
+that time. He crept towards it, and began to put the brands together,
+when suddenly he recollected the potatoes. So he began to feel for them
+in the ashes, by means of a long stick, which they had obtained for a
+poker. The potatoes were all burnt to a cinder.
+
+Marco then awoke Forester, saying,
+
+"Cousin Forester! cousin Forester! wake up. The fire has gone out, and
+our potatoes are all burnt up."
+
+Forester awoke, and, after looking at the fire, and at the charred and
+blackened remains of the potatoes a moment, he took out his watch, and
+said,
+
+"Why, Marco, it is four o'clock. It is almost morning."
+
+"Is it?" said Marco. "Then we have not got much more time to sleep. Let
+us build up a good fire, and then lie down again."
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "We must keep up a good fire, or we shall take
+cold, it is such a cool night. It looks as if it were going to rain."
+
+"What shall we do in that case?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied Forester. "It would be rather a hard case for
+us."
+
+"We could stay here, I suppose," said Marco. "I don't think the rain
+would come through our roof."
+
+"No," said Forester, "not much. But then we have nothing to eat."
+
+"Could not we get anything to eat about here?" asked Marco.
+
+"Not very well," replied Forester. "We have got money enough, but this
+is a case where money does not seem to be of any use."
+
+"How do the men who come here in the winter to cut down the trees, get
+anything to eat?" asked Marco.
+
+"O, they bring it all with them," said Forester. "The roads are better,
+in the winter, for sleds and sleighs, than they are now for wheels; for
+then all the stumps and roughnesses are covered up with the snow. So,
+wherever there is a camp, there is a road leading to it, and sleigh
+loads of provisions are brought up for the men, from time to time, all
+the winter."
+
+"I wish one would come now," said Marco, "to us."
+
+"I wish so too," said Forester. "But it is of no use to wish, and so we
+may as well lie down and go to sleep again."
+
+"But, Forester," said Marco, "I don't see what we are going to do if it
+rains."
+
+"Nor do I," said Forester. "But this is not the time for forming a plan.
+This is the time for going to sleep. I make it a rule, in all
+perplexities and troubles, when there is nothing to be done immediately
+in order to get out of them, to lie down and go to sleep."
+
+Marco said no more, and Forester was soon asleep again. Marco himself
+felt so much concern about his situation that he could not go to sleep
+for some time. He lay watching the flames, which were creeping slowly
+around the logs which he and Forester had put upon the fire; for, while
+they had been holding the conversation above described, they had been
+employed in replenishing the fire.
+
+Marco heard a sound, which, at first, he thought was a bear. He was on
+the point of awakening Forester, but, after listening a little longer,
+he concluded that it was only the roaring of the wind upon the tops of
+the trees. After lifting his head from his pillow of hemlock branches
+for a moment, until he satisfied himself that it was no wild beast, he
+lay down again and went to sleep.
+
+He was awakened again, about three hours afterwards, by a long rumbling
+clap of thunder.
+
+"What is that?" said Forester. "Thunder?"
+
+"I believe it is," said Marco.
+
+"And it rains, I believe," said Forester.
+
+Marco raised his head, and looked out through the open part of the hut.
+He saw the drops of rain descending, and he heard the murmuring sound
+which the rain makes when falling upon the leaves in a forest. He saw,
+too, that everything was wet in the opening about the hut, although it
+seemed dry in the forest beyond, where the drops of rain had been
+intercepted by the leaves of the trees.
+
+"We must get our wood under cover," said Marco, "or it will get wet and
+won't burn, and then our fire will go out."
+
+"True," said Forester. "There is room for some of it in this hut. Let us
+get up and put it in."
+
+So Marco and Forester arose, and, as they were already dressed, they
+were soon at work, putting the logs into the hut. Marco then proposed
+that they should go into the forest, where it did not rain, and get some
+more wood. But Forester said he thought that would be of no service, as
+they had no provisions, and, of course, could not stay there. "We _must_
+go," said he, "at any rate, whether it rains or not; for it is better to
+get wet than to starve."
+
+"We have got _something_ left in our bag," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "just enough for breakfast."
+
+"How I wish I had a bushel of potatoes," said Marco. "Then we could
+stay here a week. Only we should want a little salt too."
+
+Forester opened the bag and took out the provisions which were left.
+They found about enough for a breakfast for them, but they concluded to
+eat but half of their supply, as Forester thought it was best that they
+should put themselves upon short allowance.
+
+"You see, it is _possible_," said Forester, "that we may be kept here in
+the woods a day or two; so we must use our provisions economically."
+
+After breakfast, they went into the forest a little way, where they
+found that they were protected from the rain by the trees. This proved,
+as Forester said, that it had not been raining very long; and he
+thought, from appearances, that it would soon clear up.
+
+At a little distance from their encampment, they found another hut,
+which was in better condition than either of those which they had seen
+before. It was covered with strips of birch bark, which made a very good
+roof. Some of these strips, or rather sheets, for they were quite large,
+had fallen down, and Marco ran and got one of them, exclaiming,
+
+"What a monstrous sheet of birch bark!"
+
+This sheet, which Marco lifted up from the ground where it was lying,
+was about four feet long and two feet wide. Marco wondered that so large
+a sheet could be got from any tree.
+
+"What a monstrous tree it must have been!" said he to Forester.
+
+"No," said Forester, "not very large. This sheet is about four feet
+long, which would make the tree only about sixteen inches in diameter."
+
+"How do you prove that?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, the distance through a tree is about one third the distance round
+it," replied Forester. "Now, this bark grew around the tree, and it is
+about four feet long. Four feet is forty-eight inches, and one-third of
+forty-eight is sixteen. Now, sixteen inches in diameter would not be a
+very large tree."
+
+"I mean to try this bark on some of these trees," said Marco, "to see
+how big a tree it will fit."
+
+So Marco took up the sheet of bark. It was white and clean, especially
+on the outside, having been blanched by the summer rains. Marco, in
+order to carry the sheet more easily, put it upon his shoulders, drawing
+it up around his neck like a shawl.
+
+"Cousin Forester," said he, "see my shawl. It would do for an umbrella,
+if I only had a handle."
+
+So saying, Marco drew the sheet of bark up higher, holding it in such a
+manner that it covered his cap, rising into a point above his head. He
+held it in such a manner as to leave a little crevice open in front, to
+peep through, in order that he might see where he was going.
+
+"See, Forester," said he,--"see my umbrella."
+
+Forester looked at Marco's contrivance, and he immediately thought that
+such a sheet would be an important protection to the head and neck, in
+case they had to walk in the rain. He accordingly went to the hut and
+selected a sheet for himself, saying,
+
+"This is not a bad plan. The most important point is to protect the head
+and neck, and this will do it pretty well. We can roll the sheets up and
+carry them under our arms, unless it rains fast, and then we can wrap
+them around us."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Having thus found a rude substitute for an umbrella, Forester thought
+that it would be best for them to set out on their journey. They
+accordingly returned to their encampment, and made preparations for
+resuming their march. As it was raining but very little at that time,
+they rolled up their umbrellas and carried them under their arms. Marco
+took the hatchet, and Forester the bag of provisions. Marco wanted to
+set fire to the hut which had sheltered them for the night. He wanted
+Forester to hear what a loud crackling the green hemlock branches, which
+they had put upon the roof, would make, when the flames from the wood
+below should envelop them.
+
+But Forester would not consent to this. He said that some accident might
+possibly happen, by which they should be obliged to come back and spend
+another night there, though he hoped such a measure would not be
+necessary.
+
+"I hope so, too," said Marco.
+
+"We may lose our way again," said Forester.
+
+"But then," said Marco, "we shall not come back to this place."
+
+"Why, I have heard," said Forester, "of people losing their way in the
+woods, and, after a great deal of wandering, getting back to the place
+they started from. So that, _possibly_, we may wander about all day, and
+get back here at night."
+
+"I hope not, I'm sure," said Marco. "I am tired of this old hovel."
+
+"Why, the lumber-men stay in these places all winter," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," replied Marco, "but then they know that they can get out whenever
+they please. We don't know that we can ever get out."
+
+"That is true," said Forester, "and it makes a great difference."
+
+"Don't you feel concerned about our finding our way out?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester. "I make it a rule never to be _concerned_ about
+anything."
+
+"Oh, Forester!" said Marco,--"I think we ought to be concerned when we
+get lost in the woods."
+
+"No," replied Forester. "We ought to do the best we can to get out, but
+not to be concerned. To be concerned is to be anxious and unhappy. This
+does no good. Being concerned would never help us find our way out of
+the woods."
+
+Thus talking, the two unfortunate travellers walked on, with their rolls
+under their arms. It was well that they took them, for, after they had
+been walking about half an hour, the sky grew dark, and, a short time
+afterwards, the rain began to come down in torrents. Forester and Marco
+unrolled their umbrellas, and wrapped them about their shoulders and
+heads; and, at the same time, they fled for shelter under an enormous
+pine tree, which grew in such a spot that its branches extended in every
+direction, and formed a canopy above them, which kept off a great deal
+of the rain. When the rain abated a little, they walked on.
+
+Their plan was to get back to the place where they had left the main
+road the day before. But they were somewhat perplexed to find it. In
+fact, they met with several roads which branched off from the one in
+which they were walking. These were old tracks, made by the lumber-men,
+and were partly grown up to bushes. They wandered about among these
+paths for some time, and at last, to their great joy, they came out
+into a good beaten road, which Forester immediately thought was the one
+which they had been travelling in the day before. Notwithstanding
+Forester's philosophical resolution, never to be _concerned_, he could
+not help confessing that he felt somewhat relieved to find the right
+road again; and, as the sun was just breaking through the clouds at this
+time, they both thought that their prospects were brightening
+considerably.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.
+
+
+The travellers walked on with fresh strength and courage, now that they
+thought they were in the right road. The road was, however, monotonous,
+being, for most of the way, through a dense forest; and it was so very
+similar to the road by which they had come the day before that they were
+convinced they were now right.
+
+They went on, without any special adventure, for nearly two hours, when
+they arrived at what had the appearance of being an old wood road, which
+branched off at right angles to the one in which they were travelling.
+The trees were somewhat more open here. This admitted the sun; and there
+were several raspberry bushes growing at the entrance of the wood road,
+with ripe raspberries hanging upon them, for the season of raspberries
+had now arrived.
+
+Marco seized this fruit with great avidity. Forester followed his
+example, and began gathering the berries. The bushes were, however, not
+entirely dry, and they had to advance cautiously among them. In fact,
+they found it better to keep along the wood road, gathering the berries
+as they advanced. It was not a road, strictly speaking, for there were
+no marks of wheels upon it, or tracks of any sort, made by travelling.
+It was only a space for a road, made by cutting away the trees and
+bushes.
+
+Along this opening, Forester and Marco slowly advanced, eating the
+raspberries which grew by the side of the way. After going on for a few
+rods in this manner, Marco suddenly exclaimed,
+
+"Why, here is another camp!"
+
+Forester looked up and saw, just before them, the remains of a sort of
+hut, somewhat similar to those which they had seen the evening before.
+There was a large heap of chips and shavings about it.
+
+"What can this be?" asked Marco.
+
+"I presume," said Forester, "that it is an old shingle weaver's
+establishment."
+
+"What is a shingle weaver?" asked Marco.
+
+"A man who makes shingles," replied Forester, "such as they use for
+covering houses. They make them of clear straight-grained pine, which
+will split easily and true."
+
+So saying, Forester advanced towards the hut, and took up one of the
+pieces of pine, which had been split out for a shingle. There were
+several of such pieces lying about among the chips and shavings. It was
+somewhat browned by exposure to the weather, but it had a very smooth
+and glossy appearance, shining with a sort of silken lustre.
+
+"This is a beautiful piece of pine," said Forester.
+
+"Let us carry some of it home," rejoined Marco.
+
+"What good would it do us?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, we might make something of it," said Marco. "Perhaps I could make
+a little box."
+
+"And that would serve as a _souvenir_ of this expedition," added
+Forester.
+
+"A souvenir?" said Marco,--"what is that?"
+
+"Why, something to remember it by," replied Forester. "Hereafter,
+whenever you should see the box, you would be reminded of our wanderings
+and perils in this wilderness."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "let us take it."
+
+The farther conversation of our adventurers was interrupted by a sound,
+like that of wagon wheels, coming along the main road, which they had
+just left.
+
+"There comes some traveller," exclaimed Forester. "Let us go and enquire
+about our way."
+
+"Hark!" said Marco.
+
+At this instant, the sound of the wheels suddenly stopped, and Marco and
+Forester heard the voice of a man calling out earnestly to his horse,
+"Whoa! whoa!" as if something had happened. Marco and Forester hastened
+to the spot, where they found that the horse had fallen down, and the
+man was trying in vain to get him up. The harness was drawn so tight
+about the horse's limbs, by the constrained position in which he was
+lying, that he could not get up, and the man could not extricate him.
+The man had gone behind, and had drawn the wagon back, so as to loosen
+the pressure of the harness upon the horse, but, until Forester and
+Marco came, there was no one to unbuckle the straps when they were thus
+loosened; and, if the man let go of the wagon, to go and unbuckle the
+harness, it was drawn back again at once by the tension of the straps,
+and made as tight as before.
+
+He was, therefore, very glad to see Forester and Marco coming. He asked
+them to come and help him.
+
+Forester and Marco were immediately going to attempt to unbuckle the
+harness, but the man told them that there was danger of their getting
+kicked by the horse, in case he should suddenly begin to struggle.
+
+"Come here," said the man, "and hold the wagon back and I will loosen
+the harness."
+
+By means of this plan of operations, the horse was soon liberated from
+his confinement, and he got up. The man seemed very thankful to Forester
+and Marco, and he asked them where they were going.
+
+"We are going to No. 3," said Forester. "Is this the right way?"
+
+The townships in a new country are _numbered_ at first, not named. The
+place to which Marco and Forester were going had yet very few
+inhabitants, and it had no name but No. 3.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, "this is the right road. I wish I was going that
+way, I would take you along in my wagon."
+
+This answer puzzled Marco a little, on two accounts. First, the man
+_was_ going the same way with them, but then Marco thought that,
+perhaps, he was going to turn off, pretty soon, into some other road.
+Then, secondly, he did not see how the man could possibly carry him and
+Forester, in any event, as the wagon seemed completely filled with bags,
+and kegs, and firkins, leaving scarcely room for the man himself to sit.
+
+Forester told the man that they could walk very well; but he said that
+they were hungry, and if the man had anything to eat, in his wagon, they
+should be glad to buy something of him.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, "I've a loaf of bread that I can spare, and a
+jug of milk."
+
+"That will be just the thing," said Marco.
+
+At first, the man was not willing to receive anything for the bread and
+milk, but as Forester insisted upon it, he consented to take a little
+pay. He then told Forester that he had some honey in his wagon, and a
+few apples, and Forester bought a supply of these. At first, they
+thought they should not have anything to put the honey in, but Marco ran
+to the shingle weaver's hut, and got one of the thin pieces which had
+been split out for shingles, and it made a very good plate. Forester
+bought a pound of the honey, and half a dozen apples.
+
+They then bade the man good-by, and he resumed his journey. Forester and
+Marco went back to the hut, where they had a most excellent dinner. They
+built a fire, and roasted the apples and toasted the bread. They cut it
+into slices with Marco's knife. They made wooden spoons for the honey
+out of pieces of pine, which answered very well indeed. Marco said it
+was the very best dinner he ever ate in his life.
+
+After dinner, they returned to the main road, and resumed their walk.
+Forester said he wished he had asked the man how far it was to No. 3,
+but he thought it could not be very far, as they had been travelling
+nearly three hours, and it was only about ten miles in the morning.
+
+As he was saying this, they were just ascending a hill, and when they
+reached the top of it, they had a prospect of the road for a
+considerable distance before them. Marco thought he saw something
+coming, and he asked Forester what it was.
+
+"I think it is only a stump, or something like that," said Forester.
+
+"No, it moves," said Marco.
+
+"It is another wagon," said Forester, "I really believe. Now we can find
+out how far it is to No. 3."
+
+It was very soon quite evident that it was a wagon, and that it was
+coming on apace. As it drew nearer, it appeared that there was a boy in
+it.
+
+"He is just about as big as Isaiah," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "And the horse looks very much like the horse
+Isaiah had."
+
+"I verily believe it is Isaiah," said Marco.
+
+This supposition was confirmed as the wagon drew near. The boy was
+Isaiah, but he stared at Marco and Forester with a look of perplexity
+and wonder, as if he was very much surprised to see them.
+
+"Isaiah!" said Marco, accosting him, as soon as Isaiah drew up the reins
+and stopped the horse opposite to them.
+
+"What are you coming back for?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"Coming back!" repeated Forester, not knowing exactly what Isaiah meant.
+
+"Yes," said Isaiah. "I thought you were going to stay at No. 3, and I
+was going to carry your trunk there."
+
+It immediately flashed upon Forester's mind that they had got turned
+about in their wanderings, and, instead of going on towards No. 3, as
+they supposed, they were in reality, though in the right road, going the
+wrong way in it.
+
+Forester had a hearty laugh at this discovery, in which Marco joined, as
+soon as he fairly understood the case. At first, he was very much
+perplexed. He could not believe that they could have got their ideas of
+direction so completely reversed.
+
+"Besides," said he, "that man told us that we were in the right way."
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "but he did not tell us that we were _going right_
+in it."
+
+"I suppose he did not know which way we were going," said Marco.
+
+The question then arose, what was to be done. Forester proposed that
+they should get into the wagon and let Isaiah drive them to No. 3, but
+Marco said that he was commander, and he was not going to try to get to
+No. 3 any more. He had been travelling back and forth through those
+woods long enough, and he declared that he would not vote to go through
+them again, if he had to go round the world to get to the other side of
+them.
+
+Forester laughed and submitted to the decision; so they all returned to
+Isaiah's father's.
+
+The next morning they formed a different plan for pursuing their
+journey. They wanted to get to the Quebec road now, as soon as possible,
+and they found, by enquiry, that, by taking a boat upon a large pond or
+lake, a few miles distant, they could go about twenty miles by water,
+through a chain of ponds, which led in the direction in which they
+wished to go.
+
+So Forester hired a man to go with them and bring back the boat. They
+went, in a wagon, to a place very near the landing, at the pond. The
+landing was in a small cove, surrounded by forests. The cove opened out
+into the pond by two points of land, rocky and precipitous, and crowned
+with evergreen trees. The water was smooth, and the whole scene highly
+picturesque. When Marco came in sight of it, he was much pleased with
+the prospect of a voyage on such a sheet of water.
+
+There was considerable water in the boat when the party arrived on the
+beach, and Forester undertook to bail it out. The man who was going with
+them went and cut a bush, with a thick top, to use as a sail, in case
+there should be a fair wind. While he was bringing the bush, and
+Forester was bailing out the boat, Marco stood upon the beach, looking
+at the paddles.
+
+"Does she leak, cousin Forester?" asked Marco.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"No," said Forester, "I presume not. This water all comes from the
+rain."
+
+"I'm glad to hear that," said Marco, "for I don't want to go to sea in a
+leaky ship."
+
+There was a great basket of provisions on the beach, by the side of
+Marco, while these preparations were making, for they were resolved not
+to expose themselves, a second time, to the danger of famine. When all
+was ready, the bush, the basket and the paddles were put on board, and
+our adventurers, after gliding smoothly through the water to the outlet
+of the cove, doubled one of the rocky points of land, and pushed boldly
+out upon the waters of the pond.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+A VOYAGE ON THE POND.
+
+
+As the boat moved on, propelled by the paddles, which Forester and the
+man who accompanied them were plying, Marco sat upon a thwart, and gazed
+upon the picturesque and romantic scene around him. The shores of the
+lake, or pond, formed many beautiful points and promontories, with deep
+bays between them. There were a great many islands too, scattered over
+its surface. Marco wanted to land upon some of these, but Forester
+thought that they had better make the best of their way towards their
+destined port.
+
+Marco contented himself, therefore, with gazing on the changing scenery,
+as they passed, in succession, one island and promontory after another.
+The whole country was covered with forests, except that here and there
+was an opening, with the house and barn of a settler in the middle of
+it. Smokes were rising, too, in various directions, where new clearings
+were in progress. There was one in particular, on the side of a distant
+hill, which rose in such dense white volumes as especially to attract
+Marco's attention.
+
+When Marco had admired these objects long enough, he leaned a little
+over the side of the boat, and began to look down into the water. The
+water was not deep, and the bottom was smooth and sandy. They glided
+rapidly along over these sands. Marco's leaning caused the boat to
+incline a little to one side; but Forester, instead of asking him not to
+lean over so, just moved himself a little in the contrary direction, and
+thus restored the equilibrium.
+
+"There, Forester," said Marco, suddenly raising himself, "I forgot one
+thing."
+
+"What is that?" said Forester.
+
+"I forgot my piece of wood to make a box of."
+
+"I am very sorry," said Forester. "But then you can get another piece,
+perhaps, before we get to the end of our journey."
+
+"But I wanted a piece from that very hut, so as to make the box a
+souvenir of our having got lost in the woods," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," rejoined Forester, "that would have been very pleasant,--but,
+perhaps, we shall meet with some other odd adventure, which will be as
+good as being lost in the woods."
+
+"I don't think being lost in the woods is anything very good," said
+Marco.
+
+"It is not a very good thing at the time, but the recollection of such
+adventures and dangers is always pleasant afterwards. You see you
+specially want a souvenir of it.
+
+"But, Marco," continued Forester, "I have thought of something which
+will be, perhaps, better than a box. At any rate, it will be more
+convenient to make."
+
+"What is it?" said Marco.
+
+"A little press for pressing flowers," replied Forester.
+
+"How could I make it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Have two pieces of pine wood, planed out thin," said Forester. "They
+might be varnished, and that would make them look very neat and pretty."
+
+"How large must they be?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, about as large," replied Forester, "as the covers of a small book.
+Just large enough to make it convenient to carry in the pocket. Then you
+must have some pieces of soft paper, of the same size and shape, to put
+between them. You must also have a piece of cord or braid, or something
+of that kind, to tie around them, to keep them together. Then, when you
+are travelling, if you find any pretty flower, you can put it into this
+press, and put the press in your pocket. Thus, the press will not only
+be a souvenir itself, but it will procure for you a great many other
+souvenirs."
+
+"That's an excellent plan," said Marco. "I like it very much. That will
+be better than a box."
+
+"It will be easier to make, at any rate," replied Forester. "Any joiner
+can plane out and square the boards for you."
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "I mean to get a piece of pine to make them of, the
+first time I find any."
+
+Marco had an opportunity to get a piece of pine suitable for this
+purpose, and, at the same time, a souvenir itself of an adventure,
+sooner than he anticipated; for, after having paddled many miles,
+towards noon a breeze sprung up, which, though really not against them,
+retarded them somewhat, as it tended to drive them out of their course.
+Their intention had been to have stopped upon the water, about noon, to
+eat their dinner; but, as this breeze would prevent the boat from
+remaining at rest, they concluded to land upon an island, which was near
+where they were at the time, and take their dinner there. Marco was
+particularly pleased with this plan, as it would enable him to build a
+fire, and he always wanted to build a fire on such occasions, whether
+there was anything to be cooked by it or not.
+
+The island was rocky, and it was covered with trees. On the sheltered
+side of it there was a beach, where the party landed. Although this
+beach was somewhat protected from the wind, still the waves which rolled
+in kept the water in a state of agitation. They, however, landed here,
+running the head of the boat upon the sand.
+
+There was a large tree lying here, with its top in the water, and
+butt-end upon the beach. It was a tree which some settler had cut down
+at some place near the shore of the pond, and when the water was high it
+had been washed off, and, after drifting about the pond for some time,
+it had got lodged upon this beach, where it remained in the position in
+which our adventurers found it. It had been lying there for more than a
+year, and the branches which were out of the water were dead and dry.
+The foliage had long since disappeared.
+
+The boatman brought the boat up alongside of this tree, so that Forester
+and Marco stepped out upon the trunk, and walked to the land. The
+boatman then tied the boat to one of the dead branches of the tree, and,
+taking the basket of provisions and the hatchet, they all walked along,
+in search of a place for their dinner.
+
+They found a sheltered and pleasant place, at a little distance, under
+the trees. Marco soon struck a light, and began to build a fire. He
+found it somewhat difficult, however, to procure dry wood enough for the
+fire, until, at last, he thought of the branches of the tree to which
+the boat was fastened. He accordingly went to the place and began to cut
+them off.
+
+The boat was somewhat in the way while he was doing this, and he thought
+he would move it. He could fasten it just as well, he thought, by a
+stake driven into the sand. He therefore cut off one of the branches,
+and, after squaring one end and sharpening the other, he drove it down
+as well as he could into the sand. He then fastened the boat to this
+stake, thus removing it from the tree, and clearing the way so that he
+could conveniently cut off the branches.
+
+This was not, however, a very wise operation, for it is very difficult
+to drive a stake securely into sand. Sand, even when wet, has so little
+tenacity that it yields to the slightest force, and the stake soon began
+to work loose, by the motion of the boat, agitated by the waves; and, in
+fact, before Marco had finished carrying away the branches, the stake
+was entirely loosened from its bed, and was just ready to topple over.
+
+As the boat continued to pull upon it, this way and that, as it was
+agitated by the fluctuation of the water, it soon drew it down, and the
+boat, being now entirely at liberty, began to move slowly off from the
+shore. It soon drifted out where it was more fully exposed to the action
+of the wind, when it began to move much faster. And thus, while our
+party of voyagers were eating their dinner, seated on a flat rock, by
+the side of a good fire, in fancied security, their boat was quietly
+drifting away, thus apparently cutting them off from all communication
+with the main land.
+
+Marco made the discovery that the boat was gone, just after finishing
+his dinner, and he immediately gave the alarm. Forester and the boatman
+came at once to the spot. They could just see the boat, half a mile
+distant, under a ledge of rocks, which formed the shore in that place.
+
+This was the third time, on this journey, that Marco had found himself
+isolated in circumstances of difficulty and danger, and cut off,
+apparently, from all convenient means of retreat; and, at first, he
+thought that this was the worst and the most dangerous of the three. In
+fact, he did not see in what possible way they could escape.
+
+"What shall we do?" asked Forester.
+
+"We must make a raft, somehow or other," said the boatman. "If I had a
+log, I could go after the boat on that."
+
+"Won't this tree answer for a log?" asked Marco.
+
+The boatman looked at the tree. He said that, if he had an axe, he
+thought he could cut off the top, and roll the trunk into the water; but
+it would take him a long time, he said, to hack it off with the hatchet.
+
+There seemed to be, however, no alternative; so he set himself at work,
+and in due time he cut off the stem of the tree, just where it entered
+the water. They all three then took levers, which the boatman made with
+his hatchet, and, by making great exertion, they got the log out of the
+sand, and rolled it round into the water, where it floated. The man then
+cut a long pole, and, mounting upon the log, he pushed himself out over
+the surface of the water.
+
+Forester and Marco watched his progress with great interest. Marco
+thought that he would certainly roll off the log, but he seemed to stand
+and to walk upon it, perfectly at his ease. He would advance to the
+forward end of the log, and then, planting the foot of his pole in the
+sand on the bottom, he would push, walking along as the log advanced,
+until he came to the stern end of the log, when he would draw out his
+pole, and walk back again. In this way he propelled the log until the
+water became too deep for his pole to reach the bottom, and then he
+ceased these efforts, and, standing upright, he left himself to be
+driven along slowly by the wind.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Forester and Marco saw plainly that he would be gone for some time, and
+they amused themselves, during his absence, in wandering about the
+shores of the island. In one place, Marco found, upon a rock a little
+above the water, a slab of pine wood, which was bleached by the sun and
+rain. It had drifted down, the summer before, from some stream emptying
+into the pond. In the winter it had been frozen into the ice, and, when
+the ice broke up on the following spring, the cake to which the slab was
+attached, had been crowded up upon the shore, where the slab had been
+left when the ice melted.
+
+Marco immediately thought that this slab would furnish him with a good
+piece of wood to make a flower press of, and he accordingly dragged it
+up where he could work upon it with his hatchet. He soon cut off a
+piece, of the proper length, and hewed it down so as to make it of a
+convenient shape to carry.
+
+When Forester came to examine it, he said he thought it was a very good
+piece, and when it was planed smooth and varnished, he thought, from its
+appearance, that it would be of a very pretty color.
+
+"You can get it made at the first shop we come to," said Forester, "and
+then you can collect and preserve a great many flowers in it, when we
+get to Canada. When you get home; you can put them in a book, and call
+them the Canadian Flora."
+
+"That's just what I'll do," said Marco, "and then, when I get home, I'll
+give some of them to my cousins. They will like them, because they came
+from Canada. But I can't put a great many into such a press."
+
+"No," said Forester. "You only collect them in the press, which you
+always carry with you in your pocket. You put them all in a book, or in
+a larger press, as soon as you get home, and then you have the small
+press ready for use again."
+
+While they were talking thus, they watched the boatman, who had, by
+this time, reached the land and recovered the boat. He came back quite
+rapidly, propelling the boat with the paddle. Marco and Forester
+embarked on board of her, and they finished their voyage without any
+further adventure. The next day, they reached the Quebec road, and,
+leaving the region of the Kennebec, they went on their way towards
+Canada.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:
+
+
+A Table of Contents has been added for the reader's convenience.
+
+Inconsistent hyphenation (mill-man/millman) and spelling
+(bivouac/bivouack) have been regularized.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24831-8.txt or 24831-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/8/3/24831/
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/24831-8.zip b/24831-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bb7511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-8.zip
diff --git a/24831-h.zip b/24831-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..514a886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h.zip
diff --git a/24831-h/24831-h.htm b/24831-h/24831-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b27999
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/24831-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4123 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marco Paul's Adventures in Pursuit of Knowledge: Forests of Maine, by Jacob Abbott.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    div.centered {text-align:center;} /*work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */
+    div.centered table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:left;} /* work around for IE problem part 2 */
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .ispace   {margin-top: 2em;}
+    .gap      {margin-top: 4em;}
+    .smallgap {margin-top: 2em;}
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+        // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Forests of Maine
+       Marco Paul's Adventures in Pursuit of Knowledge
+
+Author: Jacob S. Abbott
+
+Release Date: March 14, 2008 [EBook #24831]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<h2>MARCO PAUL'S</h2>
+
+<h2>ADVENTURES<br />
+IN PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE.</h2>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<h1>FORESTS OF MAINE.</h1>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p class="gap">&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center">BY THE AUTHOR OF</p>
+
+<p class="center">ROLLO, JONAS, AND LUCY BOOKS.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p class="ispace">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">BOSTON:<br />
+T. H. CARTER &amp; COMPANY,<br />
+118½ WASHINGTON STREET.</p>
+<p class="smallgap">&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center">1843.
+</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+
+<p class="center">Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1843,</p>
+
+<h3>BY T. H. CARTER,</h3>
+
+<p class="center">In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p class="center">STEREOTYPED BY</p>
+<h3>GEORGE A. CURTIS,</h3>
+<p class="center">N. ENGLAND TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY, BOSTON.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 349px;">
+<img src="images/i003.jpg" width="349" height="450" alt="FROM THE BOYS&#39; AND GIRLS&#39; MAGAZINE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">FROM THE BOYS&#39; AND GIRLS&#39; MAGAZINE.</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="70%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" summary="CONTENTS">
+
+<tr>
+<td>CHAPTER</td>
+<td align="left">&nbsp;</td>
+<td align="right">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">I.</td>
+<td align="left">THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#MARCO_PAUL_IN_THE_FORESTS_OF_MAINE">11</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">II.</td>
+<td align="left">THE LOST BUCKET.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">III.</td>
+<td align="left">A RAFT.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">IV.</td>
+<td align="left">THE DESERT ISLAND.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">V.</td>
+<td align="left">THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">VI.</td>
+<td align="left">EBONY AND PINE.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">VII.</td>
+<td align="left">THE BEAR IN THE MILL.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">VIII.</td>
+<td align="left">THE BIVOUACK.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">IX.</td>
+<td align="left">THE ENCAMPMENT.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_98">98</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">X.</td>
+<td align="left">LOST IN THE WOODS.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_110">110</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">XI.</td>
+<td align="left">THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">XII.</td>
+<td align="left">A VOYAGE ON THE POND.</td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_130">130</a></td></tr>
+
+</table></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 307px;">
+<img src="images/i004.jpg" width="307" height="450" alt="&quot;Joe and two others were despatched to row it
+ashore.&quot;&mdash;See p. 31." title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;<i>Joe and two others were despatched to row it
+ashore</i>.&quot;&mdash;See p. <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The design of the series of volumes, which it is intended to issue under
+the general title of <span class="smcap">Marco Paul's Adventures in the Pursuit of
+Knowledge</span>, is not merely to entertain the reader with a narrative of
+juvenile adventures, but also to communicate, in connexion with them, as
+extensive and varied information as possible, in respect to the
+geography, the scenery, the customs and the institutions of this
+country, as they present themselves to the observation of the little
+traveller, who makes his excursions under the guidance of an intelligent
+and well-informed companion, qualified to assist him in the acquisition
+of knowledge and in the formation of character. The author will endeavor
+to enliven his narrative, and to infuse into it elements of a salutary
+moral influence, by means of personal incidents befalling the actors in
+the story. These incidents are, of course, imaginary&mdash;but the reader may
+rely upon the strict and exact truth and fidelity of all the
+descriptions of places, institutions and scenes, which are brought
+before his mind in the progress of the narrative. Thus, though the
+author hopes that the readers, who may honor these volumes with their
+perusal, will be amused and interested by them, his design throughout
+will be to instruct rather than to entertain.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="MARCO_PAUL_IN_THE_FORESTS_OF_MAINE" id="MARCO_PAUL_IN_THE_FORESTS_OF_MAINE"></a>MARCO PAUL IN THE FORESTS</h2>
+<h2>OF MAINE.</h2>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.</h3>
+
+<p>One summer, Forester and Marco Paul formed a plan for going to Quebec.
+Marco was very much interested in going to Quebec, as he wanted to see
+the fortifications. Forester had told him that Quebec was a
+strongly-fortified city, being a military post of great importance,
+belonging to the British government. Marco was very much pleased at the
+idea of seeing the fortifications, and the soldiers that he supposed
+must be placed there to defend them.</p>
+
+<p>On their way to Quebec, they had to sail up the Kennebec in a steamboat.
+As they were passing along, Marco and Forester sat upon the deck. It was
+a pleasant summer morning. They had been sailing all night upon the sea,
+on the route from Boston to the mouth of the Kennebec. They entered the
+mouth of the Kennebec very early in the morning, just before Forester
+and Marco got up. And thus it happened that when they came <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>up upon the
+deck, they found that they were sailing in a river. The water was smooth
+and glassy, shining brilliantly under the rays of the morning sun, which
+was just beginning to rise.</p>
+
+<p>The shores of the river were rocky and barren. Here and there, in the
+coves and eddies, were what appeared to Marco to be little fences in the
+water. Forester told him that they were for catching fish. The steamboat
+moved very slowly, and every moment the little bell would ring, and the
+engine would stop. Then the boat would move more slowly still, until the
+bell sounded again for the engine to be put in motion, and then the boat
+would go on a little faster.</p>
+
+<p>"What makes them keep stopping?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"The water is very low this morning," said Forester, "and they have to
+proceed very carefully, or else they will get aground."</p>
+
+<p>"What makes the water so low now?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"There are two reasons," replied Forester. "It is late in the summer,
+and the streams and springs are all low; so that there is but little
+water to come down from the country above. Then, besides, the tide is
+low this morning in the sea, and that causes what water there is in the
+bed of the river to run off into the sea."</p>
+
+<p>"Is not there any tide in the river?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "I suppose there is not, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>strictly speaking. That
+is, the moon, which attracts the waters of the ocean, and makes them
+rise and fall in succession, produces no sensible effect upon the waters
+of a river. But then the rise and fall of the sea itself causes all
+rivers to rise and fall near their mouths, and as far up as the
+influence of the sea extends. You see, in fact, that it must be so."</p>
+
+<p>"Not exactly," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, when the water in the sea," continued Forester, "at the mouth of
+the river is very low, the water in the river can flow off more readily,
+and this makes the water fall in the river itself. On the other hand,
+when the water in the sea is high, the water cannot run out from the
+river, and so it rises. Sometimes, in fact, the sea rises so much that
+the water from the sea flows up into the river, and makes it salt for a
+considerable distance from its mouth."</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder whether the water is salt here," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"If we had a pail with a long rope to it," said Marco, "we could let it
+down and get some, and try it."</p>
+
+<p>"We could let the pail down, but I doubt very much whether we could get
+any water," said Forester. "It is quite difficult to drop the pail in
+such a manner as to get any water when the vessel is under way."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to <i>try</i>," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p><p>"You can find out whether the water is salt easier than that," said
+Forester. "You can let a twine string down, and wet the end. That will
+take up enough for a taste."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Marco, "if I've got a string long enough." So saying, he
+began to feel in his pockets for a string.</p>
+
+<p>He found a piece of twine, which he thought would be long enough, but,
+on trial, it appeared that it would not reach quite to the water.
+Forester then tied it to the end of his cane, and allowed Marco to take
+the cane, and hold it over the side of the vessel; and by this means he
+succeeded in reaching the water, and wetting the end of the string. He
+could, after all, succeed in wetting only a small part of the string,
+for it was drawn along so rapidly by the motion of the boat, that it
+skipped upon the surface of the water without sinking in.</p>
+
+<p>At length, however, after he had got the end a little wetted, he drew it
+up and put it in his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>"How does it taste?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>The question was hardly necessary, for the <i>faces</i> which Marco made
+showed sufficiently plain that the water was bitter and salt.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it is salt," said he. Then, suddenly casting his eye upon a long
+dark-looking substance, which just then came floating by, he called out,</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Forester, what is that?"</p>
+
+<p>"A log," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p><p>The log was round and straight, and the ends were square. The log glided
+rapidly by, and soon disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>"It is a pine log," said Forester. "There are vast forests of pine trees
+in this state. They cut down the trees, and then cut the trunks into
+pieces of moderate length, and draw them on the snow to the rivers.
+Then, in the spring, the waters rise and float the logs down. This is
+one of these logs floating down. Sometimes the river is quite full of
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"Where do they go?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, men stop them all along the river, and put them into booms, and
+then fasten them together in rafts."</p>
+
+<p>"How do they fasten them together?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"They drive a pin into the middle of each log, and then extend a rope
+along, fastening it to each pin. In this manner, the rope holds the logs
+together, and they form a long raft. When they catch the logs in booms,
+they afterwards form them into rafts, and so float them down the river
+to the mills, where they are to be sawed."</p>
+
+<p>"Can men stand upon the rafts?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester, "very well."</p>
+
+<p>"They make a floor of boards, I suppose," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Forester; "they stand directly upon the logs."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span></p><p>"I should think the logs would sink under them," replied Marco, "or at
+least roll about."</p>
+
+<p>"They sink a little," replied Forester; "just about as much as the bulk
+of the man who stands upon them."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what you mean by that, exactly," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the rule of floating bodies is this," rejoined Forester. "When any
+substance, like a cake of ice, or a log of wood, or a boat, is floating
+upon the water, a part of it being above the water and a part under the
+water, if a man steps upon it, he makes it sink enough deeper to
+submerge a part of the wood or ice as large as he is himself. If there
+is just as much of the wood or ice above the water as is equal to the
+bulk of the man, then the man, in stepping upon it, will sink it just to
+the water's edge."</p>
+
+<p>"But perhaps one man would be heavier than another man," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester; "but then he would be larger, and so, according
+to the principle, he would make more wood sink before the equilibrium
+was reached."</p>
+
+<p>"What is <i>equilibrium</i>?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Equilibrium is an equality between two forces," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see what two forces there are," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"There is the weight of the man pressing downwards," <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>said Forester,
+"for one, and the buoyant power of the water, that is, its upward
+pressure, for the other. The weight of the man remains constantly the
+same. But the upward pressure of the water increases in proportion as
+the log sinks into it. For the deeper the log sinks into the water, the
+more of it is submerged, and it is more acted upon and pressed upward by
+the water. Now, as one of these forces remains constant, and the other
+increases, they must at length come to be equal, that is, in
+equilibrium; and then the log will not sink any farther. That's the
+philosophy of it, Marco."</p>
+
+<p>Marco did not reply, but sat looking at the barren and rocky shores of
+the river, as the boat glided by them. Presently another log came into
+view.</p>
+
+<p>"There," said Forester, "look at that log, and see whether you think
+that you could float upon it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "I think I could."</p>
+
+<p>"It depends," said Forester, "on the question whether the part of it
+which is out of water is as big as you are."</p>
+
+<p>"I think it is," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," added Forester, "I have no doubt that it is."</p>
+
+<p>"Only I should roll off," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"True," replied Forester; "but the millmen, who work about the logs,
+acquire astonishing dexterity in standing upon them. If there is only
+enough of the log above water to equal their bulk, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>so that it has
+buoyant power enough to float them, they will keep it steady with their
+feet, and sail about upon it very safely."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to try," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps we shall have an opportunity at some place on the river," said
+Forester.</p>
+
+<p>Here Marco suddenly interrupted the conversation by pointing up the
+river to a column of smoke and steam which he saw rising beyond a point
+of land which was just before them.</p>
+
+<p>"Here comes another steamboat," said he. "See, Forester."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "I believe that is a steam mill."</p>
+
+<p>"A steam mill!" repeated Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester. "They have steam mills and tide mills to saw up
+the logs in this part of the river. Farther up, where there are
+waterfalls on the river, or on the streams which empty into it, they
+build mills which are carried by water. I presume that that is a steam
+mill."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment, Marco's attention was diverted from the steam mill by a
+boat which came gliding into the field of view. There was one man in the
+boat rowing it. Another sat in the stern, with a pole in his hand. The
+pole had an iron hook in the end of it. A short distance before the boat
+was a log floating upon the water. The oarsman was rowing the boat
+towards the log. He brought it up to it in such a manner that the other
+man <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>could strike his hook into it. When this was done, the oarsman
+began to pull the boat towards the shore, drawing the log with it.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the whole group disappeared from Marco's view, behind a
+boat which was hanging on the quarter of the steamer. Marco, who wished
+to watch the whole proceeding, left Forester, and ran aft, in hopes that
+he could get another view of the men in the boat. He found, however,
+that the steamboat was proceeding so rapidly up the river, that he was
+fast losing sight of them; and then he concluded to go forward to the
+bows of the steamboat, thinking that, perhaps, there might be other logs
+coming down the river, with men after them in boats.</p>
+
+<p>When he reached the bows, Marco found the deck encumbered with cables
+and anchors, and heavy boxes of freight, which made it difficult for him
+to find his way to a good place for a view. He finally reached a place
+where, by standing upon an anchor, he could look over the bulwarks, and
+get a view of the expanse of water before him. It was smooth, and its
+glassy surface was bright with the reflection of the rays of the morning
+sun.</p>
+
+<p>Marco admired the beauty of the river and of its banks, but he could see
+no boats, or even logs coming. He saw some large sand banks before him,
+which had been left bare by the efflux of the tide. He wished that the
+steamboat would stop, and let him land upon one of them. He also looked
+down over the bows, and admired the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>graceful form and beautiful
+smoothness of the ripple, or rather wave, which was formed by the
+cutwater of the boat as it urged its way rapidly through the water.
+After gazing upon this for some time, Marco turned to go away in pursuit
+of Forester, when an occurrence took place, which being somewhat
+important in its consequences, the account of it must be deferred to the
+next chapter.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 155px;">
+<img src="images/i016.jpg" width="155" height="200" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE LOST BUCKET.</h3>
+
+<p>As Marco was stepping down from the position which he had taken upon the
+anchor, his eye fell upon a small bucket, with a long rope tied to the
+handle, which he immediately recognised as one of those buckets which
+the sailors fit up in that way, in order to draw up water from alongside
+the ship.</p>
+
+<p>"There's a bucket, now," said Marco to himself. "I declare, I believe
+I'll draw up some water. Forester said that it was hard, but I think it
+will be easy. I'll draw up a bucket full, and carry to him and show
+him."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Marco took up the bucket, lifted it gently over the side, and
+let it down slowly by the rope into the water. There was a knot in the
+end of the rope; and Marco held the knot firmly in his hand, so as to
+draw up the bucket by means of it, as soon as he should get it full. He
+found, however, that, although he could let the pail down easily enough,
+it was no easy matter to dip up any water into it; for the rope, being
+fastened to the bail or handle, kept the handle, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>of course the open
+part of the pail, upwards, so that the water could not run in. If Marco
+let the rope down more, the pail, being light, would not sink, but
+skipped along upon the surface of the water, drawn by the motion of the
+steamboat.</p>
+
+<p>While Marco was making these fruitless attempts, another boy, dressed in
+sailor's clothes, whom Marco had seen several times before about the
+boat, came up to him, and asked him what he was doing.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm trying to get some water," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't the way to get it," said the sailor boy. "Let me have the
+bucket. I'll show you the way."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Marco, "I want to get it myself."</p>
+
+<p>"You never can get any that way," said the boy. "You must swing it back
+and forth, and when it is swinging well, let it drop suddenly and catch
+the water."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco began to swing the bucket back and forth, and after he had got
+it well a-swinging, he let down the rope suddenly, at the moment when
+the bucket was at the extent of its oscillation. The bucket filled
+instantly; but, as the boat was advancing rapidly, it was caught by the
+water with such force that the rope was twitched out of Marco's hand
+with great force.</p>
+
+<p>"Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor boy.</p>
+
+<p>But it was too late. The rope fell down into the water, and the bucket,
+rope and all, sailed back upon the surface of the water, until they
+floated <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>under the paddle wheel of the boat, which dashed them down
+beneath the surface of the water, and they disappeared finally from
+view.</p>
+
+<p>"Why did not you hold on?" said the boy.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was silent.</p>
+
+<p>The boy looked round to see if anybody had observed what had taken
+place. He found that all the seamen were busy here and there, and that
+nobody had noticed what the two boys had been doing.</p>
+
+<p>"Nobody has seen you," said the sailor boy; "so you say nothing, and
+I'll say nothing."</p>
+
+<p>"But suppose they ask you what has become of that bucket," said Marco;
+"what will you tell them?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'll tell them I don't know where it is," he replied; "and I don't.
+I am sure I don't know where it is now: do you? Hush, here comes Joe."</p>
+
+<p>Marco looked up at these words, and saw the sailor approaching whom the
+boy called Joe; and the boy himself immediately stepped down from the
+anchor, where he and Marco had been standing, and began coiling a rope
+upon the deck. Marco walked sorrowfully away towards the stern of the
+vessel, where he had left Forester.</p>
+
+<p>There was something wrong and something right in the boy's proposal to
+Marco, to conceal the loss of the bucket. His object was to befriend and
+help Marco in his distress. This was right. The means by which he
+proposed to accomplish the object were secrecy and fraud. This was
+wrong. Thus, the end which he had in view <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>was a good one, and it
+evinced a good feeling in him; but the means for promoting it were
+criminal. Some persons have maintained that if the end is only right, it
+is of no consequence by what means we seek to promote it. Hence, they
+have had this maxim, viz., "The end sanctifies the means." But this
+maxim is not sound. The contrary principle is correct. It is sometimes
+expressed by this saying: "We must not do evil that good may come;"
+which is a much safer proverb to be guided by.</p>
+
+<p>Marco's first impulse was, to go at once and tell the captain of the
+steamboat that he had lost his bucket. But he did not know exactly where
+he could find him. He looked at his office window, and found that it was
+shut. He asked one of the waiters, whom he met coming up stairs from the
+cabin, if he knew where the captain was. But the waiter did not know.
+Presently, he saw a gentleman walking back and forth upon that part of
+the deck which is in front of the door of the ladies' cabin. He thought
+that he was the captain. Marco walked up to him, and accosted him by
+saying:</p>
+
+<p>"Are you the captain of this boat, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>"Am I the captain?" asked the man. "Why? What do you want to know for?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because, if you are," said Marco, "I have lost your bucket."</p>
+
+<p>"Lost my bucket!" repeated the gentleman. "How did you lose it?"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p><p>"I lost it overboard," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>Here the gentleman laughed, and said, "No, I'm not captain; but you seem
+to be an honest sort of boy. I don't know where the captain is."</p>
+
+<p>All this, though it has taken some time to describe it, took place in a
+very few minutes; and the boat had now advanced only so far as to be
+opposite the steam mill which Marco had seen just before he had left
+Forester. Marco happened to see the mill as the boat moved by it, and he
+went immediately to the side of the boat to get a better view of it.</p>
+
+<p>There was a chimney for the smoke, and a pipe for the waste steam, at
+the mill. From the steam-pipe there issued a dense column of vapor,
+which came up, however, not in a regular current, like the smoke from
+the chimney, but it was puffed up in regular strokes, making a sort of
+pulsation. While Marco was looking at it, Forester came along, and stood
+looking at it too. There were a great many logs lying about the shore,
+and enormous piles of boards, which had been sawed, and which were ready
+for the vessels that were to come and take them away.</p>
+
+<p>"What makes the steam come up in puffs?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Because, it is what they call a high pressure engine," said Forester.
+"It works against the pressure of the atmosphere. All such engines throw
+out the steam in puffs."</p>
+
+<p>"Why do they?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p><p>"Do you know what the cylinder of a steam engine is?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Not exactly; I don't remember it very well," replied Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Come with me, then," said Forester, "and I will show it to you."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he took Marco to the engine of the boat, and showed him, in
+the midst of the machinery, a large iron vessel, shaped like a hogshead,
+only it had straight sides. Marco could not see much more than the top
+of it.</p>
+
+<p>"That is the cylinder," said Forester. "It is the <i>heart</i> of the steam
+engine, as I may say&mdash;the seat of its power. All the other machinery is
+only to aid the cylinder, and to convey the power to the point where it
+is wanted to do the work. Thus, the place where the steam exerts its
+power, and on which the whole movement of the machinery depends, is the
+cylinder."</p>
+
+<p>Marco observed that a long iron rod, large and solid, and very bright,
+kept ascending and descending through the top of the cylinder, as if
+pushed up and drawn down again by some force within. Forester told him
+that that was the piston rod.</p>
+
+<p>"The piston rod," said Forester, "is fastened, at its lower end, to the
+<i>piston</i>, which is a flat plate of iron, made to fit the inside of the
+cylinder exactly."</p>
+
+<p>"First," said Forester, "the steam comes in below the piston, and drives
+it up; and then it is <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>stopped from coming in below, and is forced in
+above, and so drives it down."</p>
+
+<p>"And how does the other steam get out?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"There are two ways of getting rid of the steam that is below the piston
+when the piston is coming down," said Forester. "One way is, to open a
+passage to let it out <i>into the air</i>. On this plan, when the piston has
+been driven up, the steam is cut off from coming in below the piston,
+and is admitted above. At the same instant, the passage is opened to let
+the lower steam out. Of course, the steam that comes in <i>above</i>, drives
+the piston down, and forces the steam that is <i>below</i>, out into the air.
+They generally have a pipe to convey it away, and as the piston goes up
+and down, the steam comes out in puffs, as you saw it in that mill."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "I understand that; and now what is the other way?"</p>
+
+<p>"That kind of engine is called a <i>high pressure</i> engine," said Forester,
+"because the piston, in coming down, has to drive out the steam from
+below, against the pressure of the atmosphere; for the atmosphere above
+passes into the pipe, and resists the movement of the steam in coming
+out. It requires a greater force of steam to work the piston on this
+plan than it does upon the other."</p>
+
+<p>"What is the plan of the other?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p><p>"On the other plan," said Forester, "the steam under the piston is
+condensed, that is, turned suddenly into water; and this leaves a
+vacancy or void below the piston, so that the piston can be forced down
+much more easily than if it had to drive the steam out before it,
+against the pressure of the atmosphere."</p>
+
+<p>Forester was going on to explain to Marco how it was that the steam was
+condensed in the cylinder, when the conversation was suddenly
+interrupted by the sound of the engine bell, which was the signal for
+the engine to stop. The thumping sound of the machinery and of the
+paddle wheels accordingly ceased, and the boat began to move more
+slowly. Presently, the bell sounded once more, and the piston rod slowly
+rose out of the cylinder, and then slowly descended again.</p>
+
+<p>"They are going very slowly," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester, "the water is low, and I suppose that the
+channel is narrow."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this moment, they perceived a strange sensation, as if the
+steamboat had been suddenly pushed backwards. Marco was startled. He did
+not know what it meant.</p>
+
+<p>"There we are," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"What?" said Marco. "What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Aground," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Aground?" repeated Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester; "that's the sensation produced when a ship goes
+aground upon sand or soft mud."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p><p>So saying, Forester left the engine, and went up to the upper deck,
+followed by Marco. There were several persons there, looking out upon
+the water.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester, "we are aground. You see by the trees upon the
+bank that we are not moving."</p>
+
+<p>Marco saw that they were at rest. He asked Forester what they were going
+to do.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this moment the little bell sounded, and the engine, which had
+been stopped when the boat went aground, was put in motion again.</p>
+
+<p>"They are going to back the engine, I suppose," said Forester, "to try
+to draw her off."</p>
+
+<p>But the boat would not move. The engine did not seem to have power to
+release her from her confinement.</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do now?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, whenever a ship is aground," said Forester, "the first question
+is, what is the state of the tide?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because," continued Forester, after a moment's pause, "if the tide is
+<i>rising</i>, it soon lifts the vessel off, and enables her to go back, or,
+perhaps, forward, if the water is not very shallow. But, if the tide is
+<i>falling</i>, it leaves her to rest more and more upon the sand, and she
+cannot get off until the water has gone entirely down, and then rises
+again. She cannot get off, in fact, until the water has risen higher
+than it was when she first grounded."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p><p>"And how is it now?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I presume the tide is going down," said Forester; "and if so, we must
+wait here until it rises again." So saying, he began to look about for
+somebody of whom he could inquire. He soon heard a gentleman say to
+another that the tide was falling, and that they should have to stay
+here three hours.</p>
+
+<p>"That's rather provoking," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no," said Forester. "Perhaps we can go ashore."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Marco, with an expression of gratification at the proposal.</p>
+
+<p>"And perhaps we can borrow some fishing lines, and go a fishing."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "that will be an excellent plan."</p>
+
+<p>"At any rate," said Forester, "when accidents of this sort occur upon
+our travels, we should not allow ourselves to be provoked by them, but
+make ourselves contented by the best means within our reach."</p>
+
+<p>At this time, they began to hear the loud, hissing sound, produced by
+the blowing off of the steam from the engine, which Forester said was an
+additional indication that they were going to remain there for some
+time. Presently, a man came up the stairs from the deck below&mdash;for
+Forester and Marco were at this time on the upper deck&mdash;and told the
+passengers that the boat would have to remain there three or four hours,
+and that if any <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>of them wished to go ashore to amuse themselves, he
+would send them in his boat, after breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>Quite a number of the passengers seemed disposed to accept this offer,
+and the boat was accordingly lowered; and Joe, with two other sailors,
+were despatched to row it ashore. They were all safely landed upon a
+raft of logs, just above the mill.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 125px;">
+<img src="images/i027.jpg" width="125" height="200" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<h3>A RAFT.</h3>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco did not take breakfast on board the steamboat, but
+waited until they got on shore. They had inquired of a fellow-passenger,
+who seemed acquainted with the country, and were told that there was a
+very good tavern about a quarter of a mile from the mill.</p>
+
+<p>When they landed upon the logs, Marco, whose curiosity seemed to be
+stronger than his appetite, wanted to ramble about for a little time
+along the shore and among the piles of boards, but Forester thought it
+would be best first to go and get their breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>"Because," said he, "we can then amuse ourselves by rambling about here,
+and shall be ready to return to the steamboat whenever they send for
+us."</p>
+
+<p>So they went to the tavern.</p>
+
+<p>Forester seemed to have little appetite for his breakfast. He complained
+of feeling fatigued, and yet he had nothing to fatigue him. Marco ate,
+and talked fast all the time; but Forester seemed silent and dejected.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p><p>"Come, cousin Forester, what is the matter with you?" said Marco at
+last.</p>
+
+<p>Forester said that he felt somewhat unwell, and as there was a sofa in
+the room, he concluded to lie down upon it, and not go out. Marco was,
+at first, disposed to stay and take care of him, but Forester said that
+he did not need anything, and he wished Marco to go out and amuse
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>"You may go and see the mill," said he, "and the logs along the shore;
+only be careful not to go where there is any danger; and come and let me
+know when the boat is coming from the steamer to take us on board
+again."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco left Forester upon the sofa, and went away. He was sorry that
+he was sick, and he was particularly sorry that he had to go himself
+without company. But, concluding that he would adopt Forester's
+principle of making the best of everything, in the events which occur in
+travelling, he walked along the road, singing a tune which he had
+learned at a juvenile singing school in New York, and watching the
+pulsations of the steam, as it issued from the pipe at the mill.</p>
+
+<p>As Marco walked along, it occurred to him that he had not, after all,
+succeeded in acknowledging to the captain of the steamboat that he had
+lost the bucket. And, since the first occasion for doing so had gone by,
+he began to doubt whether it would be best for him to trouble himself
+any farther about it.</p>
+
+<p>"The bucket was not worth much," said he to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>himself. "Nobody knows it
+is lost, except that boy, and he will not tell. I've a great mind not to
+say anything about it."</p>
+
+<p>In fact, Marco found that he was much less inclined to make his
+acknowledgment now, than he was when the circumstance first occurred. He
+wished that he had at once stated the facts to Forester, which would
+have been his wisest course; but now, that the first occasion for doing
+so had passed away, he began to feel disinclined to do it at all.</p>
+
+<p>Marco soon reached the mill, and he amused himself, for half an hour, in
+watching the movement of the engine, the strokes of the saw, and the
+drawing up of the logs from the water to the floor of the mill. There
+was a steep, sloping platform from the mill down to the river, and a
+long chain extended down to the water. This chain was fastened to one
+end of one of the logs, which lay floating there, and then, by means of
+the machinery, it was drawn slowly up, bringing the ponderous log with
+it.</p>
+
+<p>The way in which the machinery drew up the chain was this: The end of
+the chain, which was within the mill, was wound around an axle, which
+was made to revolve by the machinery. The axle, thus revolving, wound up
+the chain, and, in this manner, drew it gradually in, by which means the
+log, which was attached to the lower end of it, was drawn up.</p>
+
+<p>Presently, Marco's attention was attracted towards <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>some men, who seemed
+to be sailing about upon some logs, in a cove, just below the mill. He
+went down immediately to see what they were doing. They had long poles
+in their hands, with iron points in the ends of them, and were pushing
+the logs about with these poles, to choose out such as they wished to
+saw in the mill.</p>
+
+<p>Just as Marco came down, one of the men stepped upon the end of a log
+which was floating very near him. The log sank a little, but not much,
+under him, and the man walked along towards the other end of it. Marco
+wondered how he could keep his balance.</p>
+
+<p>When the millman reached the farther end of the log, he extended his
+long pole very dexterously, and struck the point of it into the corner
+of a sort of wharf, which was built upon the bank; and then, pulling
+gently, he drew himself along, together with the log upon which he was
+floating. Marco was surprised at this, and he wondered that the man did
+not fall off the log. He thought that if the log were to roll in the
+least degree, the man would be rolled off into the water. He ran down to
+the little wharf, so that he could see better.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, my boy," said the millman, "do you belong on board the
+steamboat?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Marco; "we got aground. You'll fall off of that log if
+you don't take care."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said the millman, "there's no danger."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, if the log should roll the least atom, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>away you'd go," said
+Marco, "though the water is not very deep."</p>
+
+<p>Here the man began to step upon the log in a peculiar manner, so as to
+make it roll. It rolled slowly, but the man continued stepping until he
+had rolled it completely over. The side which had been under water
+appeared of a dark color, and was very slippery, being covered with a
+sort of slime; but the man did not slip. After he had thus rolled the
+log completely over, he looked up to Marco, and said,</p>
+
+<p>"There, you see that there is no danger."</p>
+
+<p>When the man had drawn this log up to the shore, he went for another;
+and he had to sail upon this second one a long distance, in bringing it
+to its place. He pushed himself along by running his pole down to the
+bottom, and pushing against the sand.</p>
+
+<p>"Could I sail upon a log?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied the millman; "you'd roll off."</p>
+
+<p>"How did you learn to do it?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I learned when I was a boy," replied the millman.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you roll off when you were learning?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said the man. "I've been off the log into the water many a time."</p>
+
+<p>"And how did you get out again?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I could swim," he replied; "and as soon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>as I came up, I would
+paddle back to the log, and climb up upon it. Once, however, I came very
+near being drowned."</p>
+
+<p>"How was it?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I was on the upper side of a boom"&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"A boom?" said Marco, "what is that?"</p>
+
+<p>"A boom!" repeated the millman; "don't you know what a boom is? It is a
+place to catch logs. They go to some cove or eddy, where the water is
+pretty still, and chain logs together, end to end, so as to form a long
+line on the lower side of the eddy, and then along up the middle of the
+river a little way, so as to enclose a space to catch the logs."</p>
+
+<p>"What do they fasten the boom to?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the lower end," said the millman, "is fastened to the shore, by
+means of a very strong post, or an iron staple set into the rocks. The
+other end, which is out in the middle of the stream, is fastened to some
+island, if there is one, or, if not, to a pier built up from the
+bottom."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Marco, "tell on about your getting in."</p>
+
+<p>"The boom was full of logs, and I was upon the upper side of it, at work
+with some other men. I was on a log trying to find the mark, and I fell
+in."</p>
+
+<p>"What made you fall off?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," replied the millman. "I was not much use to logs then. I
+was trying to find the mark."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span></p><p>"What mark?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"The owner's mark," said the millman. "The owners all mark their logs,
+when they get them out in the winter, and then we separate or sort them
+in the booms. Sometimes the mark is on the under side of the log, and so
+we have to turn it over in the water to find it."</p>
+
+<p>While all this conversation had been going on, the millman had been
+moving about over the water with the various logs, Marco accompanying
+him, and keeping as near to him as possible, walking along the shore,
+and sometimes on the logs which were resting by one end on the shore. As
+the millman was describing the system of marking the logs, he was
+sailing along very near to Marco, and he immediately began to turn the
+log over under him, saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"For instance, look here, and see me turn up the mark of this log."</p>
+
+<p>Marco watched the log, as it slowly revolved, until presently there came
+a sort of hieroglyphical mark upon one end, made by crosses and lines
+cut into the wood.</p>
+
+<p>"Every owner has his particular mark," said the millman.</p>
+
+<p>"Whose mark is that?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said the man, "but they know at the mill. They have a
+register of them all at the mill."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I could turn over a log, standing on it, in that way," said
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p><p>"You couldn't," said the millman. "The only way by which you can sail
+safely on logs, would be to put two together, and make a sort of raft."</p>
+
+<p>"How?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"By nailing short pieces of boards across from one log to another. Then
+they would not roll."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Marco, "if I could only get a hammer and some nails."</p>
+
+<p>The millman told him that perhaps they would let him have a hammer and
+some nails at the mill; and Marco, accordingly, went up to inquire. They
+told him they had a hammer, but they had no nails to spare. So Marco
+failed of getting the means of making a raft. He forgot to go back to
+the millman to get the rest of his story, but, instead of it, he rambled
+down the bank of the river, until he came to a place where there was an
+old fence, which had fallen down, and the nails were sticking out of the
+boards. He now wished that he had borrowed the hammer at the mill, and
+he tried to persuade a boy, who was standing there, to go and borrow it
+for him.</p>
+
+<p>The boy told him that a stone would do very well for a hammer.</p>
+
+<p>"So it will," said Marco; "find me a good one, and bring it to this old
+fence."</p>
+
+<p>The boy brought Marco a stone, and Marco began to knock out the nails.
+Very soon, however, he set the boy at work upon the nails, while he went
+in pursuit of some short boards, to nail across from one log to the
+other. He found some, which <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>he thought would answer, without much
+difficulty, and collected them together near the logs; and, soon
+afterwards, the boy brought him the nails.</p>
+
+<p>The logs were lying side by side, with two ends resting upon the shore,
+the two other ends being out towards the stream. Marco concluded to nail
+first the two ends which were towards the shore, they being nearest, and
+being also more steady than the others. He accordingly laid one of his
+short pieces across, and nailed it as well as he could, using the stone
+for a hammer.</p>
+
+<p>"Now," said he to the boy, "I'll put another board across at the middle,
+and one more at the other end, and then, if I can find something for a
+pole, I'll take a little sail. Look about a little, my boy, won't you,"
+continued he, "and see if you can't find a pole, while I am nailing the
+other boards."</p>
+
+<p>The boy accordingly went away in pursuit of a pole, while Marco nailed
+first the middle board, and then the end one. He came back just after
+Marco had got the first nail of the end board driven in, and as soon as
+he came in sight of the logs and of Marco, he exclaimed&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"You're adrift! you're adrift!"</p>
+
+<p>Marco got up immediately, and looked around. He was indeed adrift. His
+weight, pressing upon the outer ends of the logs, had lifted the other
+ends off the shore, and the raft was slowly floating up the stream. The
+reason why it floated <i>up</i> was, that there was at this place what they
+call an <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>eddy, which is a current near the shore, flowing up the stream.
+Such eddies are caused, generally, by curves in the banks.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Marco perceived that he was afloat, he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Throw me the pole."</p>
+
+<p>The boy threw the pole, and it just reached the raft. Marco took it in,
+and, thrusting the end hastily down into the water, he endeavored to
+push himself back by pushing against the bottom. But it was too late. He
+had got already into such deep water that he could scarcely reach the
+bottom, and he could not push the raft back.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, the raft slowly moved up the river.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," said Marco. "I'm going right for the mill, and when I get
+there, they'll come out for me in a boat. In the mean time, I'd better
+finish my raft."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he kneeled down and finished nailing on the last board. When
+he rose again, he found that he had advanced considerably, and the boy
+had accompanied him, walking along by the shore. He perceived, however,
+that he was gradually getting away from the shore, and, looking forward,
+he saw, to his consternation, that the eddy did not extend to the mill;
+but that, at a short distance above him, it swept out into the main
+current of the river, which was running by a point of land at the upper
+part of the eddy, with great speed. The raft advanced slowly till it
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>came to this current, when it turned around, and began to glide swiftly
+down the stream.</p>
+
+<p>"Boy," cried Marco, in great distress, "run to the mill as fast as you
+can go, and tell them that I have gone down the river, adrift. Tell them
+to send a boat after me as quick as they can. My cousin Forester will
+pay them well."</p>
+
+<p>So the boy ran off towards the mill, while Marco floated away helplessly
+down the current.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 245px;">
+<img src="images/i038.jpg" width="245" height="200" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE DESERT ISLAND.</h3>
+
+<p>After Marco had sailed on for a few minutes, he cast his eyes up the
+river, and saw the steamboat. She was still lying in an inclined
+position, as she had been left grounded by the tide. He shouted and
+waved his hat, in the endeavor to attract the attention of the people on
+board, and lead them to send a boat to rescue him. But all his efforts
+were vain. He could not make them hear.</p>
+
+<p>The current soon bore him beyond a point of land which hid the steamboat
+from his view, and he began to fear that he should be actually carried
+out to sea. He was calculating, in fact, how many miles it was to the
+mouth of the river, when it suddenly occurred to him that, though he
+could not <i>push</i> with his pole, he might perhaps <i>paddle</i> with it. He
+accordingly took up the pole, which he had laid down upon the raft, and
+began to use it as a paddle.</p>
+
+<p>Marco found, to his great relief, that he could produce considerable
+effect upon his raft by using his pole as a paddle. He contrived to get
+the head of his raft round towards the shore, and, by working <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>hard, he
+succeeded in urging it along through the current, very slowly, indeed,
+but still perceptibly, so that he began to have some hope that he might
+succeed in reaching land.</p>
+
+<p>Before he had made much progress, however, he suddenly saw before him,
+at a short distance, a little rocky island, with some grass and a few
+trees on the lower end of it. The island was very small, being not much
+longer than Marco's raft. It lay almost directly in his course&mdash;so
+nearly, that he perceived that by working a little more with his pole,
+he thought he could bring himself into such a position as to be thrown
+by the current directly upon it.</p>
+
+<p>This he did. He paddled, with all his strength, to get into a line with
+the upper end of the island, the current, all the time, bearing him down
+directly towards it. In a few minutes, he had the satisfaction of seeing
+that he was going directly upon it.</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said he to himself; "now I'm safe."</p>
+
+<p>As he said these words, the end of the raft struck the rock, and he
+leaped off upon it. The raft swung round, and was going away, but Marco
+seized it, and dragged it up a little way upon the shore, so as to
+secure it. He then sat down upon the rock, and began to consider what
+was next to be done.</p>
+
+<p>He was certainly at a loss to know what was to be done. He waited an
+hour, and then, getting <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>very tired of his situation, he began to
+consider whether it would not be best for him to entrust himself once
+more to his raft, and endeavor to get to the shore by means of his
+paddle.</p>
+
+<p>While he was sitting on a point of the rock, in this perplexity, looking
+towards the shore that was nearest to him, he suddenly saw a boy coming
+upon a horse, along a winding road, which led to the river. He was
+driving the horse down to water. The horse advanced to the brink of the
+river, when Marco began to call out in his loudest voice,</p>
+
+<p>"Halloo!"</p>
+
+<p>"Halloo!" answered the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off this island?" cried
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p>The boy paused a moment, and gazed earnestly at Marco, while the horse
+continued drinking.</p>
+
+<p>"How came you on that island?" said the boy, calling out again in a loud
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>"I got adrift on some logs," said Marco, "and floated down the river.
+Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off?"</p>
+
+<p>"I have not got any boat," said the boy. "There an't any boats about
+here."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you would go and get one," said Marco. "I'll pay you well for
+it."</p>
+
+<p>The boy did not answer. He seemed to be hesitating. In the mean time,
+the horse, having nearly finished his drinking, lifted up his head and
+looked at Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span></p><p>"There is not any boat within a mile," said the boy. "But I should think
+you might wade ashore. The water is not deep between here and the
+island."</p>
+
+<p>"Then wade out here with your horse," said Marco, "and take me on behind
+you."</p>
+
+<p>The boy hesitated a moment, but he finally decided to comply with
+Marco's proposal, and accordingly began to advance his horse into the
+water. Marco watched his progress with intense interest. As the water
+grew deeper, he began to fear that the boy would get discouraged, and
+turn back. But the boy kept on. He turned his steps somewhat below the
+island, where there was an extensive shoal; the water grew shallower and
+shallower, until at last the horse emerged entirely, and stood upon a
+little dry sand bank at the lower side of the island.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm very much obliged to you, indeed," said Marco, "for coming for
+me&mdash;besides the pay. I will pay you for it as soon as we get on shore."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no," said the boy, "I don't need any pay just for wading my horse
+out here. I wade him out here very often, when I come down to water;
+that is, in the summer, when the water is low."</p>
+
+<p>Marco mounted behind the boy, and the boy turned his horse's head
+towards the shore.</p>
+
+<p>"How far is it back to the mill?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"To the steam mill?&mdash;four miles," answered the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Four miles!" exclaimed Marco; "is it possible <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>that I have floated down
+four miles? How shall I ever get back again?"</p>
+
+<p>"How did you happen to get adrift?" asked the boy.</p>
+
+<p>Marco proceeded to give the boy an account of his getting adrift, but in
+a short time the water began to grow so deep that he was afraid. The
+boy, however, told him that there was no danger. The bottom of the
+river, at this place, was a great bed of pebble stones, and the current
+ran very swiftly over them, and curled in sharp ripples about the
+horse's legs. Presently, however, the water became more shallow, and
+they soon safely reached the shore.</p>
+
+<p>"Now," said Marco, "I want to get back to the mill just as quick as I
+can&mdash;before the steamboat goes."</p>
+
+<p>"The steamboat?" said the boy, "she has gone long ago. She went by early
+this morning."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "she went by here, but she got stopped."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco told the boy the story of their having got aground, and of his
+going ashore; and of all his adventures, in fact, down to the time of
+his being cast upon the desert island. The boy told him that he had
+better make haste; "for," said he, "the tide has risen a great deal
+already. When the tide is at the lowest, we can go out to that island
+almost on bare ground."</p>
+
+<p>"But I can't walk back four miles," said Marco. "Could you not carry me
+in a wagon?" he continued.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span></p><p>"We have got a wagon," said the boy, "if my father will let me go."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go right up and ask him," said Marco</p>
+
+<p>They accordingly began to advance up the road, the boy putting his horse
+to a rapid trot. Marco, who was not accustomed to riding in this
+style&mdash;behind another boy, and without a saddle&mdash;was much jolted, and,
+in fact, he found it very difficult to keep his seat. He began to feel
+so much anxiety, however, about getting back again, that he did not
+complain. In a short time, the boy reached the house. It was a small,
+plain farm-house. There was a shed at one side of it, with a wagon
+standing in the shed&mdash;the shafts resting upon a wood-pile.</p>
+
+<p>"My father is not at home, now," said the boy, "but he will be at home
+very soon."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, don't let us wait for him," rejoined Marco. "He'll be willing to
+have you go, I know."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said the boy, "I should not dare to go without his leave."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us harness the horse into the wagon, then, at any rate," said
+Marco, "and then we shall be all ready."</p>
+
+<p>"We can do that," said the boy.</p>
+
+<p>So they harnessed the horse into the wagon, and the boy led the horse
+around to the door. Marco, who was quite impatient to go, got into the
+wagon, and sat waiting. The man came in about twenty minutes, and when
+he heard a statement of the case, he said that his boy might go and take
+Marco back to the mill.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span></p><p>It was now so late that Marco began to be seriously afraid that the
+steamboat might have gone. He was very impatient to have the horse go as
+fast as possible; and he watched at every turn in the road which gave
+him a view of the river, hoping to get a glimpse at the boat. He
+wondered whether Forester was still at the tavern, or whether he had
+come out in pursuit of him. After wearying himself with conjectures,
+which were all in vain, he suddenly came to a view of the river opposite
+the mill. The steamboat, to his great joy, was in its place; but there
+was a black column of smoke issuing from the smoke-pipe.</p>
+
+<p>"They are firing up," said Marco, "I verily believe."</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean by that?" said the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, building up the fires," said Marco, "to set the engine a-going.
+They call it firing up."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this moment there broke forth a loud and hoarse hissing from the
+steam-pipe, and a dense column of white vapor began to ascend, which
+mingled its snowy volumes, in a beautiful manner, with the dark masses
+of the smoke.</p>
+
+<p>"They are blowing off the steam," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"What does that mean?" asked the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, that they have got the steam up, and are letting off a little of
+it, while they are waiting for something. Perhaps they are waiting for
+us. Drive on as fast as you can."</p>
+
+<p>A moment after this, the sound of the steam <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>suddenly ceased, and the
+great paddle wheels, on the sides of the boat, began slowly to revolve.</p>
+
+<p>"They are trying to get her off," said Marco. "I <i>do hope</i> they can't
+start her. Drive on; drive on as fast as you can."</p>
+
+<p>They were, at this time, upon the top of a hill which commanded a fine
+view of the river, and of the scenery upon its banks. The mill was
+before them, too, in full view. But Marco was too much engaged in
+watching the movements of the boat to regard the scenery. The boy drove
+rapidly down the hill. They reached the mill in a very few minutes, and
+drove down to the bank of the river, by a road which led to the water, a
+short distance above the mill. But, in the mean time, unfortunately for
+Marco, the steamboat had regained its liberty, and when Marco and the
+boy came in view of it again, as their horse stopped at the edge of the
+water, they saw, to Marco's dismay, that she was ploughing her way
+swiftly up the river, being just about to disappear behind a point of
+land which terminated the view of the water in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>"They are gone," said Marco, in a tone of despair, "they are gone; and
+what shall I do?"</p>
+
+<p>"Can't you go in the stage?" asked the boy, hoping thus to say a word of
+encouragement and consolation.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Marco, "I don't believe there is any stage from this old
+mill. Besides, I don't know <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>where to go. I should not have thought that
+Forester would have gone off and left me."</p>
+
+<p>"Was he on board the steamboat?" asked the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco&mdash;"that is, he was to go on board&mdash;but I left him at
+the tavern."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps he is there now," said the boy. "Let us go and see."</p>
+
+<p>Marco approved of this plan, and they turned the wagon, and rode towards
+the tavern. As soon as the horse stopped in the yard, Marco leaped out
+of the wagon, and ran in. He found Forester reclining upon the sofa,
+where Marco had left him, asleep.</p>
+
+<p>Marco advanced towards him, and took him by the shoulder, roughly, to
+wake him up, saying,</p>
+
+<p>"Forester! cousin Forester! wake up! the boat has gone."</p>
+
+<p>Forester opened his eyes&mdash;looked wildly at Marco, and then put his hands
+to his head, pressing his temples with the palms, but he did not speak.</p>
+
+<p>"The boat has gone, cousin Forester," continued Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Then what good does it do to wake me up so roughly?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Why&mdash;I&mdash;thought you'd want to know it," said Marco; "but why did not
+you come down?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because," said Forester, "you were to come and tell me, I thought, when
+they were ready to go."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span></p><p>Marco had no reply to make to this suggestion, and he was silent. He
+found, afterwards, on farther conversation with Forester, that he was
+quite unwell. His head ached, and his face was flushed, as if he was
+feverish. Marco related to Forester an account of his adventures on the
+raft of logs. Forester thought that he had had a very narrow escape.</p>
+
+<p>Marco expected that Forester would have rebuked him very sharply for his
+fault in going upon the logs at all. But he did not. After Marco had got
+through with his account, Forester only said,</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Marco, you evidently did wrong in getting upon the logs at all;
+but the evil consequences to you will be punishment enough, and, in
+fact, more than enough."</p>
+
+<p>"Evil consequences?" said Marco&mdash;"no; there are no evil consequences,
+only that we have got left behind."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't regard that," said Forester, "for I am too unwell to travel
+to-day; but then you have suffered considerable pain and anxiety
+already, and, besides, there will be some money to pay."</p>
+
+<p>"What for?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, you have got to pay the boy for bringing you home," replied
+Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Must I pay him," said Marco, "out of my own money?"</p>
+
+<p>"Who do you think ought to pay him?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, <i>I</i> ought to, I suppose," said Marco. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>"But it won't be much. I
+think a quarter of a dollar will be enough."</p>
+
+<p>"Then, did not you say that you sent to the mill to have somebody go
+down after you in a boat?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "but I don't think they went."</p>
+
+<p>"You had better go to the mill and see," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>So Marco went out and paid the boy a quarter of a dollar, with which he
+seemed to be satisfied. Then he went to the mill, and he found two men
+just returning, in a boat, from a long pull down the river in pursuit of
+him. Marco paid them half a dollar. Thus his loss was three quarters of
+a dollar.</p>
+
+<p>When he returned to the tavern, he found that Forester had taken some
+medicine, and had gone to bed. Forester told him that he must amuse
+himself the best way he could, and that, after the experience that he
+had had that day, he hoped he would be careful not to put himself any
+more into dangerous situations.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 201px;">
+<img src="images/i049.jpg" width="201" height="200" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.</h3>
+
+<p>Marco took dinner that day at the tavern alone, and, after dinner, he
+carried a cup of tea to Forester,&mdash;but Forester was asleep, and so he
+did not disturb him.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon he went out to play. He amused himself, for half an
+hour, in rambling about the tavern yards and in the stables. There was a
+ferocious-looking bull in one of the yards, chained to a post, by means
+of a ring through his nose. Marco looked at the bull a few minutes with
+great interest, and then began to look about for a long stick, or a
+pole, to poke him a little, through the fence, to see if he could not
+make him roar, when, instead of a pole, his eye fell upon a boy, who was
+at work, digging in a corner of a field near, behind the barn.</p>
+
+<p>The boy's name was Jeremiah. He was digging for worms for bait. He was
+going a fishing. Marco determined to go with him.</p>
+
+<p>Jeremiah furnished Marco with a hook and a piece of sheet lead to make a
+sinker of, and Marco had some twine in his pocket already; so that he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>was soon fitted with a line. But he had no pole. Jeremiah said that he
+could cut one, on his way down to the river, as they would pass through
+a piece of woods which had plenty of tall and slender young trees in it.</p>
+
+<p>He succeeded in getting a pole in this manner, which answered very well;
+and then he and Jeremiah went down to the river. They stood upon a log
+on the shore, and caught several small fishes, but they got none of much
+value, for nearly half an hour. At last, Jeremiah, who was standing at a
+little distance from Marco, suddenly exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, here comes a monstrous great perch. He is coming directly towards
+my hook."</p>
+
+<p>"Where? where?" exclaimed Marco. And Marco immediately drew out his hook
+from the place where he had been fishing, and walked along to the log on
+which Jeremiah was standing.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is he?" said Marco, looking eagerly into the water.</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" said Jeremiah; "don't say a word. There he is, swimming along
+towards my hook."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "I see him. Now he's turning away a little. Let me
+put my line in, too."</p>
+
+<p>Marco extended his pole and dropped his hook gently into the water. He
+let it down until it was near the perch. The poor fish, after loitering
+about a minute, gradually approached Marco's hook and bit at it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p><p>Jeremiah, seeing that he was in danger of losing his fish, now called
+out to Marco to take his line out. "It is not fair," said he, "for you
+to come and take my fish, just as he was going to bite at my hook. Go
+away."</p>
+
+<p>But it was too late. As Jeremiah was saying these words, the fish bit,
+and Marco, drawing up the line, found the fish upon the end of it. As
+the line came in, however, Jeremiah reached out his hand to seize the
+fish, and Marco, to prevent him, dropped the pole and endeavored to
+seize it too.</p>
+
+<p>"Let go my fish," said Jeremiah.</p>
+
+<p>"Let alone my line," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>Neither would let go. A struggle ensued, and Marco and Jeremiah, in the
+midst of it, fell off into the water. The water was not very deep, and
+they soon clambered up upon the log again, but the fish, which had been
+pulled off the line in the contention, fell into the water, and swam
+swiftly away into the deep and dark parts of the water, and was seen no
+more. He was saved by the quarrels of his enemies.</p>
+
+<p>Marco, who was not so much accustomed to a wetting as Jeremiah was,
+became very angry, and immediately set off to go home to the tavern.
+Jeremiah coolly resumed his position on the log, and went to fishing
+again, paying no heed to Marco's expressions of resentment.</p>
+
+<p>Marco walked along, very uncomfortable both in body and mind. His
+clothes were wet and muddy, and the water in his shoes made a chuckling
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>sound at every step, until he stopped and took his shoes off, and
+poured the water out. It was nearly sunset when he reached the tavern.
+He found Forester better. He had left his bed, and had come down into
+the parlor. He was reclining on the sofa, reading a book, when Marco
+came in.</p>
+
+<p>Marco advanced towards him, and began to make bitter complaints against
+Jeremiah. In giving an account of the affair, he omitted all that part
+of the transaction which made against himself. He said nothing, for
+instance, about his coming to put his line in where Jeremiah was
+fishing, and while a fish was actually near Jeremiah's hook, but only
+said that he caught a fish, and that Jeremiah came and took it away.</p>
+
+<p>"But what claim had Jeremiah to the fish?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"He had no claim at all," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"You mean, he had no <i>right</i> at all," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"He had a <i>claim</i>, certainly," rejoined Forester; "that is, he claimed
+the fish. He <i>pretended</i> that it was his. Now, on what was this claim or
+pretence founded?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Marco, "I am sure. I only know he had no right to
+it, for I caught the fish myself, and he was going to take it away."</p>
+
+<p>Forester paused a moment, and then resumed:</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think that you have given me a full and fair account of the
+transaction; for I cannot believe <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>that Jeremiah would have come and
+taken away the fish without any pretext whatever. You must have omitted
+some important part of the account, I think."</p>
+
+<p>Marco then told Forester that Jeremiah said that the fish was just going
+to bite at his hook; and, after several other questions from Forester,
+he gradually acknowledged the whole truth. Still, he maintained that it
+was his fish. He had a right to put in his line, he said, wherever he
+pleased, whether another boy was fishing or not; the fish belonged to
+the one who caught him; and, before he was caught, he did not belong to
+anybody. It was absurd, he maintained, to suppose that the fish became
+Jeremiah's, just because he was swimming near his hook.</p>
+
+<p>"Sometimes one can judge better of a case," said Forester, "by reversing
+the condition of the parties. Suppose that you had been fishing, and a
+large fish had come swimming about your hook, and that Jeremiah had then
+come to put his hook in at the same place, should you have thought it
+right?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I don't know," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"It is doubtful. Now, it is an excellent rule," continued Forester, "in
+all questions of right between ourselves and other persons, for us to
+give them <i>the benefit of the doubt</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"What does that mean?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, if a man is tried in a court for any crime," replied Forester, "if
+it is clearly proved <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>that he is innocent, of course he goes free. If it
+is clearly proved that he is guilty, he is convicted. But if neither the
+one nor the other can be proved, that is, if it is doubtful whether he
+is innocent or guilty, they give him the benefit of the doubt, as they
+term it, and let him go free."</p>
+
+<p>"I should think that, when it is doubtful," said Marco, "they ought to
+send him back to prison again till they can find out certainly."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "the jury are directed to acquit him, unless it is
+positively proved that he is guilty. So that, if they think it is
+doubtful, they give him the benefit of the doubt, and let him go free.
+Now, in all questions of property between ourselves and others, we
+should all be willing to give to others the benefit of the doubt, and
+then the disputes would be very easily settled, or rather, disputes
+would never arise. In this case, for instance, it is doubtful whether
+you had a right to come and interfere while the fish was near his hook;
+it is doubtful whether he did or did not have a sort of right to try to
+catch the fish, without your interfering; and you ought to have been
+willing to have given him the benefit of the doubt, and so have staid
+away, or have given up the fish to him after you had caught it."</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't see," said Marco, "why he should not have been willing to
+have given me the benefit of the doubt, as well as I to have given it to
+him."</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly," said Forester; "Jeremiah ought <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>to have considered that
+there was a doubt whether he was entitled to the fish or not, and to
+have been willing to have given you the benefit of the doubt; and so
+have let you kept the fish. Each, in such a case, ought to be willing to
+give up to the other."</p>
+
+<p>"And then which of us should have it?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it generally happens," said Forester, in reply, "that only one of
+the parties adopts this principle, and so he yields to the other; but if
+both adopt it, then there is sometimes a little discussion, each
+insisting on giving up to the other. But such a dispute is a friendly
+dispute, not a hostile one, and it is very easily settled."</p>
+
+<p>"A friendly dispute!" exclaimed Marco; "I never heard of such a thing."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester. "Suppose, for instance, that, when you had caught
+your fish, you had said, 'There, Jeremiah, that fish is yours; he was
+coming up to your hook, and would have bitten at it if I had not put my
+line in;' and, then, if Jeremiah had said, 'No, it is not mine; it is
+yours, for you caught it with your hook;' this would have been a
+friendly dispute. It would have been very easily settled."</p>
+
+<p>"I am sorry that I left my pole down at the river," said Marco. "I cut a
+most excellent pole in the woods, on my way down, and I left it there
+across the log. I mean to go down and get it early in the morning."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span></p><p>"No," said Forester; "we must be on our way up the river early to-morrow
+morning."</p>
+
+<p>"How shall we go?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I have engaged a wagon here to take us to Bath, and there we shall find
+a stage."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, early the next morning, Forester and Marco got into a wagon
+to go up the river to Bath, which is the first town of any considerable
+consequence which you meet in ascending the Kennebec river. Marco and
+Forester sat on the seat of the wagon, and a boy, who was going with
+them for the purpose of bringing the wagon back, sat behind, on a box,
+which had been put in to make a seat for him.</p>
+
+<p>Marco said that he was very sorry that he had not time to go and get his
+fishing-pole.</p>
+
+<p>"It would not do any good," said Forester, "for you could not carry it."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes," said Marco, "we might put it on the bottom of the wagon, and
+let the end run out behind. It is pretty long."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Forester, "we might possibly get it to Bath, but what
+should we do with it then?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, then," said Marco, "we might put it on the top of the stage, I
+suppose. Would not they let us?"</p>
+
+<p>"It would not be very convenient to carry a long fishing-pole, in that
+way, to Quebec," replied Forester, "through woods, too, half of the way,
+full of such poles. You might stop and get a cane <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>or staff, if we find
+a place where there are some good ones. A cane would be of some service
+to you in walking up the hills, and that could be taken along with our
+baggage easily."</p>
+
+<p>Marco said that he should like this plan very much; and, as they rode
+along, they looked out carefully for a place where there were slender
+saplings growing, suitable for canes.</p>
+
+<p>"What kind of wood would you have?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," replied Marco; "which kind is the best?"</p>
+
+<p>"The different woods have different qualities," replied Forester. "Some
+are light and soft, which are good qualities for certain purposes. Some
+are hard. Some are stiff, and some flexible. Some are brittle, and
+others tough. For a cane, now, do we want a hard wood or a soft one?"</p>
+
+<p>"Hard," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, so that it shall not get indented or bruised easily," replied
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"A light wood or a heavy one?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Light," replied Marco, "so that it will be easy to carry."</p>
+
+<p>"Stiff or flexible?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Stiff," replied Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester. "Some kinds of wood grow straight, and others
+crooked."</p>
+
+<p>"We want it straight," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p><p>"Yes," replied Forester. "The pine grows very straight. If we could find
+some young pines, they would make us some beautiful-looking canes."</p>
+
+<p>"And how is it with the other qualities?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Pine is very light," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"That is good," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"And <i>soft</i>," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"That is not so well," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"And it is very weak and brittle."</p>
+
+<p>"Then it will not do at all," said Marco. "I want a good strong cane."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time, they were ascending a hill, and, after passing over
+the summit of it, they came to a place where Forester said he saw, in
+the woods, a number of young oaks and beeches, which, he said, would
+make good canes. The oak, he said, was very strong, and hard, and tough;
+so was the beech.</p>
+
+<p>"Only there are two objections to them for canes," said Forester, as
+they were getting out of the wagon; "they are not so light as the pine,
+and then, besides, they are apt to grow crooked. We must look about
+carefully to find some that are straight."</p>
+
+<p>"Which is the most valuable of all the kinds of wood?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"The question is ambiguous," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span></p><p>"I mean, that it has two significations," replied Forester; "that is,
+the word valuable has two significations. Pine is the most valuable in
+one sense; that is, pine is, on the whole, most useful to mankind. But
+there are other kinds of wood which are far more costly."</p>
+
+<p>"I should not think that pine would be so valuable," said Marco, "it is
+so weak and brittle."</p>
+
+<p>"It is valuable," said Forester, "because, for the purpose for which men
+want the greatest quantities of wood, strength is not required. For
+boarding the outsides of buildings, for example, and finishing them
+within, which uses, perhaps, consume more wood than all others put
+together, no great strength is required."</p>
+
+<p>"I think people want more wood to <i>burn</i> than to build houses with,"
+said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester, "perhaps they do. They do in this country, I
+think, but perhaps not in Europe and other old countries. But pine,
+although it has no great strength, is an excellent wood for building, it
+is so soft and easily worked."</p>
+
+<p>Forester's remarks, upon the different kinds of wood, were here
+interrupted by Marco's finding what he considered an excellent stick for
+a cane. When he had cut it, however, he found that it was not so
+straight as it had appeared to be while growing.</p>
+
+<p>However, after some time spent in the selection, Marco and Forester both
+procured excellent canes.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p><p>"This is good, hard wood," said Marco, as he was trimming his cane, and
+cutting it to a proper length.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 525px;">
+<img src="images/i061.jpg" class="ispace" width="525" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester; "it is beech, and beech is very hard."</p>
+
+<p>After finishing their canes, they took their seats in the wagon again.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<h3>EBONY AND PINE.</h3>
+
+<p>After riding along a short distance in silence, Marco introduced the
+subject of the different woods once more. He asked Forester which was
+the most <i>costly</i> of all the woods.</p>
+
+<p>"Costly is not an ambiguous term," said Forester; "that means, which has
+the greatest <i>money</i> value."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco. "I suppose it is mahogany."</p>
+
+<p>"O no," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Rose wood, then," said Marco. "It must be rose wood. My mother has a
+beautiful piano made of rose wood."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester. "Ebony is more costly than either rose wood or
+mahogany. They sell ebony by the pound."</p>
+
+<p>"Where does ebony come from?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to know," said Marco. "How much do they sell it for, by
+the pound?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know that, either," said Forester. "I know very little about
+it, only that it is a very costly wood, on account of some peculiar
+properties which it has, and its scarcity."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span></p><p>"What are the peculiar properties?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"One is, its great hardness," said Forester. "It is very hard indeed.
+Another is, its color."</p>
+
+<p>"What color is it?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Black," replied Forester,&mdash;"black as jet; at least, one kind is black
+as jet. There is a kind which is brown. It is called brown ebony."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think black is very pretty," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester; "there does not seem to be much beauty in black, in
+itself considered; but then, for certain purposes, it is much handsomer
+than any other color would be; for a cane, for instance."</p>
+
+<p>Marco looked at the beech cane which he had before him, and began to
+consider how it would look if it were black.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose I could paint my cane black," said he, after a moment's
+pause, "if you think it would be any better."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester; "I should prefer having it of its natural color.
+The bark of the beech has beautiful colors, if they are only brought out
+by a coat of varnish."</p>
+
+<p>"Brought out?" repeated Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester. "There is a kind of fine dust, or something like
+that, which dims the bark; but, when you put on oil or varnish, there is
+a sort of transparency given to the outside coating, which brings the
+natural color of the bark fully to view."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p><p>"Then I will get my cane varnished, when I get to Bath," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Ebony," said Forester, "is used a great deal where a contrast with
+ivory is wanted. Ebony is hard and fine-grained, like ivory, and it
+takes a high polish. So, whenever they want a contrast of black and
+white, they take ebony and ivory."</p>
+
+<p>"When do they want a contrast between black and white?"</p>
+
+<p>"One case," replied Forester, "is that of the keys of a piano forte.
+They want the short keys, which mark the semi-tones, of a different
+color from the others, so that the eye will catch them as quick as
+possible. So in a chess-board. They sometimes make chess-boards with
+alternate squares of ebony and ivory."</p>
+
+<p>"I think it would be just as well to take common wood and paint it
+black," said Marco, "rather than pay so much money for ebony."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "that would not do so well. The paint would wear
+off; or, if it did not wear off by handling, still, if it got a little
+knock or hard rub, a part would come off, and that would show a little
+spot which would be of the natural color of the wood. This would look
+very badly."</p>
+
+<p>"Then, besides, painted wood," continued Forester, "cannot be finished
+off so smoothly, and polished up so highly, as a wood which is black by
+nature. They have a way of <i>staining</i> wood, however, which is better
+than painting it."</p>
+
+<p>"How is that done?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p><p>"Why, they make a black stain," said Forester, "which they put upon the
+wood. This staining soaks in a little way, and blackens the fibres of
+the wood itself, beneath the surface. This, of course, will not wear off
+as easily as paint."</p>
+
+<p>"I should not think it would wear off at all," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester, "for, if a cane is made of any wood stained
+black, after a time the wood itself wears away farther than the staining
+had penetrated. Then the fresh wood will come to view. So that, if you
+want anything black, it is much better to make it of a wood which is
+black all the way through.</p>
+
+<p>"Besides," continued Forester, "ebony is a very hard wood, and it will
+bear knocks and rough usages much better than other kinds of wood which
+are softer. Once I made a carpenter an ebony wedge, to split his laths
+with."</p>
+
+<p>"What are laths?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Laths are the thin split boards which are nailed upon the sides of a
+room before the plastering is put on. Sometimes laths are made very
+narrow, and are nailed on at a little distance from each other, so as to
+leave a crack between them. Then the plastering, being soft when it is
+put on, works into the cracks, and thus clings to the wood when it is
+dry and hard. If plastering was put on to smooth boards, or a smooth
+wall, it would all fall off again very easily."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco; "I have seen the plastering <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>coming up through the
+cracks in the garret at your house in Vermont."</p>
+
+<p>"The lath boards," continued Forester, "are sometimes made narrow, and
+nailed on at a little distance from each other, and sometimes they are
+wide boards, split up, but not taken apart, and then the cracks, which
+are made in splitting them, are forced open when the boards are nailed
+on. The way they do it, is this. They put the wide lath board down upon
+a plank, and make a great many cracks in it with an axe. Then they put
+it upon the wall, or ceiling, and nail one edge. Then they take a wedge
+and drive into one of the cracks, and force it open far enough to let
+the plastering in. Then they put in some more nails, in such a manner as
+to keep that crack open. Then they wedge open another crack, and nail
+again; and so on, until they have nailed on the whole board, so as to
+leave the cracks all open."</p>
+
+<p>"And you made the carpenter an ebony wedge?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester. "He had had wedges made of the hardest wood that
+he could get, but they would soon become bruised, and battered, and worn
+out, with their hard rubbing against the sides of the cracks. At last, I
+told him I had a very hard kind of wood, and I gave him a piece of
+ebony. He made it into a wedge, and, after that, he had no more
+difficulty. He said his ebony wedge was just like iron."</p>
+
+<p>"Was it really as hard as iron?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p><p>"Oh, no," said Forester,&mdash;"but it was much harder than any wood which he
+could get. He thought it was a very curious wood. He had never seen any
+like it before."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like some ebony," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Ebony would be an excellent wood to make a top of," said Forester, "it
+is so hard and heavy."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to have a top hard," said Marco, "but I don't think it
+would be any better for being heavy."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester; "the top would spin longer. The heavier a top is,
+the longer it will spin."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I should like a top made of lead," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"It would spin very long," said Forester, "if it was well made, though
+it would require more strength to set it a-going well. But lead would be
+soft, and thus would easily get bruised and indented. Besides, black
+would be a prettier color for a top than lead color. A jet black top,
+well polished, would be very handsome."</p>
+
+<p>"Is black a color?" asked Marco. "I read in a book once that black and
+white were not colors."</p>
+
+<p>"There are two meanings to the word color," said Forester. "In one
+sense, black is a color, and in another sense, it is not. For instance,
+if a lady were to go into a shop, and ask for some morocco shoes for a
+little child, and they were to show her some black ones, she might say
+she did not want <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>black ones; she wanted colored ones. In that sense,
+black would not be a color.</p>
+
+<p>"On the other hand," continued Forester, "she might ask for silk
+stockings, and if the shopkeeper were to ask her what color she wanted,
+she might say black. In that sense, black would be a color."</p>
+
+<p>"Which is the right sense?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Both are right," said Forester. "When a word is commonly used in two
+senses, both are correct. The philosophers generally consider black not
+to be a color; that is, they generally use the word in the first sense."</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"For this reason," replied Forester. He was going on to explain the
+reason, when suddenly Marco's attention was attracted by the sight of a
+long raft of logs, which was coming down the river. They had been riding
+at some distance from the river, and out of sight of it, but now it came
+suddenly into view, just as this raft was passing by. There were two men
+on the raft.</p>
+
+<p>"See those men on the raft," said Marco. "They are paddling."</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Forester; "they are sculling."</p>
+
+<p>"Sculling?" repeated Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester. "They always scull a raft. It is a different
+motion from paddling."</p>
+
+<p>Marco watched the men attentively, examining the motion which they made
+in sculling, and considering <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>whether he might not have sculled his raft
+to the shore in the same manner.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 575px;">
+<img src="images/i069.jpg" class="ispace" width="575" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>"What straight logs!" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester; "the pine tree grows up tall and straight, and
+without branches, to a great height. This is the source of some of its
+most valuable properties. It makes the wood straight-grained. That is,
+the fibres run smooth and regularly, from one end of the stem to the
+other."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time, Forester saw a large pine tree growing alone, by the
+side of the road they were travelling. This solitary tree had a great
+many branches growing out from the stem, in every part, from the top to
+the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>"That is because the tree grows by itself," said Forester, "in the open
+field. Those that grow in the forest do not throw out branches from the
+stem, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>but they ran up to a great height, with only a little tuft of
+branches on the top."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see why they don't have branches in the woods," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Because," replied Forester, "where trees grow close together, the light
+and the air is excluded from the lower parts of the stems, and so
+branches cannot grow there. Nothing can grow without light and air."</p>
+
+<p>"I've seen monstrous long potato sprouts grow in a dark cellar," said
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester; "so have I. I did not think of that. But they
+don't grow very well."</p>
+
+<p>"They grow pretty long, sometimes," replied Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"At any rate," said Forester, "the branches of trees will not grow from
+the stems of the trees near the ground, in the woods; and this is of
+great importance, for, whenever a branch grows out, it makes a knot,
+extending in to the very centre of the tree. This would injure a pine
+log very much, as the knot would show in all the boards, and a knot is a
+great injury to a pine board, though it is of great benefit to a
+mahogany one."</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Because it gives the wood a beautiful variegated appearance when they
+get it smoothed. So that the more knotted and gnarled a log of mahogany
+is, the better. It makes the more beautiful wood. But in pine, it is not
+beauty, but facility of working, which is the great object. So <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>they
+always want to get pine as smooth and straight-grained as possible. So
+that one of these trees that grow detached, in the fields, would not be
+of much value for lumber. It has so many branches, that the boards made
+from it would be full of knots."</p>
+
+<p>"That is the reason, I suppose," said Marco, "why they don't cut them
+down, and make them into boards."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it is," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Has pine any other very good qualities?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I believe it is quite a durable wood," said Forester. "At any rate, the
+stumps last a very long time in the ground. I have heard it said that
+there are some stumps in the state of Maine with the old mark of G. R.
+upon them."</p>
+
+<p>"What does G. R. mean?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Georgius Rex</i>," replied Forester,&mdash;"that is, George, the king. If
+there are any such, the mark on them means that they belonged to the
+king of England, before this country was separated from England. In
+those days, the king's workmen went into the forests to select and mark
+the trees which were to be cut down for the king's use, and these marks
+were left upon the stumps."</p>
+
+<p>"And how long ago was that?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"O, it must have been sixty or seventy years ago. But I can hardly
+believe that the stumps would last as long as that."</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to ask some of the men, when I get up <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>in the woods, how long
+the stumps do last," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"They last very long, I know," said Forester. "The people, after getting
+tired of waiting to have them rot out, tear them up with machines, and
+make fences of them."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see how they can make fences of stumps," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"They put them in a row, with the roots in the air," replied Forester.
+"They make a funny-looking fence."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time Marco perceived a large town coming into view before
+them, which, Forester told him, was Bath. There were several ships
+building along the shore of the river.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 554px;">
+<img src="images/i072.jpg" class="ispace" width="554" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE BEAR IN THE MILL.</h3>
+
+<p>Marco and Forester found a small steamboat at Bath, going up the river,
+and they took passage in it to Hallowell. At Hallowell, they took the
+stage, and travelled along the banks of the river, sometimes on one side
+and sometimes on the other. They crossed the river by means of bridges,
+which were erected in nearly all the principal towns. They passed a
+number of waterfalls, where saw-mills had been built for sawing the
+logs. Marco was astonished at the number of these mills, the quantity of
+logs which lay in the booms, and the vast piles of boards which had
+accumulated in some of the sawing villages.</p>
+
+<p>At one of these villages, where he and Forester stopped to spend the
+night, they went out in the evening to see the mills. The mills were
+lighted by little fires of pitch-pine knots, which made a bright flame
+and gave a fine light. These little fires were built upon slabs, which
+Marco thought was very dangerous. The slabs, however, though they looked
+dry, were really very wet, being thoroughly soaked with water within,
+having been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>sawed from logs which had been for a long time floating in
+the river.</p>
+
+<p>The beam, to which the saw was attached in each mill, as it ascended and
+descended with the saw, passed across these lights with a rapid motion,
+which made the lights appear and disappear, in regular succession, in a
+very beautiful manner.</p>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco clambered into one of these mills. They had to make
+their way over slabs, boards and heaps of rubbish of various kinds, and
+the floor of the mill seemed to be made of boards and planks, laid
+loosely and with many open places, in which, when Marco looked down, he
+saw dark and frightful abysses, where he could hear the water dashing,
+and, now and then, could get a glimpse of the foam.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, both Forester and Marco advanced very carefully. When they
+had entered, they found but one man tending the mill. He was seated on a
+square block of wood, near the fire, eating some bread and cheese. As
+Forester and Marco advanced towards him, he looked up and bade them good
+evening.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you allow us to come in and see the mill?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"By all means," said the millman.</p>
+
+<p>The millman here looked around at the log which he was then sawing, and
+he observed that it was time for him to attend to it. So he put down his
+bread and cheese upon the block, and went towards <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>the saw. Forester and
+Marco both turned to see what he was going to do.</p>
+
+<p>The log was lying upon a long frame, which frame seemed to be mounted
+upon some sort of trucks, for it advanced slowly, by a steady motion,
+against the saw. As the saw was constantly moving up and down with great
+force, the log was sawed as it advanced. It had now advanced so far that
+the log had been sawed nearly through, from end to end. When it had gone
+a little farther, the millman pulled a handle, and stopped the motion of
+the carriage and the log, and, in a moment afterwards, the log began to
+go back again; the saw, all the time, ascending and descending as
+before, but without doing any work. When the log had got back so far
+that the saw came out of the cleft which it had made, the man stopped
+it, and then, with an iron bar, he shifted the position of the log in
+such a manner that when the carriage should be put in motion, the saw
+would cut the log in a new place, at a little distance from the
+other,&mdash;a distance just equal to the thickness of the board which they
+wished to make.</p>
+
+<p>Marco watched all these movements with great interest. Forester, who had
+often seen them before, went back to the fire, and held his hands out to
+it, for, as it was a cold evening, the feeling of the warmth was
+pleasant. He could see that Marco remained talking with the millman; but
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>the noise of the machinery was so great that he could not hear what
+they said.</p>
+
+<p>The flashes of light from the fire illuminated Marco's face, however,
+and Forester could see that he was much interested in what the millman
+was telling him. The millman sat down upon the log, and made gestures as
+if he was eating something. Then he took hold of Marco, and put him down
+upon the log in his place, and he took a seat himself beyond him&mdash;that
+is, between Marco and the saw. All this time, the log, riding upon the
+great frame, was slowly advancing against the saw, carrying Marco and
+the millman along with it. When it had carried them so far that the
+millman was getting to be very near the saw, he turned suddenly round,
+and made a gesture as if he was going to clasp the saw in his
+arms,&mdash;laughing as he did it,&mdash;and, immediately afterwards, he got up
+from the log, and Marco got up, too,&mdash;beginning to laugh himself, also,
+though his countenance had expressed surprise and anxiety before.</p>
+
+<p>A short time after this, when Marco came back to the place where
+Forester was, Forester asked him what the millman had been saying to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"He was telling me a story of a bear," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Of a bear?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "of a bear in a saw-mill."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see what a bear had to do in a saw-mill," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p><p>"It was a great many years ago, when there were bears in the woods about
+here. There was a man sawing in a mill, and he was sitting on the end of
+the log that he was sawing, eating his bread and cheese. The bread and
+cheese were lying on the log, next to where the man was sitting.</p>
+
+<p>"While the man was sitting there in this manner, eating his bread and
+cheese, a bear came walking into the mill,&mdash;a great black bear. He came
+up to the log, and when he saw that the man was eating bread and cheese,
+he thought he should like some too. So he sat down on the log."</p>
+
+<p>"On which side of the man?" asked Forester,&mdash;"towards the saw or from
+it?"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 542px;">
+<img src="images/i077.jpg" class="ispace" width="542" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>"Towards the saw," said Marco. "The man was on the end of the log
+farthest from the saw. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>The bear sat a little beyond him, nearer to the
+saw, and the bread and cheese was between them. The bear began to eat
+the bread and cheese."</p>
+
+<p>"How?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, he took it up in his paws, I suppose," said Marco,&mdash;"though I
+don't know certainly about that. At any rate, he began to eat the bread
+and cheese,&mdash;sitting with his back towards the saw, and his face towards
+the man.</p>
+
+<p>"And all this time, you must understand," said Marco, "that the carriage
+was carrying the log, man, bear, and all, towards the saw, and the man
+saw that if the bear would only keep still, in his place, until he was
+carried to the saw, he would get sawed in two, and so killed. At first,
+he thought it would be best for him to get hold of the iron bar, if he
+could, and beat the old bear's brains out. But he was afraid that he
+should not succeed in doing that, and so he concluded to wait and see
+what would happen.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, bears have a way," continued Marco, "whenever they are angry with
+anything, of grasping it in their arms and hugging it tight. The man did
+not think of this; he only hoped that the saw would saw the bear in two.
+The log moved on nearer and nearer, and at last brought the bear along
+so far that the next stroke cut right down his back. He immediately
+turned around and seized the saw, and hugged it with all his strength,
+and it tore him all to pieces."</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed," said Forester. "That is quite a story."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span></p><p>Forester did not seem so much astonished at this account as Marco had
+expected, but farther conversation on the subject was prevented by the
+occurring of a new object of attention. The millman began to make
+arrangements for drawing up more logs from the water of the river, by
+means of a long chain passing around a revolving axis, in the manner
+which has been already explained.</p>
+
+<p>Marco watched the first log, as it came slowly up, and then he wanted to
+go down the inclined plane to the water below. The moon was just rising,
+which gave them sufficient light, and so Forester and Marco went down.
+Marco wanted to ride up on the next log, but Forester thought that that
+would be a very dangerous experiment. There was, however, a boat lying
+there, which, Forester said, perhaps they might get into, and take a
+little excursion upon the water, by moonlight. Marco thought that he
+should like that very well, and so he went up into the mill again, to
+ask permission to take the boat. The millman said that they might have
+the boat all night, if they wanted it.</p>
+
+<p>Marco accordingly returned down the inclined plane, telling Forester
+that they could have the boat. But Forester, who began to find the
+evening air too cold and chilly, said that he did not think it was worth
+while for them to set out on a voyage at so late an hour. But Marco's
+imagination was so much taken with the idea of a voyage in a boat by
+moonlight, that he was very urgent to have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>Forester go. So Forester
+consented, and they both got into the boat.</p>
+
+<p>"Which way shall we steer?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"We must go up the stream," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Why must we?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Because there is a dam and a waterfall below us," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>There was a dam across the river, at the mill, and the inclined plane,
+which led from the floor of the mill down to the shore of the river,
+terminated at the edge of the water just above the dam. The water was so
+low that it did not fall over the dam near the shore, though Forester
+and Marco could hear the roaring of the water, which fell over the dam
+nearer the middle of the river.</p>
+
+<p>"We must take care," said Marco, "or we shall get carried over the dam.
+I read of an Indian once, who was carried over the falls of Niagara."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester; "we must be careful."</p>
+
+<p>Forester turned the head of the boat up the river, keeping near the
+shore, so as to avoid all possibility of being carried over the dam. The
+boat shot along swiftly through the water.</p>
+
+<p>"The boat goes very well," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester; "and yet it is only a log canoe."</p>
+
+<p>"A log canoe," said Marco. "Is this only a log canoe?"</p>
+
+<p>"That is all," replied Forester. "It is made of a log, hollowed out.
+They use a great many <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>such boats on this river. They go very easily
+with paddles."</p>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco both had paddles. Marco sat about in the middle of
+the boat, but Forester sat in the stern, propelling the boat and
+steering it at the same time. When they got up a little way above the
+dam, they went out farther towards the middle of the river. Forester
+soon became warm by the exercise of paddling, and had no disposition to
+return. They both found it very romantic and delightful to glide
+smoothly over the glassy surface of the water, which was silvered by the
+moonbeams.</p>
+
+<p>They soon came to a turn in the river, which carried them away from the
+sight of the mills and the dam, and brought them under high banks,
+which, in some places, presented rocky cliffs to the view, and, in
+others, were covered with forests. This scenery had a peculiarly sombre
+and solemn expression, seen thus, under the light of the moon. Marco
+gazed at it in silence, and with a feeling of awe.</p>
+
+<p>They went on in this manner for half an hour, until they found
+themselves approaching a rocky island, crowned with forests. Marco
+wanted to land upon it.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Forester; "I have no objection; but would you not
+rather go back?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Marco. "I want to explore this island."</p>
+
+<p>"But are you not cold?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span></p><p>"No," said Marco, "not at all."</p>
+
+<p>"My hands and feet are a little cold," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Then we will go back pretty soon," said Marco, "but first just let us
+land a minute upon this island."</p>
+
+<p>So Forester turned the head of the boat towards the shore, and Marco, as
+soon as it touched, scrambled out upon the rocks.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Forester!" he exclaimed, at once, "here is plenty of drift-wood.
+Let us make a fire, and warm your hands and feet."</p>
+
+<p>"Drift-wood?" rejoined Forester. "Will drift-wood make a fire?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why not?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I should think it would be too wet," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>Marco said no more, but, at that instant, Forester observed a little
+flash, and then a faint glimmer of light where Marco was. He had lighted
+a match by rubbing it against some drift-wood. He touched it to some dry
+bark, and soon had a pleasant little blaze upon the rocks, near the
+shore. He piled on pieces of drift-wood, such as branches of trees, old
+slabs, &amp;c., which he found lying about there, and he soon had a very
+good fire. Forester sat down upon the rocks, and warmed his hands and
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I had a hatchet here," said Marco, "or an axe."</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p><p>"Why, we could make a camp, and lie here all night," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"O, no," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "for the man said we might have his boat all night."</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Forester. "We will camp out when we get fairly into the
+forests on Dead river."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, after a little time, when the fire had burnt down somewhat,
+they threw the brands into the river, and then, embarking in their boat,
+they returned to the mill.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 294px;">
+<img src="images/i083.jpg" width="294" height="120" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE BIVOUACK.</h3>
+
+<p>Marco and Forester had an opportunity to encamp for the night, in the
+woods, in a manner different from what they expected. It happened in
+this way. In the course of their rambles among the forests which are
+about the lakes and the upper branches of the Kennebec, they came, one
+night, to a farm-house, where they had to spend the night. The house was
+built of logs. It was in a small opening in the woods. This opening was
+occupied with fields, which were divided from each other by log fences.
+The fields were full of stumps. The whole opening was bordered on every
+side by a perpendicular wall of forest,&mdash;the tall stems forming a
+colonnade, which reminded Marco of the palisades on the North river,
+just above New York.</p>
+
+<p>There was but one room in this log house, and, at first, Marco did not
+know where he and Forester were to sleep. There was a great blazing fire
+in the fire-place, which was made of rough stones. The hearth was made
+of great flat stones. These stones were tolerably smooth on the upper
+side; <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>but, as they were not square, there were many spaces left between
+them, and at the corners, which were filled with earth. But, though the
+fire-place was rough, the great fire blazed merrily in it; and Marco
+thought that it was pleasanter than his father's marble fire-place, in
+New York, with a grate in it, filled with a hard coal fire, looking like
+red-hot stones.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish we had such a fire-place as this in New York," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"And wood to burn in it," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"O, we can get wood enough in New York," said Marco. "The carmen bring
+it along every morning. We might have such a fire-place down in the
+basement, or in that little room in the stable, and then I would go and
+build fires in it."</p>
+
+<p>Just then, the farmer's wife came with a spider to the fire, to broil
+some chickens for their supper. She pulled out the coals with a
+long-handled iron shovel, which she called a <i>slice</i>. She cooked the
+young travellers a most excellent supper.</p>
+
+<p>The farmer and his wife were both rather young. They had one child. He
+was asleep in the cradle. This cradle was only a box, made of boards,
+and mounted on rockers. Marco asked the farmer if he made the cradle
+himself, and he said he did.</p>
+
+<p>There was a boy living in this house, named Isaiah. Isaiah was the
+farmer's brother. He worked hard all day on the farm, and at night he
+slept in a sort of garret, which they called the loft. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>The way to get
+up to the loft was by a ladder on one side of the room.</p>
+
+<p>When bed-time came, Forester and Marco climbed up this ladder, and went
+to bed. They slept upon a straw bed, which was lying in a corner. They
+had two clean but very coarse sheets, and a good warm coverlid. Marco
+crept in well under the eaves of the house, but Forester slept on the
+outer side of the bed, where the roof was higher.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was awaked in the night by a strange sound, which he heard,
+directly over his head. He lifted up his head and listened. It was the
+pattering of rain upon the roof. The roof was, however, very tight, and
+none of the rain came in. The roof was covered with shingles, which the
+farmer had made himself, in a little shop near his house.</p>
+
+<p>Marco listened to the rain a few minutes, and then went to sleep again.
+He was glad to hear it rain, because he wanted to stay at this house the
+next day, and he thought Forester would not go away in the rain.</p>
+
+<p>The next that he knew was that it was morning. He spoke to Forester,
+saying,</p>
+
+<p>"It rains, cousin Forester."</p>
+
+<p>"Does it?" said Forester. "Then I don't know what we shall do."</p>
+
+<p>"We must stay here, to-day," said Marco. "Then I can see Isaiah make a
+shingle. Isaiah can make a shingle. Did you know it?"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p><p>"I don't hear it rain," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to get up and see," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>There was no glass window in this garret, but the light shone through
+the chinks between the logs. There was a wooden window, as Marco called
+it; that is, there was an opening in the wall, with a wooden shutter to
+close it. Marco went to this window and opened it. He looked out upon
+the wild and solitary scene which was before him with great interest. At
+length he said,</p>
+
+<p>"No, cousin Forester, it does not rain,&mdash;but I wish you would stay here
+to-day."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Forester. "I will stay here as long as you wish."</p>
+
+<p>Marco was rejoiced to hear this; and he spent two hours, after
+breakfast, in rambling about the farmer's house and grounds. He went
+into the little shop, and amused himself for half an hour in seeing
+Isaiah make shingles. Isaiah let him try to make one himself, and he
+succeeded pretty well. He carried his shingle in to Forester to show it
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>Forester said he thought it was a very good shingle.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to carry it home," said Marco; "but I suppose you would
+think that that would be a foolish plan."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "I do not think it would be foolish. The shingle is
+flat, and will lie down in the bottom of your trunk; and, after you get
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>tired of it as a shingle, you can have a little box made of it, and
+keep it all your life, as a memorial of this expedition."</p>
+
+<p>This was a very good plan, for Marco had not shaved his shingle very
+thin. In fact, it was of about equal thickness at the two ends. This,
+though a very serious fault in a shingle, made it much more suitable as
+a material for making a box of.</p>
+
+<p>Marco also amused himself for half an hour in going down to the spring,
+where the farmer's wife went to get water, and playing there. There was
+a pleasant little path leading from the house down to the spring. He
+went down once alone, and brought up a pail half full of water, for the
+farmer's wife, which seemed to please her very much.</p>
+
+<p>While he was doing these things, Forester remained in the house, writing
+letters. Before Forester had finished his last letter, however, Marco
+had got tired of all his amusements, and began to think that they had
+better resume their journey.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Forester; "whenever you say the word."</p>
+
+<p>"How are you going?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I have made a bargain with the farmer," said Forester, "to let us have
+his wagon to go through the woods about twenty-five miles, and Isaiah is
+going with us, in order to drive the wagon back."</p>
+
+<p>Marco was much pleased with this arrangement, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>and Forester asked him
+what time they should start. "We are under your direction, you know,"
+said he.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "and I wish you would let me have the direction all
+day."</p>
+
+<p>"I have a great mind to do it," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Do," said Marco, "and see how well I'll manage."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Forester; "I will give up the command to you till I resume
+it again."</p>
+
+<p>Marco was quite pleased with his new powers. He said they must take a
+hatchet and a bag of provisions, for he meant to dine in the woods on
+the way. Isaiah accordingly put a hatchet in the wagon. They also took
+some bread and cheese, and some other articles of food, in a bag; and
+also a tin dipper, to drink from. When all was ready, Marco called
+Forester, and they set off. Their trunk was put into the wagon behind.</p>
+
+<p>They went on very well for ten miles. The road led through thick forests
+for a large part of the way, and it was very stony and rough. But the
+wilderness, and even the difficulties of the way, interested Marco very
+much. He thought that it was much pleasanter travelling through those
+forest scenes, the wheels of the wagon sometimes jolting over roots,
+stones, logs, and sometimes sinking in the mire, than riding in a
+carriage, as he had often done with his mother, over the smooth and
+broad avenues leading into New York.</p>
+
+<p>After they had gone about ten miles, they were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>brought to a sudden stop
+by a tree, which had been blown down, and had fallen directly across the
+road.</p>
+
+<p>"What is to be done now?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>Nobody answered.</p>
+
+<p>"What is to be done now, cousin Forester?" repeated Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Forester. "<i>I've</i> nothing to do with it. You are
+commander."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, very well," said Marco. "Then I'll decide what to do. We'll chop
+the tree off with our hatchet."</p>
+
+<p>Marco bustled about with an air of great importance, taking the hatchet
+from the back of the wagon, and advancing towards the tree, as if he
+expected to sunder it at a single blow. He looked towards Isaiah, and,
+seeing a lurking smile upon his countenance, he immediately perceived
+how absurd was the idea of chopping off such an enormous stem with a
+hatchet.</p>
+
+<p>He accordingly turned suddenly about, saying,</p>
+
+<p>"No; we can't cut it off with the hatchet. It is too big; or, rather,
+the hatchet is too little. We'll see if we can't find a way to get
+around it."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco asked Forester to look on one side of the road, while he and
+Isaiah examined the other side. They found that, by cutting down one or
+two small trees, they could get around very well. So Marco directed to
+have these trees cut down, and then they led the horse around without
+much <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>difficulty, excepting a slight obstruction from the bushes.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was quite pleased with the successful result of his management in
+this first serious emergency. They rode on five miles farther, and then
+Marco determined that it would be a good plan to look out for a place
+for their dinner. He chose a place in a pleasant dell, overshadowed by
+tall pines and hemlocks, and watered by a brook which meandered through
+the middle of it.</p>
+
+<p>Marco directed Isaiah to drive the horse out to one side of the road, at
+a place where there was a pretty broad and level spot, which seemed to
+Marco a convenient place for the horse to stand. Marco told Forester
+that he and Isaiah might go and employ themselves in finding a good spot
+for them to make a fire, and in collecting some dry wood, while he
+fastened the horse. Isaiah accordingly took the axe, and Marco was to
+bring the bag of provisions.</p>
+
+<p>Marco drew the horse out of the road, and brought his head up near to
+the stem of a little tree, which was growing there. He then took out the
+bag, and made his way through the bushes, in the direction in which
+Forester and Isaiah had gone, down a little cow path, which descended to
+the bank of the brook.</p>
+
+<p>He found Forester and Isaiah very readily. Forester was seated upon a
+flat stone near the water, and Isaiah was gathering dry sticks for a
+fire. It was a warm and pleasant day, and they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>wanted a fire, not so
+much for its warmth, as for the cheerful and pleasant aspect it gave to
+the place. There was a gentle breeze blowing that day in the open
+ground. This breeze was not felt among the trees, but it caused a gentle
+draft of air, which carried all the smoke away from them, and made their
+seat, on the great flat stone, very pleasant.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you fastened the horse?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"You ought to fasten him pretty strong," said Isaiah, "for he's very apt
+to get away."</p>
+
+<p>"O, he won't get away," said Marco; "I fastened him to a good stout
+tree."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 537px;">
+<img src="images/i092.jpg" class="ispace" width="537" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>When the fire was burning well, Isaiah and Marco buried some potatoes,
+which they had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>brought with them, in the embers under it. They also put
+some apples down to roast on a flat stone, which they placed near the
+fire.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish we had some Carolina potatoes," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"What kind of potatoes are they?" asked Isaiah.</p>
+
+<p>"They are sweet. They would be excellent to roast in the woods."</p>
+
+<p>"I never heard of a potato being sweet," said Isaiah.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco. "They have plenty of them in New York."</p>
+
+<p>"Then why don't they call them New York potatoes?" asked Isaiah.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I believe they came from Carolina first," said Marco. "And now I
+want a long stick for a toaster."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco cut a long stick, and, after he had made the end sharp, he put
+a slice of bread upon it, and placed it before the fire, and thus
+toasted the bread. It is remarkable that the business of cooking the
+food, which, in houses and cities, is considered a disagreeable
+drudgery, which is to be kept as much as possible out of sight, is
+always in the woods a very important part of the entertainment, in which
+all the guests are pleased to take a share.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE ENCAMPMENT.</h3>
+
+<p>Our party of travellers remained at the place of their bivouack more than
+an hour. At the end of that time, having eaten all that they had cooked,
+they began to think of resuming their journey. Marco was sitting upon
+the stone, wishing that he had put down one more potato to roast, when
+suddenly he perceived a large grey squirrel upon a log near him. The
+squirrel ran along the log, and Marco immediately rose and went in
+pursuit of him.</p>
+
+<p>The squirrel ascended a tree, running up the stem. Then he glided along
+one of the branches till he came to the end of it, when he leaped
+through the air and caught the end of another branch, which was growing
+from another tree. This branch, which was very slender, bent down half
+way to the ground under the squirrel's weight. Bunny ran up the branch,
+however, as easily as if it remained level. Thus he went along from tree
+to tree, following, generally, the direction of the path by which Marco
+had descended in coming from the wagon.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p><p>At length he emerged from the wood, just at the point where Marco had
+fastened the horse. But all farther pursuit of him, on the part of
+Marco, was suddenly arrested by the astounding fact, which here burst
+suddenly upon Marco, that the horse and wagon were gone. Marco looked
+all about, this way and that, to assure himself that it was the very
+same place where he had fastened the horse. There could be no doubt of
+it. There was the very tree to which he had tied him, and the marks of
+his feet, near it, upon the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was in consternation. He looked all around, and then ran into the
+road and looked both ways, but no signs of the horse were to be seen. He
+then hurried back to the edge of the woods and called out in a loud
+voice:</p>
+
+<p>"Cousin Forester! Isaiah! cousin Forester! our horse has got away."</p>
+
+<p>Isaiah sprang from the seat and ran, quicker than the squirrel had done,
+up the path. As he came out to the place where Marco was standing, Marco
+began to say, "There's where I tied him. I fastened him strong to that
+tree." But Isaiah paid no attention to what he said, but ran directly to
+the road. He did not stop to look both ways, but taking the road which
+led towards his home, he ran along as fast as he could go. Marco
+followed him as far as into the road, and looked after him as long as he
+could see him. Isaiah was, however, soon out of sight, and Marco went
+back to find Forester. Forester was coming up the path very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>leisurely,
+bringing the bag, with the remaining provisions in it, in one hand, and
+the hatchet in the other.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, cousin Forester," said Marco, "we are in a fine condition. Our
+horse and wagon have run away, and now Isaiah has run away too."</p>
+
+<p>"I think Isaiah will come back pretty soon," said Forester. "As to the
+horse and wagon, that is more doubtful."</p>
+
+<p>"And then what shall we do?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Forester. "We are ten miles from any house in one
+direction, and fifteen in another. But I'm not commander. It's nothing
+to me. I've only to obey orders. I'll do whatever you say."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but I should think you might advise me," said Marco. "Generals get
+advice from their captains and colonels in battle."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh yes," said Forester; "I'll advise you. I think we had better wait
+first till Isaiah comes back. Perhaps he'll find the horse."</p>
+
+<p>They waited about fifteen minutes, and then Isaiah came back. But he had
+no horse. He said he went on until he reached the top of a hill where he
+could see the road for a long distance before him, but that the horse
+was not to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>"He'll get home before I should overtake him," said Isaiah.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco, "unless he stopped where the tree fell across the
+road."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p><p>"True," said Isaiah; "perhaps he has stopped there."</p>
+
+<p>"Or would not he find his way round the tree through the woods?" asked
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Isaiah; "perhaps he would."</p>
+
+<p>"Is he a pretty sensible horse?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Isaiah; "we have to keep the granary door locked, or else
+he will open the latch with his teeth, and go in and get the corn."</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Marco, "I've no doubt that he will find his way around the
+tree and go home; and so we've got nothing to do but to walk back
+fifteen miles."</p>
+
+<p>"Or forward ten," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco; "we can go on, to be sure, if we only knew the way."</p>
+
+<p>Here followed a long discussion as to what it was best to do. Marco
+thought that, if there was any probability that the horse would have
+stopped at the tree, it would be better for him to go back and get him;
+but that, if he had got <i>by</i> the tree, and had gone home, it would be
+better for Isaiah to go back and get him, while they went forward to the
+end of the day's journey. He said that the trunk might be sent on.</p>
+
+<p>Forester was himself very much at a loss to know what it was best to do.
+As it was farther to go back than it was to go forward, it would be
+plainly best for them to keep on, were it not for the difficulty of
+finding their way. But Isaiah told them he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>thought they would not have
+any difficulty on that account, as there were very few roads in such a
+new country. He said that, if they kept the principal road, they could
+get along without any trouble.</p>
+
+<p>So Marco and Forester concluded to go on, while Isaiah returned. Isaiah
+said that he was not afraid to return alone. He said also that, if he
+found the horse at the tree, he would turn about and come and overtake
+them. And if he did not find him there, he would walk on home, and come
+the next day with their trunk.</p>
+
+<p>Marco and Forester then went back to the place where they had dined, and
+collected together all the food which had been left, thinking that they
+might possibly have occasion to use it, before getting to the end of
+their journey. They also took the hatchet with them, and bidding Isaiah
+good-by, they set forth upon their solitary journey.</p>
+
+<p>The road, though rough and narrow for wheels, was very good for a
+foot-path, and the travellers went on for several miles without
+difficulty, and with good courage. There was an unbroken forest on each
+side of the way, with here and there a solitary bird in the topmost
+branches, singing in melancholy notes, which echoed far and wide under
+the endless colonnades of trees. After they had gone on about four
+miles, they met a man coming with a team, who told them that there was
+no road of any consequence to turn them off, and that they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>would,
+therefore, probably find their way without much trouble. They were quite
+pleased to hear this. In fact, it was some relief to them to know that
+they were right, so far.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was, however, not much accustomed to walk, and Forester, to
+accommodate him, advanced slowly. When they had gone about five or six
+miles, the shades of evening began to draw on. The days were getting
+shorter at this season of the year, and then, besides, it happened that,
+on this evening, there were some dark clouds in the west, and the sun
+was darkened behind them before the regular hour of his going down.
+Then, besides, the trees of the forest made it darker in the road in
+which Marco and Forester were travelling.</p>
+
+<p>Now, just as it was thus beginning to grow dark, they happened to come
+to a place where the road divided, and Marco and Forester were both
+puzzled to decide which was the one which they must take. The roads
+seemed to be nearly equally travelled, though it was so dark that they
+could not see very well. They examined both as carefully as they could,
+and finally decided according to the best of their judgment, and went
+on.</p>
+
+<p>They had some doubt whether they were right, and Forester thought, as
+they proceeded, that the road appeared somewhat different from the one
+in which they had been travelling. However, they thought it best to go
+on. After advancing about two miles, in a very circuitous direction,
+they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>came at last to a place where several trees seemed to have been
+cut away, and there were remains of several log huts. Marco was very
+much interested in this discovery, and he wanted to examine the huts
+very particularly. But Forester, when he found that they were not
+inhabited, thought it best to lose no time, especially as it was now
+beginning to be quite dark, and he urged Marco to leave the huts and
+press on.</p>
+
+<p>They went on for half a mile farther, when Marco, seeing a glimmer
+through the trees, exclaimed that they were coming to some water.</p>
+
+<p>"So it is," said Forester. "It looks like a pond or a river. If it is a
+river, we're lost."</p>
+
+<p>They walked on a short distance farther, and then they began to hear the
+rippling of the water. In a few minutes, they were down upon the bank.
+It was a small river, flowing rapidly along, between banks overhung with
+bushes. Marco looked for a bridge, or for some place to cross, but they
+found none. In fact, the road did not go down to the water, but seemed
+to lose itself among the trees, before reaching the bank.</p>
+
+<p>"This is not our road," said Forester. "We must go back."</p>
+
+<p>"What road can this be?" asked Marco. "It seems to lead nowhere."</p>
+
+<p>"I presume it is a logging road," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco. "Why, I suppose that those huts
+must have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>been a logging camp, where the men lived in the winter, when
+they came here to cut logs; and this is the road that they drew the logs
+by, down to the water. But this summer it has been neglected. They don't
+cut the logs in the summer."</p>
+
+<p>"And what shall we do?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"We must go back to the place where the road branched off," replied
+Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Or else go and stay in the huts all night," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester, "we can do that. Let us go back and see."</p>
+
+<p>They accordingly went back to the huts. Marco asked Forester whether he
+thought they had better stay there.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Forester, "Let us strike a light, and see how the
+huts look."</p>
+
+<p>Marco took out his match-box, and, after first gathering a few dry
+sticks, he struck a light, and soon made a little fire. They found a
+birch tree growing near, and they stripped off some pieces of the bark.
+These they laid upon the fire, holding the ends of two long sticks upon
+them, in such a manner, that, as the pieces of birch bark curled up
+under the influence of the heat, they curled around the ends of these
+sticks, thus making flambeaux. These flambeaux, though of rude
+construction, gave a very excellent light, and Marco and Forester walked
+about the huts, waving them in the air, and illuminating the whole scene
+in a very brilliant manner.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span></p><p>They found that the huts were in a ruinous state. Only one of them had a
+roof, and that had been originally made of hemlock branches, which had
+now become entirely dry by long exposure. This covered hut was only a
+sort of booth, being entirely open on one side. Forester said that he
+recollected having heard of such huts, and that the men built their
+fire, not in them, but on the ground opposite the open side.</p>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco concluded to remain in this hut for the night. They
+got together a great many hemlock branches, which they spread in the
+bottom of it for a bed, and they built a fire opposite the open part, to
+keep them warm.</p>
+
+<p>Marco took a great interest in this fire. He piled the dry sticks upon
+it until he had a very warm and cheerful blaze, and then he collected by
+the side of it a heap of fuel, to use during the night.</p>
+
+<p>In fact, Marco raised his fire too high; for, from the column of smoke
+and sparks, one little brilliant fragment lighted upon their roof; and
+it was slowly burning and smoking there, while Forester and Marco were
+opening their bag of provisions, to see what they could make out for
+supper.</p>
+
+<p>Marco was counting out the potatoes, saying, "two for you, and two for
+me," when his attention was arrested by a spark which, at that instant,
+fell into his lap. He looked up to see where it came from, and saw that
+the fire, which had spread from the original spark which had fallen upon
+the roof, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>had burned a hole through, and the air, which was drawn up
+through the opening, was at that moment fanning it into a flame.</p>
+
+<p>Marco ran out, calling out, "Get some water! Get some water!"</p>
+
+<p>There was plenty of water in a brook, which flowed with a murmuring
+sound down a little glen behind the huts, but there were no buckets, and
+Marco called in vain. It would have been equally useless to have raised
+an alarm of fire, as there was nobody within ten miles to hear the cry.
+The flames spread rapidly, and Forester and Marco soon saw that there
+was nothing to be done but for them to stand quietly by and witness the
+conflagration. The flames rose very high and raged fiercely, and the
+light shone far into the forest, bringing into distinct view the whole
+scene around, which had been involved in deep obscurity. The roof was
+soon consumed, but the logs, of which the walls had been built, were
+much longer in burning. The fire made by these logs, when they fell in
+together upon the bed which Forester and Marco had prepared, was so
+intensely hot that it could not be approached for a long time.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the intensity of this fire had a little declined, Forester
+said that they must go to work and build themselves another hut. They
+examined the ruins of those which remained, but they concluded that it
+would be better to build a new one than to attempt to repair one of
+these. They accordingly determined to build one anew.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p><p>They found two young trees, growing pretty near each other, which had
+branches about six feet from the ground, so situated that they could
+place a strong pole across from one tree to the other, resting the ends
+upon the branches. This, Marco called the ridge-pole. They then cut
+other poles, which they placed with the end on one side upon the ground,
+and the other ends upon the ridge-pole. These were rafters, and upon the
+rafters they placed a great many branches of hemlock, which formed a
+roof. This roof, however, was only upon one side. The other side of the
+hut was open, and they built a fire opposite this opening, feeling safe
+in regard to their roof, as it was made of green branches.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 525px;">
+<img src="images/i104.jpg" class="ispace" width="525" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This work occupied them an hour. At the end <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>of that time, they put
+their potatoes into the fire to roast, and then laid down upon the
+hemlock beds which they made, to rest themselves a little while, till
+the potatoes should be done. Wearied with their long walk and the labors
+of the evening, they fell asleep, and did not wake again till four
+o'clock the next morning.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 241px;">
+<img src="images/i105.jpg" width="241" height="120" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<h3>LOST IN THE WOODS.</h3>
+
+<p>When Marco awoke, he at first supposed that he had been asleep about an
+hour, and he was surprised to see how much the fire had burned down in
+that time. He crept towards it, and began to put the brands together,
+when suddenly he recollected the potatoes. So he began to feel for them
+in the ashes, by means of a long stick, which they had obtained for a
+poker. The potatoes were all burnt to a cinder.</p>
+
+<p>Marco then awoke Forester, saying,</p>
+
+<p>"Cousin Forester! cousin Forester! wake up. The fire has gone out, and
+our potatoes are all burnt up."</p>
+
+<p>Forester awoke, and, after looking at the fire, and at the charred and
+blackened remains of the potatoes a moment, he took out his watch, and
+said,</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Marco, it is four o'clock. It is almost morning."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it?" said Marco. "Then we have not got much more time to sleep. Let
+us build up a good fire, and then lie down again."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p><p>"Yes," replied Forester. "We must keep up a good fire, or we shall take
+cold, it is such a cool night. It looks as if it were going to rain."</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do in that case?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," replied Forester. "It would be rather a hard case for
+us."</p>
+
+<p>"We could stay here, I suppose," said Marco. "I don't think the rain
+would come through our roof."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "not much. But then we have nothing to eat."</p>
+
+<p>"Could not we get anything to eat about here?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Not very well," replied Forester. "We have got money enough, but this
+is a case where money does not seem to be of any use."</p>
+
+<p>"How do the men who come here in the winter to cut down the trees, get
+anything to eat?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"O, they bring it all with them," said Forester. "The roads are better,
+in the winter, for sleds and sleighs, than they are now for wheels; for
+then all the stumps and roughnesses are covered up with the snow. So,
+wherever there is a camp, there is a road leading to it, and sleigh
+loads of provisions are brought up for the men, from time to time, all
+the winter."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish one would come now," said Marco, "to us."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish so too," said Forester. "But it is of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>no use to wish, and so we
+may as well lie down and go to sleep again."</p>
+
+<p>"But, Forester," said Marco, "I don't see what we are going to do if it
+rains."</p>
+
+<p>"Nor do I," said Forester. "But this is not the time for forming a plan.
+This is the time for going to sleep. I make it a rule, in all
+perplexities and troubles, when there is nothing to be done immediately
+in order to get out of them, to lie down and go to sleep."</p>
+
+<p>Marco said no more, and Forester was soon asleep again. Marco himself
+felt so much concern about his situation that he could not go to sleep
+for some time. He lay watching the flames, which were creeping slowly
+around the logs which he and Forester had put upon the fire; for, while
+they had been holding the conversation above described, they had been
+employed in replenishing the fire.</p>
+
+<p>Marco heard a sound, which, at first, he thought was a bear. He was on
+the point of awakening Forester, but, after listening a little longer,
+he concluded that it was only the roaring of the wind upon the tops of
+the trees. After lifting his head from his pillow of hemlock branches
+for a moment, until he satisfied himself that it was no wild beast, he
+lay down again and went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>He was awakened again, about three hours afterwards, by a long rumbling
+clap of thunder.</p>
+
+<p>"What is that?" said Forester. "Thunder?"</p>
+
+<p>"I believe it is," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p><p>"And it rains, I believe," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>Marco raised his head, and looked out through the open part of the hut.
+He saw the drops of rain descending, and he heard the murmuring sound
+which the rain makes when falling upon the leaves in a forest. He saw,
+too, that everything was wet in the opening about the hut, although it
+seemed dry in the forest beyond, where the drops of rain had been
+intercepted by the leaves of the trees.</p>
+
+<p>"We must get our wood under cover," said Marco, "or it will get wet and
+won't burn, and then our fire will go out."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Forester. "There is room for some of it in this hut. Let us
+get up and put it in."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco and Forester arose, and, as they were already dressed, they
+were soon at work, putting the logs into the hut. Marco then proposed
+that they should go into the forest, where it did not rain, and get some
+more wood. But Forester said he thought that would be of no service, as
+they had no provisions, and, of course, could not stay there. "We <i>must</i>
+go," said he, "at any rate, whether it rains or not; for it is better to
+get wet than to starve."</p>
+
+<p>"We have got <i>something</i> left in our bag," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Forester, "just enough for breakfast."</p>
+
+<p>"How I wish I had a bushel of potatoes," said <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>Marco. "Then we could
+stay here a week. Only we should want a little salt too."</p>
+
+<p>Forester opened the bag and took out the provisions which were left.
+They found about enough for a breakfast for them, but they concluded to
+eat but half of their supply, as Forester thought it was best that they
+should put themselves upon short allowance.</p>
+
+<p>"You see, it is <i>possible</i>," said Forester, "that we may be kept here in
+the woods a day or two; so we must use our provisions economically."</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, they went into the forest a little way, where they
+found that they were protected from the rain by the trees. This proved,
+as Forester said, that it had not been raining very long; and he
+thought, from appearances, that it would soon clear up.</p>
+
+<p>At a little distance from their encampment, they found another hut,
+which was in better condition than either of those which they had seen
+before. It was covered with strips of birch bark, which made a very good
+roof. Some of these strips, or rather sheets, for they were quite large,
+had fallen down, and Marco ran and got one of them, exclaiming,</p>
+
+<p>"What a monstrous sheet of birch bark!"</p>
+
+<p>This sheet, which Marco lifted up from the ground where it was lying,
+was about four feet long and two feet wide. Marco wondered that so large
+a sheet could be got from any tree.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p><p>"What a monstrous tree it must have been!" said he to Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "not very large. This sheet is about four feet
+long, which would make the tree only about sixteen inches in diameter."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you prove that?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the distance through a tree is about one third the distance round
+it," replied Forester. "Now, this bark grew around the tree, and it is
+about four feet long. Four feet is forty-eight inches, and one-third of
+forty-eight is sixteen. Now, sixteen inches in diameter would not be a
+very large tree."</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to try this bark on some of these trees," said Marco, "to see
+how big a tree it will fit."</p>
+
+<p>So Marco took up the sheet of bark. It was white and clean, especially
+on the outside, having been blanched by the summer rains. Marco, in
+order to carry the sheet more easily, put it upon his shoulders, drawing
+it up around his neck like a shawl.</p>
+
+<p>"Cousin Forester," said he, "see my shawl. It would do for an umbrella,
+if I only had a handle."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Marco drew the sheet of bark up higher, holding it in such a
+manner that it covered his cap, rising into a point above his head. He
+held it in such a manner as to leave a little crevice open in front, to
+peep through, in order that he might see where he was going.</p>
+
+<p>"See, Forester," said he,&mdash;"see my umbrella."</p>
+
+<p>Forester looked at Marco's contrivance, and he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>immediately thought that
+such a sheet would be an important protection to the head and neck, in
+case they had to walk in the rain. He accordingly went to the hut and
+selected a sheet for himself, saying,</p>
+
+<p>"This is not a bad plan. The most important point is to protect the head
+and neck, and this will do it pretty well. We can roll the sheets up and
+carry them under our arms, unless it rains fast, and then we can wrap
+them around us."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 543px;">
+<img src="images/i112.jpg" class="ispace" width="543" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having thus found a rude substitute for an umbrella, Forester thought
+that it would be best for them to set out on their journey. They
+accordingly returned to their encampment, and made preparations for
+resuming their march. As it was raining but very little at that time,
+they rolled up their umbrellas and carried them under their arms. Marco
+took the hatchet, and Forester the bag of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>provisions. Marco wanted to
+set fire to the hut which had sheltered them for the night. He wanted
+Forester to hear what a loud crackling the green hemlock branches, which
+they had put upon the roof, would make, when the flames from the wood
+below should envelop them.</p>
+
+<p>But Forester would not consent to this. He said that some accident might
+possibly happen, by which they should be obliged to come back and spend
+another night there, though he hoped such a measure would not be
+necessary.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, too," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"We may lose our way again," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"But then," said Marco, "we shall not come back to this place."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I have heard," said Forester, "of people losing their way in the
+woods, and, after a great deal of wandering, getting back to the place
+they started from. So that, <i>possibly</i>, we may wander about all day, and
+get back here at night."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope not, I'm sure," said Marco. "I am tired of this old hovel."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the lumber-men stay in these places all winter," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Marco, "but then they know that they can get out whenever
+they please. We don't know that we can ever get out."</p>
+
+<p>"That is true," said Forester, "and it makes a great difference."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you feel concerned about our finding our way out?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span></p><p>"No," said Forester. "I make it a rule never to be <i>concerned</i> about
+anything."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Forester!" said Marco,&mdash;"I think we ought to be concerned when we
+get lost in the woods."</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Forester. "We ought to do the best we can to get out, but
+not to be concerned. To be concerned is to be anxious and unhappy. This
+does no good. Being concerned would never help us find our way out of
+the woods."</p>
+
+<p>Thus talking, the two unfortunate travellers walked on, with their rolls
+under their arms. It was well that they took them, for, after they had
+been walking about half an hour, the sky grew dark, and, a short time
+afterwards, the rain began to come down in torrents. Forester and Marco
+unrolled their umbrellas, and wrapped them about their shoulders and
+heads; and, at the same time, they fled for shelter under an enormous
+pine tree, which grew in such a spot that its branches extended in every
+direction, and formed a canopy above them, which kept off a great deal
+of the rain. When the rain abated a little, they walked on.</p>
+
+<p>Their plan was to get back to the place where they had left the main
+road the day before. But they were somewhat perplexed to find it. In
+fact, they met with several roads which branched off from the one in
+which they were walking. These were old tracks, made by the lumber-men,
+and were partly grown up to bushes. They wandered about among these
+paths for some time, and at last, to their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>great joy, they came out
+into a good beaten road, which Forester immediately thought was the one
+which they had been travelling in the day before. Notwithstanding
+Forester's philosophical resolution, never to be <i>concerned</i>, he could
+not help confessing that he felt somewhat relieved to find the right
+road again; and, as the sun was just breaking through the clouds at this
+time, they both thought that their prospects were brightening
+considerably.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 460px;">
+<img src="images/i115.jpg" width="460" height="120" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.</h3>
+
+<p>The travellers walked on with fresh strength and courage, now that they
+thought they were in the right road. The road was, however, monotonous,
+being, for most of the way, through a dense forest; and it was so very
+similar to the road by which they had come the day before that they were
+convinced they were now right.</p>
+
+<p>They went on, without any special adventure, for nearly two hours, when
+they arrived at what had the appearance of being an old wood road, which
+branched off at right angles to the one in which they were travelling.
+The trees were somewhat more open here. This admitted the sun; and there
+were several raspberry bushes growing at the entrance of the wood road,
+with ripe raspberries hanging upon them, for the season of raspberries
+had now arrived.</p>
+
+<p>Marco seized this fruit with great avidity. Forester followed his
+example, and began gathering the berries. The bushes were, however, not
+entirely dry, and they had to advance cautiously among them. In fact,
+they found it better to keep <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>along the wood road, gathering the berries
+as they advanced. It was not a road, strictly speaking, for there were
+no marks of wheels upon it, or tracks of any sort, made by travelling.
+It was only a space for a road, made by cutting away the trees and
+bushes.</p>
+
+<p>Along this opening, Forester and Marco slowly advanced, eating the
+raspberries which grew by the side of the way. After going on for a few
+rods in this manner, Marco suddenly exclaimed,</p>
+
+<p>"Why, here is another camp!"</p>
+
+<p>Forester looked up and saw, just before them, the remains of a sort of
+hut, somewhat similar to those which they had seen the evening before.
+There was a large heap of chips and shavings about it.</p>
+
+<p>"What can this be?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"I presume," said Forester, "that it is an old shingle weaver's
+establishment."</p>
+
+<p>"What is a shingle weaver?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"A man who makes shingles," replied Forester, "such as they use for
+covering houses. They make them of clear straight-grained pine, which
+will split easily and true."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Forester advanced towards the hut, and took up one of the
+pieces of pine, which had been split out for a shingle. There were
+several of such pieces lying about among the chips and shavings. It was
+somewhat browned by exposure to the weather, but it had a very smooth
+and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>glossy appearance, shining with a sort of silken lustre.</p>
+
+<p>"This is a beautiful piece of pine," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Let us carry some of it home," rejoined Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"What good would it do us?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, we might make something of it," said Marco. "Perhaps I could make
+a little box."</p>
+
+<p>"And that would serve as a <i>souvenir</i> of this expedition," added
+Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"A souvenir?" said Marco,&mdash;"what is that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, something to remember it by," replied Forester. "Hereafter,
+whenever you should see the box, you would be reminded of our wanderings
+and perils in this wilderness."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Marco, "let us take it."</p>
+
+<p>The farther conversation of our adventurers was interrupted by a sound,
+like that of wagon wheels, coming along the main road, which they had
+just left.</p>
+
+<p>"There comes some traveller," exclaimed Forester. "Let us go and enquire
+about our way."</p>
+
+<p>"Hark!" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>At this instant, the sound of the wheels suddenly stopped, and Marco and
+Forester heard the voice of a man calling out earnestly to his horse,
+"Whoa! whoa!" as if something had happened. Marco and Forester hastened
+to the spot, where they found that the horse had fallen down, and the
+man was trying in vain to get him up. The harness <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>was drawn so tight
+about the horse's limbs, by the constrained position in which he was
+lying, that he could not get up, and the man could not extricate him.
+The man had gone behind, and had drawn the wagon back, so as to loosen
+the pressure of the harness upon the horse, but, until Forester and
+Marco came, there was no one to unbuckle the straps when they were thus
+loosened; and, if the man let go of the wagon, to go and unbuckle the
+harness, it was drawn back again at once by the tension of the straps,
+and made as tight as before.</p>
+
+<p>He was, therefore, very glad to see Forester and Marco coming. He asked
+them to come and help him.</p>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco were immediately going to attempt to unbuckle the
+harness, but the man told them that there was danger of their getting
+kicked by the horse, in case he should suddenly begin to struggle.</p>
+
+<p>"Come here," said the man, "and hold the wagon back and I will loosen
+the harness."</p>
+
+<p>By means of this plan of operations, the horse was soon liberated from
+his confinement, and he got up. The man seemed very thankful to Forester
+and Marco, and he asked them where they were going.</p>
+
+<p>"We are going to No. 3," said Forester. "Is this the right way?"</p>
+
+<p>The townships in a new country are <i>numbered</i> at first, not named. The
+place to which Marco <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>and Forester were going had yet very few
+inhabitants, and it had no name but No. 3.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied the man, "this is the right road. I wish I was going that
+way, I would take you along in my wagon."</p>
+
+<p>This answer puzzled Marco a little, on two accounts. First, the man
+<i>was</i> going the same way with them, but then Marco thought that,
+perhaps, he was going to turn off, pretty soon, into some other road.
+Then, secondly, he did not see how the man could possibly carry him and
+Forester, in any event, as the wagon seemed completely filled with bags,
+and kegs, and firkins, leaving scarcely room for the man himself to sit.</p>
+
+<p>Forester told the man that they could walk very well; but he said that
+they were hungry, and if the man had anything to eat, in his wagon, they
+should be glad to buy something of him.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied the man, "I've a loaf of bread that I can spare, and a
+jug of milk."</p>
+
+<p>"That will be just the thing," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>At first, the man was not willing to receive anything for the bread and
+milk, but as Forester insisted upon it, he consented to take a little
+pay. He then told Forester that he had some honey in his wagon, and a
+few apples, and Forester bought a supply of these. At first, they
+thought they should not have anything to put the honey in, but Marco ran
+to the shingle weaver's hut, and got one of the thin pieces which had
+been split out for shingles, and it made a very good plate. Forester
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>bought a pound of the honey, and half a dozen apples.</p>
+
+<p>They then bade the man good-by, and he resumed his journey. Forester and
+Marco went back to the hut, where they had a most excellent dinner. They
+built a fire, and roasted the apples and toasted the bread. They cut it
+into slices with Marco's knife. They made wooden spoons for the honey
+out of pieces of pine, which answered very well indeed. Marco said it
+was the very best dinner he ever ate in his life.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, they returned to the main road, and resumed their walk.
+Forester said he wished he had asked the man how far it was to No. 3,
+but he thought it could not be very far, as they had been travelling
+nearly three hours, and it was only about ten miles in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>As he was saying this, they were just ascending a hill, and when they
+reached the top of it, they had a prospect of the road for a
+considerable distance before them. Marco thought he saw something
+coming, and he asked Forester what it was.</p>
+
+<p>"I think it is only a stump, or something like that," said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"No, it moves," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"It is another wagon," said Forester, "I really believe. Now we can find
+out how far it is to No. 3."</p>
+
+<p>It was very soon quite evident that it was a wagon, and that it was
+coming on apace. As it drew nearer, it appeared that there was a boy in
+it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p><p>"He is just about as big as Isaiah," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Forester. "And the horse looks very much like the horse
+Isaiah had."</p>
+
+<p>"I verily believe it is Isaiah," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>This supposition was confirmed as the wagon drew near. The boy was
+Isaiah, but he stared at Marco and Forester with a look of perplexity
+and wonder, as if he was very much surprised to see them.</p>
+
+<p>"Isaiah!" said Marco, accosting him, as soon as Isaiah drew up the reins
+and stopped the horse opposite to them.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you coming back for?" asked Isaiah.</p>
+
+<p>"Coming back!" repeated Forester, not knowing exactly what Isaiah meant.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Isaiah. "I thought you were going to stay at No. 3, and I
+was going to carry your trunk there."</p>
+
+<p>It immediately flashed upon Forester's mind that they had got turned
+about in their wanderings, and, instead of going on towards No. 3, as
+they supposed, they were in reality, though in the right road, going the
+wrong way in it.</p>
+
+<p>Forester had a hearty laugh at this discovery, in which Marco joined, as
+soon as he fairly understood the case. At first, he was very much
+perplexed. He could not believe that they could have got their ideas of
+direction so completely reversed.</p>
+
+<p>"Besides," said he, "that man told us that we were in the right way."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p><p>"Yes," said Forester, "but he did not tell us that we were <i>going right</i>
+in it."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose he did not know which way we were going," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>The question then arose, what was to be done. Forester proposed that
+they should get into the wagon and let Isaiah drive them to No. 3, but
+Marco said that he was commander, and he was not going to try to get to
+No. 3 any more. He had been travelling back and forth through those
+woods long enough, and he declared that he would not vote to go through
+them again, if he had to go round the world to get to the other side of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Forester laughed and submitted to the decision; so they all returned to
+Isaiah's father's.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning they formed a different plan for pursuing their
+journey. They wanted to get to the Quebec road now, as soon as possible,
+and they found, by enquiry, that, by taking a boat upon a large pond or
+lake, a few miles distant, they could go about twenty miles by water,
+through a chain of ponds, which led in the direction in which they
+wished to go.</p>
+
+<p>So Forester hired a man to go with them and bring back the boat. They
+went, in a wagon, to a place very near the landing, at the pond. The
+landing was in a small cove, surrounded by forests. The cove opened out
+into the pond by two points of land, rocky and precipitous, and crowned
+with evergreen trees. The water was smooth, and the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>whole scene highly
+picturesque. When Marco came in sight of it, he was much pleased with
+the prospect of a voyage on such a sheet of water.</p>
+
+<p>There was considerable water in the boat when the party arrived on the
+beach, and Forester undertook to bail it out. The man who was going with
+them went and cut a bush, with a thick top, to use as a sail, in case
+there should be a fair wind. While he was bringing the bush, and
+Forester was bailing out the boat, Marco stood upon the beach, looking
+at the paddles.</p>
+
+<p>"Does she leak, cousin Forester?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 553px;">
+<img src="images/i124.jpg" class="ispace" width="553" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester, "I presume not. This water all comes from the
+rain."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad to hear that," said Marco, "for I don't want to go to sea in a
+leaky ship."</p>
+
+<p>There was a great basket of provisions on the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>beach, by the side of
+Marco, while these preparations were making, for they were resolved not
+to expose themselves, a second time, to the danger of famine. When all
+was ready, the bush, the basket and the paddles were put on board, and
+our adventurers, after gliding smoothly through the water to the outlet
+of the cove, doubled one of the rocky points of land, and pushed boldly
+out upon the waters of the pond.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 572px;">
+<img src="images/i125.jpg" width="572" height="75" alt="" title="" /></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<h3>A VOYAGE ON THE POND.</h3>
+
+<p>As the boat moved on, propelled by the paddles, which Forester and the
+man who accompanied them were plying, Marco sat upon a thwart, and gazed
+upon the picturesque and romantic scene around him. The shores of the
+lake, or pond, formed many beautiful points and promontories, with deep
+bays between them. There were a great many islands too, scattered over
+its surface. Marco wanted to land upon some of these, but Forester
+thought that they had better make the best of their way towards their
+destined port.</p>
+
+<p>Marco contented himself, therefore, with gazing on the changing scenery,
+as they passed, in succession, one island and promontory after another.
+The whole country was covered with forests, except that here and there
+was an opening, with the house and barn of a settler in the middle of
+it. Smokes were rising, too, in various directions, where new clearings
+were in progress. There was one in particular, on the side of a distant
+hill, which rose in such dense white volumes as especially to attract
+Marco's attention.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p><p>When Marco had admired these objects long enough, he leaned a little
+over the side of the boat, and began to look down into the water. The
+water was not deep, and the bottom was smooth and sandy. They glided
+rapidly along over these sands. Marco's leaning caused the boat to
+incline a little to one side; but Forester, instead of asking him not to
+lean over so, just moved himself a little in the contrary direction, and
+thus restored the equilibrium.</p>
+
+<p>"There, Forester," said Marco, suddenly raising himself, "I forgot one
+thing."</p>
+
+<p>"What is that?" said Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"I forgot my piece of wood to make a box of."</p>
+
+<p>"I am very sorry," said Forester. "But then you can get another piece,
+perhaps, before we get to the end of our journey."</p>
+
+<p>"But I wanted a piece from that very hut, so as to make the box a
+souvenir of our having got lost in the woods," said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," rejoined Forester, "that would have been very pleasant,&mdash;but,
+perhaps, we shall meet with some other odd adventure, which will be as
+good as being lost in the woods."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think being lost in the woods is anything very good," said
+Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"It is not a very good thing at the time, but the recollection of such
+adventures and dangers is always pleasant afterwards. You see you
+specially want a souvenir of it.</p>
+
+<p>"But, Marco," continued Forester, "I have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>thought of something which
+will be, perhaps, better than a box. At any rate, it will be more
+convenient to make."</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" said Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"A little press for pressing flowers," replied Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"How could I make it?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Have two pieces of pine wood, planed out thin," said Forester. "They
+might be varnished, and that would make them look very neat and pretty."</p>
+
+<p>"How large must they be?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, about as large," replied Forester, "as the covers of a small book.
+Just large enough to make it convenient to carry in the pocket. Then you
+must have some pieces of soft paper, of the same size and shape, to put
+between them. You must also have a piece of cord or braid, or something
+of that kind, to tie around them, to keep them together. Then, when you
+are travelling, if you find any pretty flower, you can put it into this
+press, and put the press in your pocket. Thus, the press will not only
+be a souvenir itself, but it will procure for you a great many other
+souvenirs."</p>
+
+<p>"That's an excellent plan," said Marco. "I like it very much. That will
+be better than a box."</p>
+
+<p>"It will be easier to make, at any rate," replied Forester. "Any joiner
+can plane out and square the boards for you."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Marco. "I mean to get a piece of pine to make them of, the
+first time I find any."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p><p>Marco had an opportunity to get a piece of pine suitable for this
+purpose, and, at the same time, a souvenir itself of an adventure,
+sooner than he anticipated; for, after having paddled many miles,
+towards noon a breeze sprung up, which, though really not against them,
+retarded them somewhat, as it tended to drive them out of their course.
+Their intention had been to have stopped upon the water, about noon, to
+eat their dinner; but, as this breeze would prevent the boat from
+remaining at rest, they concluded to land upon an island, which was near
+where they were at the time, and take their dinner there. Marco was
+particularly pleased with this plan, as it would enable him to build a
+fire, and he always wanted to build a fire on such occasions, whether
+there was anything to be cooked by it or not.</p>
+
+<p>The island was rocky, and it was covered with trees. On the sheltered
+side of it there was a beach, where the party landed. Although this
+beach was somewhat protected from the wind, still the waves which rolled
+in kept the water in a state of agitation. They, however, landed here,
+running the head of the boat upon the sand.</p>
+
+<p>There was a large tree lying here, with its top in the water, and
+butt-end upon the beach. It was a tree which some settler had cut down
+at some place near the shore of the pond, and when the water was high it
+had been washed off, and, after drifting about the pond for some time,
+it had got lodged upon this beach, where it remained in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>position in
+which our adventurers found it. It had been lying there for more than a
+year, and the branches which were out of the water were dead and dry.
+The foliage had long since disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>The boatman brought the boat up alongside of this tree, so that Forester
+and Marco stepped out upon the trunk, and walked to the land. The
+boatman then tied the boat to one of the dead branches of the tree, and,
+taking the basket of provisions and the hatchet, they all walked along,
+in search of a place for their dinner.</p>
+
+<p>They found a sheltered and pleasant place, at a little distance, under
+the trees. Marco soon struck a light, and began to build a fire. He
+found it somewhat difficult, however, to procure dry wood enough for the
+fire, until, at last, he thought of the branches of the tree to which
+the boat was fastened. He accordingly went to the place and began to cut
+them off.</p>
+
+<p>The boat was somewhat in the way while he was doing this, and he thought
+he would move it. He could fasten it just as well, he thought, by a
+stake driven into the sand. He therefore cut off one of the branches,
+and, after squaring one end and sharpening the other, he drove it down
+as well as he could into the sand. He then fastened the boat to this
+stake, thus removing it from the tree, and clearing the way so that he
+could conveniently cut off the branches.</p>
+
+<p>This was not, however, a very wise operation, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>for it is very difficult
+to drive a stake securely into sand. Sand, even when wet, has so little
+tenacity that it yields to the slightest force, and the stake soon began
+to work loose, by the motion of the boat, agitated by the waves; and, in
+fact, before Marco had finished carrying away the branches, the stake
+was entirely loosened from its bed, and was just ready to topple over.</p>
+
+<p>As the boat continued to pull upon it, this way and that, as it was
+agitated by the fluctuation of the water, it soon drew it down, and the
+boat, being now entirely at liberty, began to move slowly off from the
+shore. It soon drifted out where it was more fully exposed to the action
+of the wind, when it began to move much faster. And thus, while our
+party of voyagers were eating their dinner, seated on a flat rock, by
+the side of a good fire, in fancied security, their boat was quietly
+drifting away, thus apparently cutting them off from all communication
+with the main land.</p>
+
+<p>Marco made the discovery that the boat was gone, just after finishing
+his dinner, and he immediately gave the alarm. Forester and the boatman
+came at once to the spot. They could just see the boat, half a mile
+distant, under a ledge of rocks, which formed the shore in that place.</p>
+
+<p>This was the third time, on this journey, that Marco had found himself
+isolated in circumstances of difficulty and danger, and cut off,
+apparently, from all convenient means of retreat; and, at first, he
+thought that this was the worst and the most <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>dangerous of the three. In
+fact, he did not see in what possible way they could escape.</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do?" asked Forester.</p>
+
+<p>"We must make a raft, somehow or other," said the boatman. "If I had a
+log, I could go after the boat on that."</p>
+
+<p>"Won't this tree answer for a log?" asked Marco.</p>
+
+<p>The boatman looked at the tree. He said that, if he had an axe, he
+thought he could cut off the top, and roll the trunk into the water; but
+it would take him a long time, he said, to hack it off with the hatchet.</p>
+
+<p>There seemed to be, however, no alternative; so he set himself at work,
+and in due time he cut off the stem of the tree, just where it entered
+the water. They all three then took levers, which the boatman made with
+his hatchet, and, by making great exertion, they got the log out of the
+sand, and rolled it round into the water, where it floated. The man then
+cut a long pole, and, mounting upon the log, he pushed himself out over
+the surface of the water.</p>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco watched his progress with great interest. Marco
+thought that he would certainly roll off the log, but he seemed to stand
+and to walk upon it, perfectly at his ease. He would advance to the
+forward end of the log, and then, planting the foot of his pole in the
+sand on the bottom, he would push, walking along as the log advanced,
+until he came to the stern end of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>log, when he would draw out his
+pole, and walk back again. In this way he propelled the log until the
+water became too deep for his pole to reach the bottom, and then he
+ceased these efforts, and, standing upright, he left himself to be
+driven along slowly by the wind.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 563px;">
+<img src="images/i133.jpg" class="ispace" width="563" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Forester and Marco saw plainly that he would be gone for some time, and
+they amused themselves, during his absence, in wandering about the
+shores of the island. In one place, Marco found, upon a rock a little
+above the water, a slab of pine wood, which was bleached by the sun and
+rain. It had drifted down, the summer before, from some stream emptying
+into the pond. In the winter it had been frozen into the ice, and, when
+the ice broke up on the following spring, the cake to which the slab was
+attached, had been crowded up upon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>the shore, where the slab had been
+left when the ice melted.</p>
+
+<p>Marco immediately thought that this slab would furnish him with a good
+piece of wood to make a flower press of, and he accordingly dragged it
+up where he could work upon it with his hatchet. He soon cut off a
+piece, of the proper length, and hewed it down so as to make it of a
+convenient shape to carry.</p>
+
+<p>When Forester came to examine it, he said he thought it was a very good
+piece, and when it was planed smooth and varnished, he thought, from its
+appearance, that it would be of a very pretty color.</p>
+
+<p>"You can get it made at the first shop we come to," said Forester, "and
+then you can collect and preserve a great many flowers in it, when we
+get to Canada. When you get home; you can put them in a book, and call
+them the Canadian Flora."</p>
+
+<p>"That's just what I'll do," said Marco, "and then, when I get home, I'll
+give some of them to my cousins. They will like them, because they came
+from Canada. But I can't put a great many into such a press."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Forester. "You only collect them in the press, which you
+always carry with you in your pocket. You put them all in a book, or in
+a larger press, as soon as you get home, and then you have the small
+press ready for use again."</p>
+
+<p>While they were talking thus, they watched the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>boatman, who had, by
+this time, reached the land and recovered the boat. He came back quite
+rapidly, propelling the boat with the paddle. Marco and Forester
+embarked on board of her, and they finished their voyage without any
+further adventure. The next day, they reached the Quebec road, and,
+leaving the region of the Kennebec, they went on their way towards
+Canada.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 523px;">
+<img src="images/i135.jpg" width="523" height="75" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="gap">TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:</h3>
+
+<p>A Table of Contents has been added for the reader's convenience.</p>
+
+<p>Inconsistent hyphenation (mill-man/millman) and spelling (bivouac/bivouack) have been regularized.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24831-h.htm or 24831-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/8/3/24831/
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i003.jpg b/24831-h/images/i003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b627f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i003.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i004.jpg b/24831-h/images/i004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc344e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i004.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i016.jpg b/24831-h/images/i016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b3b4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i016.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i027.jpg b/24831-h/images/i027.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f78ea3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i027.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i038.jpg b/24831-h/images/i038.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8409361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i038.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i049.jpg b/24831-h/images/i049.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b75ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i049.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i061.jpg b/24831-h/images/i061.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0581a26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i061.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i069.jpg b/24831-h/images/i069.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04127ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i069.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i072.jpg b/24831-h/images/i072.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dc52bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i072.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i077.jpg b/24831-h/images/i077.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edf8d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i077.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i083.jpg b/24831-h/images/i083.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d04a33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i083.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i092.jpg b/24831-h/images/i092.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..317b9ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i092.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i104.jpg b/24831-h/images/i104.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20bd1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i104.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i105.jpg b/24831-h/images/i105.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0605ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i105.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i112.jpg b/24831-h/images/i112.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dbeb08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i112.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i115.jpg b/24831-h/images/i115.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f45e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i115.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i124.jpg b/24831-h/images/i124.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c6941c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i124.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i125.jpg b/24831-h/images/i125.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08f86a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i125.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i133.jpg b/24831-h/images/i133.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6061b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i133.jpg
diff --git a/24831-h/images/i135.jpg b/24831-h/images/i135.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e4c7e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-h/images/i135.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0001.png b/24831-page-images/f0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6faa8c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0001.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0002.png b/24831-page-images/f0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc6934b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0002.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0003-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/f0003-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e51a8ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0003-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0003.png b/24831-page-images/f0003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6109bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0003.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0004-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/f0004-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75e09b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0004-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0004.png b/24831-page-images/f0004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6749c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0004.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/f0005.png b/24831-page-images/f0005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47bc349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/f0005.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0011.png b/24831-page-images/p0011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be1b128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0011.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0012.png b/24831-page-images/p0012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f09d42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0012.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0013.png b/24831-page-images/p0013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4696945
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0013.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0014.png b/24831-page-images/p0014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3656d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0014.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0015.png b/24831-page-images/p0015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..215b0ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0015.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0016.png b/24831-page-images/p0016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7146f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0016.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0017.png b/24831-page-images/p0017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1677ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0017.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0018.png b/24831-page-images/p0018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceecb90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0018.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0019.png b/24831-page-images/p0019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9ac4b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0019.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0020-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0020-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a435bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0020-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0020.png b/24831-page-images/p0020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb400c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0020.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0021.png b/24831-page-images/p0021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bae856d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0021.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0022.png b/24831-page-images/p0022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac776fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0022.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0023.png b/24831-page-images/p0023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edab769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0023.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0024.png b/24831-page-images/p0024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0282049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0024.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0025.png b/24831-page-images/p0025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a60fc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0025.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0026.png b/24831-page-images/p0026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64c2b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0026.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0027.png b/24831-page-images/p0027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78f9f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0027.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0028.png b/24831-page-images/p0028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7162c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0028.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0029.png b/24831-page-images/p0029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825b62f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0029.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0030.png b/24831-page-images/p0030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7c4e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0030.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0031-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0031-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ed481a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0031-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0031.png b/24831-page-images/p0031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f79c83f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0031.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0032.png b/24831-page-images/p0032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db49f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0032.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0033.png b/24831-page-images/p0033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9ef5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0033.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0034.png b/24831-page-images/p0034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..608c27b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0034.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0035.png b/24831-page-images/p0035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75296b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0035.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0036.png b/24831-page-images/p0036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ed958d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0036.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0037.png b/24831-page-images/p0037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48ffec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0037.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0038.png b/24831-page-images/p0038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6439d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0038.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0039.png b/24831-page-images/p0039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acc7393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0039.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0040.png b/24831-page-images/p0040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfc4ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0040.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0041.png b/24831-page-images/p0041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb8992e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0041.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0042-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0042-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7849e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0042-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0042.png b/24831-page-images/p0042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc10ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0042.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0043.png b/24831-page-images/p0043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edf10ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0043.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0044.png b/24831-page-images/p0044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee0749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0044.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0045.png b/24831-page-images/p0045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26854d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0045.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0046.png b/24831-page-images/p0046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be1b5e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0046.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0047.png b/24831-page-images/p0047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0402f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0047.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0048.png b/24831-page-images/p0048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b2be21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0048.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0049.png b/24831-page-images/p0049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdfa001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0049.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0050.png b/24831-page-images/p0050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02d7586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0050.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0051.png b/24831-page-images/p0051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..380551d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0051.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0052.png b/24831-page-images/p0052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d47a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0052.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0053-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0053-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b41ed37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0053-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0053.png b/24831-page-images/p0053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48b3e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0053.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0054.png b/24831-page-images/p0054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853a9bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0054.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0055.png b/24831-page-images/p0055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31022e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0055.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0056.png b/24831-page-images/p0056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faf794e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0056.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0057.png b/24831-page-images/p0057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21fadd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0057.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0058.png b/24831-page-images/p0058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7750011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0058.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0059.png b/24831-page-images/p0059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a06224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0059.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0060.png b/24831-page-images/p0060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22acb06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0060.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0061.png b/24831-page-images/p0061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e89b0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0061.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0062.png b/24831-page-images/p0062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32c7c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0062.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0063.png b/24831-page-images/p0063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..250d599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0063.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0064.png b/24831-page-images/p0064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a41508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0064.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0065-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0065-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80efe75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0065-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0065.png b/24831-page-images/p0065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97dfd91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0065.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0066.png b/24831-page-images/p0066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3eb8c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0066.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0067.png b/24831-page-images/p0067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b96d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0067.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0068.png b/24831-page-images/p0068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b78c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0068.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0069.png b/24831-page-images/p0069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aa9da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0069.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0070.png b/24831-page-images/p0070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b833d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0070.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0071.png b/24831-page-images/p0071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29effea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0071.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0072.png b/24831-page-images/p0072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c8f8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0072.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0073-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0073-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37e0b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0073-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0073.png b/24831-page-images/p0073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6580a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0073.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0074.png b/24831-page-images/p0074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5208880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0074.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0075.png b/24831-page-images/p0075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33d978
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0075.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0076-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0076-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0019a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0076-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0076.png b/24831-page-images/p0076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43a89d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0076.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0077.png b/24831-page-images/p0077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fcaa76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0077.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0078.png b/24831-page-images/p0078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e63aee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0078.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0079.png b/24831-page-images/p0079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e15705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0079.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0080.png b/24831-page-images/p0080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3910bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0080.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0081-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0081-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d57f687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0081-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0081.png b/24831-page-images/p0081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7aacc75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0081.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0082.png b/24831-page-images/p0082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..146bcb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0082.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0083.png b/24831-page-images/p0083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be379a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0083.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0084.png b/24831-page-images/p0084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63e044e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0084.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0085.png b/24831-page-images/p0085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc1deb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0085.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0086.png b/24831-page-images/p0086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36c6c8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0086.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0087-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0087-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b89877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0087-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0087.png b/24831-page-images/p0087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d115b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0087.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0088.png b/24831-page-images/p0088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14b70ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0088.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0089.png b/24831-page-images/p0089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b44230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0089.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0090.png b/24831-page-images/p0090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96068df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0090.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0091.png b/24831-page-images/p0091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1130bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0091.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0092.png b/24831-page-images/p0092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b95af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0092.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0093.png b/24831-page-images/p0093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5452640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0093.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0094.png b/24831-page-images/p0094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..165366f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0094.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0095.png b/24831-page-images/p0095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff6deb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0095.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0096-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0096-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27c6cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0096-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0096.png b/24831-page-images/p0096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c2a0ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0096.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0097.png b/24831-page-images/p0097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..567909f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0097.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0098.png b/24831-page-images/p0098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..249ddbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0098.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0099.png b/24831-page-images/p0099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35f516c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0099.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0100.png b/24831-page-images/p0100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d20366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0100.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0101.png b/24831-page-images/p0101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1427c97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0101.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0102.png b/24831-page-images/p0102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b8fe8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0102.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0103.png b/24831-page-images/p0103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..443ecfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0103.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0104.png b/24831-page-images/p0104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd7931
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0104.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0105.png b/24831-page-images/p0105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22caeab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0105.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0106.png b/24831-page-images/p0106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3765f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0106.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0107.png b/24831-page-images/p0107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da04353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0107.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0108-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0108-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccd9cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0108-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0108.png b/24831-page-images/p0108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43fc90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0108.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0109-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0109-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..125c076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0109-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0109.png b/24831-page-images/p0109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..680f8c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0109.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0110.png b/24831-page-images/p0110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6c8e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0110.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0111.png b/24831-page-images/p0111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca7bc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0111.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0112.png b/24831-page-images/p0112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c7f09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0112.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0113.png b/24831-page-images/p0113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f6e064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0113.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0114.png b/24831-page-images/p0114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e01626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0114.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0115.png b/24831-page-images/p0115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a3f66f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0115.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0116-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0116-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06dfd5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0116-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0116.png b/24831-page-images/p0116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84127b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0116.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0117.png b/24831-page-images/p0117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71c5f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0117.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0118.png b/24831-page-images/p0118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f222755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0118.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0119-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0119-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e9a8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0119-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0119.png b/24831-page-images/p0119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1a7282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0119.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0120.png b/24831-page-images/p0120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c100f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0120.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0121.png b/24831-page-images/p0121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d835ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0121.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0122.png b/24831-page-images/p0122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb49d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0122.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0123.png b/24831-page-images/p0123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7729fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0123.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0124.png b/24831-page-images/p0124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..322b999
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0124.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0125.png b/24831-page-images/p0125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4ffb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0125.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0126.png b/24831-page-images/p0126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..983f99c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0126.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0127.png b/24831-page-images/p0127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba9656b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0127.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0128-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0128-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7b77f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0128-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0128.png b/24831-page-images/p0128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce870ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0128.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0129-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0129-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c376f8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0129-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0129.png b/24831-page-images/p0129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d3362f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0129.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0130.png b/24831-page-images/p0130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a007da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0130.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0131.png b/24831-page-images/p0131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6da3955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0131.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0132.png b/24831-page-images/p0132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb1f40c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0132.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0133.png b/24831-page-images/p0133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ef639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0133.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0134.png b/24831-page-images/p0134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb0d429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0134.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0135.png b/24831-page-images/p0135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..300597a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0135.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0136.png b/24831-page-images/p0136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35d7880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0136.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0137-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0137-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4a7378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0137-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0137.png b/24831-page-images/p0137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ee2010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0137.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0138.png b/24831-page-images/p0138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..def8b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0138.png
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0139-image.jpg b/24831-page-images/p0139-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..094463c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0139-image.jpg
diff --git a/24831-page-images/p0139.png b/24831-page-images/p0139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dc114b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831-page-images/p0139.png
diff --git a/24831.txt b/24831.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79ed9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3967 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Forests of Maine
+       Marco Paul's Adventures in Pursuit of Knowledge
+
+Author: Jacob S. Abbott
+
+Release Date: March 14, 2008 [EBook #24831]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MARCO PAUL'S
+ ADVENTURES
+ IN PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE.
+
+
+ FORESTS OF MAINE.
+
+
+ BY THE AUTHOR OF
+
+ ROLLO, JONAS, AND LUCY BOOKS.
+
+
+ BOSTON:
+ T. H. CARTER & COMPANY,
+ 118 1/2 WASHINGTON STREET.
+
+ 1843.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1843,
+
+ BY T. H. CARTER,
+
+ In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts.
+
+ STEREOTYPED BY
+ GEORGE A. CURTIS,
+ N. ENGLAND TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: FROM THE BOYS' AND GIRLS' MAGAZINE.]
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER
+
+ I.            THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.                      11
+ II.           THE LOST BUCKET.                                21
+ III.          A RAFT.                                         32
+ IV.           THE DESERT ISLAND.                              43
+ V.            THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.                       54
+ VI.           EBONY AND PINE.                                 66
+ VII.          THE BEAR IN THE MILL.                           77
+ VIII.         THE BIVOUACK.                                   88
+ IX.           THE ENCAMPMENT.                                 98
+ X.            LOST IN THE WOODS.                             110
+ XI.           THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.                          120
+ XII.          A VOYAGE ON THE POND.                          130
+
+
+ [Illustration: _"Joe and two others were despatched to row it
+ ashore."_--See p. 31.]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The design of the series of volumes, which it is intended to issue under
+the general title of MARCO PAUL'S ADVENTURES IN THE PURSUIT OF
+KNOWLEDGE, is not merely to entertain the reader with a narrative of
+juvenile adventures, but also to communicate, in connexion with them, as
+extensive and varied information as possible, in respect to the
+geography, the scenery, the customs and the institutions of this
+country, as they present themselves to the observation of the little
+traveller, who makes his excursions under the guidance of an intelligent
+and well-informed companion, qualified to assist him in the acquisition
+of knowledge and in the formation of character. The author will endeavor
+to enliven his narrative, and to infuse into it elements of a salutary
+moral influence, by means of personal incidents befalling the actors in
+the story. These incidents are, of course, imaginary--but the reader may
+rely upon the strict and exact truth and fidelity of all the
+descriptions of places, institutions and scenes, which are brought
+before his mind in the progress of the narrative. Thus, though the
+author hopes that the readers, who may honor these volumes with their
+perusal, will be amused and interested by them, his design throughout
+will be to instruct rather than to entertain.
+
+
+
+
+MARCO PAUL IN THE FORESTS
+OF MAINE.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE MOUTH OF THE KENNEBEC.
+
+
+One summer, Forester and Marco Paul formed a plan for going to Quebec.
+Marco was very much interested in going to Quebec, as he wanted to see
+the fortifications. Forester had told him that Quebec was a
+strongly-fortified city, being a military post of great importance,
+belonging to the British government. Marco was very much pleased at the
+idea of seeing the fortifications, and the soldiers that he supposed
+must be placed there to defend them.
+
+On their way to Quebec, they had to sail up the Kennebec in a steamboat.
+As they were passing along, Marco and Forester sat upon the deck. It was
+a pleasant summer morning. They had been sailing all night upon the sea,
+on the route from Boston to the mouth of the Kennebec. They entered the
+mouth of the Kennebec very early in the morning, just before Forester
+and Marco got up. And thus it happened that when they came up upon the
+deck, they found that they were sailing in a river. The water was smooth
+and glassy, shining brilliantly under the rays of the morning sun, which
+was just beginning to rise.
+
+The shores of the river were rocky and barren. Here and there, in the
+coves and eddies, were what appeared to Marco to be little fences in the
+water. Forester told him that they were for catching fish. The steamboat
+moved very slowly, and every moment the little bell would ring, and the
+engine would stop. Then the boat would move more slowly still, until the
+bell sounded again for the engine to be put in motion, and then the boat
+would go on a little faster.
+
+"What makes them keep stopping?" said Marco.
+
+"The water is very low this morning," said Forester, "and they have to
+proceed very carefully, or else they will get aground."
+
+"What makes the water so low now?" asked Marco.
+
+"There are two reasons," replied Forester. "It is late in the summer,
+and the streams and springs are all low; so that there is but little
+water to come down from the country above. Then, besides, the tide is
+low this morning in the sea, and that causes what water there is in the
+bed of the river to run off into the sea."
+
+"Is not there any tide in the river?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester, "I suppose there is not, strictly speaking. That
+is, the moon, which attracts the waters of the ocean, and makes them
+rise and fall in succession, produces no sensible effect upon the waters
+of a river. But then the rise and fall of the sea itself causes all
+rivers to rise and fall near their mouths, and as far up as the
+influence of the sea extends. You see, in fact, that it must be so."
+
+"Not exactly," said Marco.
+
+"Why, when the water in the sea," continued Forester, "at the mouth of
+the river is very low, the water in the river can flow off more readily,
+and this makes the water fall in the river itself. On the other hand,
+when the water in the sea is high, the water cannot run out from the
+river, and so it rises. Sometimes, in fact, the sea rises so much that
+the water from the sea flows up into the river, and makes it salt for a
+considerable distance from its mouth."
+
+"I wonder whether the water is salt here," said Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester.
+
+"If we had a pail with a long rope to it," said Marco, "we could let it
+down and get some, and try it."
+
+"We could let the pail down, but I doubt very much whether we could get
+any water," said Forester. "It is quite difficult to drop the pail in
+such a manner as to get any water when the vessel is under way."
+
+"I should like to _try_," said Marco.
+
+"You can find out whether the water is salt easier than that," said
+Forester. "You can let a twine string down, and wet the end. That will
+take up enough for a taste."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "if I've got a string long enough." So saying, he
+began to feel in his pockets for a string.
+
+He found a piece of twine, which he thought would be long enough, but,
+on trial, it appeared that it would not reach quite to the water.
+Forester then tied it to the end of his cane, and allowed Marco to take
+the cane, and hold it over the side of the vessel; and by this means he
+succeeded in reaching the water, and wetting the end of the string. He
+could, after all, succeed in wetting only a small part of the string,
+for it was drawn along so rapidly by the motion of the boat, that it
+skipped upon the surface of the water without sinking in.
+
+At length, however, after he had got the end a little wetted, he drew it
+up and put it in his mouth.
+
+"How does it taste?" said Forester.
+
+The question was hardly necessary, for the _faces_ which Marco made
+showed sufficiently plain that the water was bitter and salt.
+
+"Yes, it is salt," said he. Then, suddenly casting his eye upon a long
+dark-looking substance, which just then came floating by, he called out,
+
+"Why, Forester, what is that?"
+
+"A log," said Forester.
+
+The log was round and straight, and the ends were square. The log glided
+rapidly by, and soon disappeared.
+
+"It is a pine log," said Forester. "There are vast forests of pine trees
+in this state. They cut down the trees, and then cut the trunks into
+pieces of moderate length, and draw them on the snow to the rivers.
+Then, in the spring, the waters rise and float the logs down. This is
+one of these logs floating down. Sometimes the river is quite full of
+them."
+
+"Where do they go?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, men stop them all along the river, and put them into booms, and
+then fasten them together in rafts."
+
+"How do they fasten them together?" asked Marco.
+
+"They drive a pin into the middle of each log, and then extend a rope
+along, fastening it to each pin. In this manner, the rope holds the logs
+together, and they form a long raft. When they catch the logs in booms,
+they afterwards form them into rafts, and so float them down the river
+to the mills, where they are to be sawed."
+
+"Can men stand upon the rafts?" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "very well."
+
+"They make a floor of boards, I suppose," said Marco.
+
+"No," replied Forester; "they stand directly upon the logs."
+
+"I should think the logs would sink under them," replied Marco, "or at
+least roll about."
+
+"They sink a little," replied Forester; "just about as much as the bulk
+of the man who stands upon them."
+
+"I don't know what you mean by that, exactly," said Marco.
+
+"Why, the rule of floating bodies is this," rejoined Forester. "When any
+substance, like a cake of ice, or a log of wood, or a boat, is floating
+upon the water, a part of it being above the water and a part under the
+water, if a man steps upon it, he makes it sink enough deeper to
+submerge a part of the wood or ice as large as he is himself. If there
+is just as much of the wood or ice above the water as is equal to the
+bulk of the man, then the man, in stepping upon it, will sink it just to
+the water's edge."
+
+"But perhaps one man would be heavier than another man," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "but then he would be larger, and so, according
+to the principle, he would make more wood sink before the equilibrium
+was reached."
+
+"What is _equilibrium_?" asked Marco.
+
+"Equilibrium is an equality between two forces," replied Forester.
+
+"I don't see what two forces there are," said Marco.
+
+"There is the weight of the man pressing downwards," said Forester,
+"for one, and the buoyant power of the water, that is, its upward
+pressure, for the other. The weight of the man remains constantly the
+same. But the upward pressure of the water increases in proportion as
+the log sinks into it. For the deeper the log sinks into the water, the
+more of it is submerged, and it is more acted upon and pressed upward by
+the water. Now, as one of these forces remains constant, and the other
+increases, they must at length come to be equal, that is, in
+equilibrium; and then the log will not sink any farther. That's the
+philosophy of it, Marco."
+
+Marco did not reply, but sat looking at the barren and rocky shores of
+the river, as the boat glided by them. Presently another log came into
+view.
+
+"There," said Forester, "look at that log, and see whether you think
+that you could float upon it."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I think I could."
+
+"It depends," said Forester, "on the question whether the part of it
+which is out of water is as big as you are."
+
+"I think it is," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," added Forester, "I have no doubt that it is."
+
+"Only I should roll off," said Marco.
+
+"True," replied Forester; "but the millmen, who work about the logs,
+acquire astonishing dexterity in standing upon them. If there is only
+enough of the log above water to equal their bulk, so that it has
+buoyant power enough to float them, they will keep it steady with their
+feet, and sail about upon it very safely."
+
+"I should like to try," said Marco.
+
+"Perhaps we shall have an opportunity at some place on the river," said
+Forester.
+
+Here Marco suddenly interrupted the conversation by pointing up the
+river to a column of smoke and steam which he saw rising beyond a point
+of land which was just before them.
+
+"Here comes another steamboat," said he. "See, Forester."
+
+"No," said Forester, "I believe that is a steam mill."
+
+"A steam mill!" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "They have steam mills and tide mills to saw up
+the logs in this part of the river. Farther up, where there are
+waterfalls on the river, or on the streams which empty into it, they
+build mills which are carried by water. I presume that that is a steam
+mill."
+
+At this moment, Marco's attention was diverted from the steam mill by a
+boat which came gliding into the field of view. There was one man in the
+boat rowing it. Another sat in the stern, with a pole in his hand. The
+pole had an iron hook in the end of it. A short distance before the boat
+was a log floating upon the water. The oarsman was rowing the boat
+towards the log. He brought it up to it in such a manner that the other
+man could strike his hook into it. When this was done, the oarsman
+began to pull the boat towards the shore, drawing the log with it.
+
+By this time the whole group disappeared from Marco's view, behind a
+boat which was hanging on the quarter of the steamer. Marco, who wished
+to watch the whole proceeding, left Forester, and ran aft, in hopes that
+he could get another view of the men in the boat. He found, however,
+that the steamboat was proceeding so rapidly up the river, that he was
+fast losing sight of them; and then he concluded to go forward to the
+bows of the steamboat, thinking that, perhaps, there might be other logs
+coming down the river, with men after them in boats.
+
+When he reached the bows, Marco found the deck encumbered with cables
+and anchors, and heavy boxes of freight, which made it difficult for him
+to find his way to a good place for a view. He finally reached a place
+where, by standing upon an anchor, he could look over the bulwarks, and
+get a view of the expanse of water before him. It was smooth, and its
+glassy surface was bright with the reflection of the rays of the morning
+sun.
+
+Marco admired the beauty of the river and of its banks, but he could see
+no boats, or even logs coming. He saw some large sand banks before him,
+which had been left bare by the efflux of the tide. He wished that the
+steamboat would stop, and let him land upon one of them. He also looked
+down over the bows, and admired the graceful form and beautiful
+smoothness of the ripple, or rather wave, which was formed by the
+cutwater of the boat as it urged its way rapidly through the water.
+After gazing upon this for some time, Marco turned to go away in pursuit
+of Forester, when an occurrence took place, which being somewhat
+important in its consequences, the account of it must be deferred to the
+next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE LOST BUCKET.
+
+
+As Marco was stepping down from the position which he had taken upon the
+anchor, his eye fell upon a small bucket, with a long rope tied to the
+handle, which he immediately recognised as one of those buckets which
+the sailors fit up in that way, in order to draw up water from alongside
+the ship.
+
+"There's a bucket, now," said Marco to himself. "I declare, I believe
+I'll draw up some water. Forester said that it was hard, but I think it
+will be easy. I'll draw up a bucket full, and carry to him and show
+him."
+
+So saying, Marco took up the bucket, lifted it gently over the side, and
+let it down slowly by the rope into the water. There was a knot in the
+end of the rope; and Marco held the knot firmly in his hand, so as to
+draw up the bucket by means of it, as soon as he should get it full. He
+found, however, that, although he could let the pail down easily enough,
+it was no easy matter to dip up any water into it; for the rope, being
+fastened to the bail or handle, kept the handle, and of course the open
+part of the pail, upwards, so that the water could not run in. If Marco
+let the rope down more, the pail, being light, would not sink, but
+skipped along upon the surface of the water, drawn by the motion of the
+steamboat.
+
+While Marco was making these fruitless attempts, another boy, dressed in
+sailor's clothes, whom Marco had seen several times before about the
+boat, came up to him, and asked him what he was doing.
+
+"I'm trying to get some water," said Marco.
+
+"That isn't the way to get it," said the sailor boy. "Let me have the
+bucket. I'll show you the way."
+
+"No," said Marco, "I want to get it myself."
+
+"You never can get any that way," said the boy. "You must swing it back
+and forth, and when it is swinging well, let it drop suddenly and catch
+the water."
+
+So Marco began to swing the bucket back and forth, and after he had got
+it well a-swinging, he let down the rope suddenly, at the moment when
+the bucket was at the extent of its oscillation. The bucket filled
+instantly; but, as the boat was advancing rapidly, it was caught by the
+water with such force that the rope was twitched out of Marco's hand
+with great force.
+
+"Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor boy.
+
+But it was too late. The rope fell down into the water, and the bucket,
+rope and all, sailed back upon the surface of the water, until they
+floated under the paddle wheel of the boat, which dashed them down
+beneath the surface of the water, and they disappeared finally from
+view.
+
+"Why did not you hold on?" said the boy.
+
+Marco was silent.
+
+The boy looked round to see if anybody had observed what had taken
+place. He found that all the seamen were busy here and there, and that
+nobody had noticed what the two boys had been doing.
+
+"Nobody has seen you," said the sailor boy; "so you say nothing, and
+I'll say nothing."
+
+"But suppose they ask you what has become of that bucket," said Marco;
+"what will you tell them?"
+
+"Oh, I'll tell them I don't know where it is," he replied; "and I don't.
+I am sure I don't know where it is now: do you? Hush, here comes Joe."
+
+Marco looked up at these words, and saw the sailor approaching whom the
+boy called Joe; and the boy himself immediately stepped down from the
+anchor, where he and Marco had been standing, and began coiling a rope
+upon the deck. Marco walked sorrowfully away towards the stern of the
+vessel, where he had left Forester.
+
+There was something wrong and something right in the boy's proposal to
+Marco, to conceal the loss of the bucket. His object was to befriend and
+help Marco in his distress. This was right. The means by which he
+proposed to accomplish the object were secrecy and fraud. This was
+wrong. Thus, the end which he had in view was a good one, and it
+evinced a good feeling in him; but the means for promoting it were
+criminal. Some persons have maintained that if the end is only right, it
+is of no consequence by what means we seek to promote it. Hence, they
+have had this maxim, viz., "The end sanctifies the means." But this
+maxim is not sound. The contrary principle is correct. It is sometimes
+expressed by this saying: "We must not do evil that good may come;"
+which is a much safer proverb to be guided by.
+
+Marco's first impulse was, to go at once and tell the captain of the
+steamboat that he had lost his bucket. But he did not know exactly where
+he could find him. He looked at his office window, and found that it was
+shut. He asked one of the waiters, whom he met coming up stairs from the
+cabin, if he knew where the captain was. But the waiter did not know.
+Presently, he saw a gentleman walking back and forth upon that part of
+the deck which is in front of the door of the ladies' cabin. He thought
+that he was the captain. Marco walked up to him, and accosted him by
+saying:
+
+"Are you the captain of this boat, sir?"
+
+"Am I the captain?" asked the man. "Why? What do you want to know for?"
+
+"Because, if you are," said Marco, "I have lost your bucket."
+
+"Lost my bucket!" repeated the gentleman. "How did you lose it?"
+
+"I lost it overboard," said Marco.
+
+Here the gentleman laughed, and said, "No, I'm not captain; but you seem
+to be an honest sort of boy. I don't know where the captain is."
+
+All this, though it has taken some time to describe it, took place in a
+very few minutes; and the boat had now advanced only so far as to be
+opposite the steam mill which Marco had seen just before he had left
+Forester. Marco happened to see the mill as the boat moved by it, and he
+went immediately to the side of the boat to get a better view of it.
+
+There was a chimney for the smoke, and a pipe for the waste steam, at
+the mill. From the steam-pipe there issued a dense column of vapor,
+which came up, however, not in a regular current, like the smoke from
+the chimney, but it was puffed up in regular strokes, making a sort of
+pulsation. While Marco was looking at it, Forester came along, and stood
+looking at it too. There were a great many logs lying about the shore,
+and enormous piles of boards, which had been sawed, and which were ready
+for the vessels that were to come and take them away.
+
+"What makes the steam come up in puffs?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because, it is what they call a high pressure engine," said Forester.
+"It works against the pressure of the atmosphere. All such engines throw
+out the steam in puffs."
+
+"Why do they?" asked Marco.
+
+"Do you know what the cylinder of a steam engine is?" said Forester.
+
+"Not exactly; I don't remember it very well," replied Marco.
+
+"Come with me, then," said Forester, "and I will show it to you."
+
+So saying, he took Marco to the engine of the boat, and showed him, in
+the midst of the machinery, a large iron vessel, shaped like a hogshead,
+only it had straight sides. Marco could not see much more than the top
+of it.
+
+"That is the cylinder," said Forester. "It is the _heart_ of the steam
+engine, as I may say--the seat of its power. All the other machinery is
+only to aid the cylinder, and to convey the power to the point where it
+is wanted to do the work. Thus, the place where the steam exerts its
+power, and on which the whole movement of the machinery depends, is the
+cylinder."
+
+Marco observed that a long iron rod, large and solid, and very bright,
+kept ascending and descending through the top of the cylinder, as if
+pushed up and drawn down again by some force within. Forester told him
+that that was the piston rod.
+
+"The piston rod," said Forester, "is fastened, at its lower end, to the
+_piston_, which is a flat plate of iron, made to fit the inside of the
+cylinder exactly."
+
+"First," said Forester, "the steam comes in below the piston, and drives
+it up; and then it is stopped from coming in below, and is forced in
+above, and so drives it down."
+
+"And how does the other steam get out?" asked Marco.
+
+"There are two ways of getting rid of the steam that is below the piston
+when the piston is coming down," said Forester. "One way is, to open a
+passage to let it out _into the air_. On this plan, when the piston has
+been driven up, the steam is cut off from coming in below the piston,
+and is admitted above. At the same instant, the passage is opened to let
+the lower steam out. Of course, the steam that comes in _above_, drives
+the piston down, and forces the steam that is _below_, out into the air.
+They generally have a pipe to convey it away, and as the piston goes up
+and down, the steam comes out in puffs, as you saw it in that mill."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I understand that; and now what is the other way?"
+
+"That kind of engine is called a _high pressure_ engine," said Forester,
+"because the piston, in coming down, has to drive out the steam from
+below, against the pressure of the atmosphere; for the atmosphere above
+passes into the pipe, and resists the movement of the steam in coming
+out. It requires a greater force of steam to work the piston on this
+plan than it does upon the other."
+
+"What is the plan of the other?" asked Marco.
+
+"On the other plan," said Forester, "the steam under the piston is
+condensed, that is, turned suddenly into water; and this leaves a
+vacancy or void below the piston, so that the piston can be forced down
+much more easily than if it had to drive the steam out before it,
+against the pressure of the atmosphere."
+
+Forester was going on to explain to Marco how it was that the steam was
+condensed in the cylinder, when the conversation was suddenly
+interrupted by the sound of the engine bell, which was the signal for
+the engine to stop. The thumping sound of the machinery and of the
+paddle wheels accordingly ceased, and the boat began to move more
+slowly. Presently, the bell sounded once more, and the piston rod slowly
+rose out of the cylinder, and then slowly descended again.
+
+"They are going very slowly," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "the water is low, and I suppose that the
+channel is narrow."
+
+Just at this moment, they perceived a strange sensation, as if the
+steamboat had been suddenly pushed backwards. Marco was startled. He did
+not know what it meant.
+
+"There we are," said Forester.
+
+"What?" said Marco. "What is it?"
+
+"Aground," said Forester.
+
+"Aground?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "that's the sensation produced when a ship goes
+aground upon sand or soft mud."
+
+So saying, Forester left the engine, and went up to the upper deck,
+followed by Marco. There were several persons there, looking out upon
+the water.
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "we are aground. You see by the trees upon the
+bank that we are not moving."
+
+Marco saw that they were at rest. He asked Forester what they were going
+to do.
+
+Just at this moment the little bell sounded, and the engine, which had
+been stopped when the boat went aground, was put in motion again.
+
+"They are going to back the engine, I suppose," said Forester, "to try
+to draw her off."
+
+But the boat would not move. The engine did not seem to have power to
+release her from her confinement.
+
+"What shall we do now?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, whenever a ship is aground," said Forester, "the first question
+is, what is the state of the tide?"
+
+"Because," continued Forester, after a moment's pause, "if the tide is
+_rising_, it soon lifts the vessel off, and enables her to go back, or,
+perhaps, forward, if the water is not very shallow. But, if the tide is
+_falling_, it leaves her to rest more and more upon the sand, and she
+cannot get off until the water has gone entirely down, and then rises
+again. She cannot get off, in fact, until the water has risen higher
+than it was when she first grounded."
+
+"And how is it now?" asked Marco.
+
+"I presume the tide is going down," said Forester; "and if so, we must
+wait here until it rises again." So saying, he began to look about for
+somebody of whom he could inquire. He soon heard a gentleman say to
+another that the tide was falling, and that they should have to stay
+here three hours.
+
+"That's rather provoking," said Marco.
+
+"Oh, no," said Forester. "Perhaps we can go ashore."
+
+"Well," said Marco, with an expression of gratification at the proposal.
+
+"And perhaps we can borrow some fishing lines, and go a fishing."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "that will be an excellent plan."
+
+"At any rate," said Forester, "when accidents of this sort occur upon
+our travels, we should not allow ourselves to be provoked by them, but
+make ourselves contented by the best means within our reach."
+
+At this time, they began to hear the loud, hissing sound, produced by
+the blowing off of the steam from the engine, which Forester said was an
+additional indication that they were going to remain there for some
+time. Presently, a man came up the stairs from the deck below--for
+Forester and Marco were at this time on the upper deck--and told the
+passengers that the boat would have to remain there three or four hours,
+and that if any of them wished to go ashore to amuse themselves, he
+would send them in his boat, after breakfast.
+
+Quite a number of the passengers seemed disposed to accept this offer,
+and the boat was accordingly lowered; and Joe, with two other sailors,
+were despatched to row it ashore. They were all safely landed upon a
+raft of logs, just above the mill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+A RAFT.
+
+
+Forester and Marco did not take breakfast on board the steamboat, but
+waited until they got on shore. They had inquired of a fellow-passenger,
+who seemed acquainted with the country, and were told that there was a
+very good tavern about a quarter of a mile from the mill.
+
+When they landed upon the logs, Marco, whose curiosity seemed to be
+stronger than his appetite, wanted to ramble about for a little time
+along the shore and among the piles of boards, but Forester thought it
+would be best first to go and get their breakfast.
+
+"Because," said he, "we can then amuse ourselves by rambling about here,
+and shall be ready to return to the steamboat whenever they send for
+us."
+
+So they went to the tavern.
+
+Forester seemed to have little appetite for his breakfast. He complained
+of feeling fatigued, and yet he had nothing to fatigue him. Marco ate,
+and talked fast all the time; but Forester seemed silent and dejected.
+
+"Come, cousin Forester, what is the matter with you?" said Marco at
+last.
+
+Forester said that he felt somewhat unwell, and as there was a sofa in
+the room, he concluded to lie down upon it, and not go out. Marco was,
+at first, disposed to stay and take care of him, but Forester said that
+he did not need anything, and he wished Marco to go out and amuse
+himself.
+
+"You may go and see the mill," said he, "and the logs along the shore;
+only be careful not to go where there is any danger; and come and let me
+know when the boat is coming from the steamer to take us on board
+again."
+
+So Marco left Forester upon the sofa, and went away. He was sorry that
+he was sick, and he was particularly sorry that he had to go himself
+without company. But, concluding that he would adopt Forester's
+principle of making the best of everything, in the events which occur in
+travelling, he walked along the road, singing a tune which he had
+learned at a juvenile singing school in New York, and watching the
+pulsations of the steam, as it issued from the pipe at the mill.
+
+As Marco walked along, it occurred to him that he had not, after all,
+succeeded in acknowledging to the captain of the steamboat that he had
+lost the bucket. And, since the first occasion for doing so had gone by,
+he began to doubt whether it would be best for him to trouble himself
+any farther about it.
+
+"The bucket was not worth much," said he to himself. "Nobody knows it
+is lost, except that boy, and he will not tell. I've a great mind not to
+say anything about it."
+
+In fact, Marco found that he was much less inclined to make his
+acknowledgment now, than he was when the circumstance first occurred. He
+wished that he had at once stated the facts to Forester, which would
+have been his wisest course; but now, that the first occasion for doing
+so had passed away, he began to feel disinclined to do it at all.
+
+Marco soon reached the mill, and he amused himself, for half an hour, in
+watching the movement of the engine, the strokes of the saw, and the
+drawing up of the logs from the water to the floor of the mill. There
+was a steep, sloping platform from the mill down to the river, and a
+long chain extended down to the water. This chain was fastened to one
+end of one of the logs, which lay floating there, and then, by means of
+the machinery, it was drawn slowly up, bringing the ponderous log with
+it.
+
+The way in which the machinery drew up the chain was this: The end of
+the chain, which was within the mill, was wound around an axle, which
+was made to revolve by the machinery. The axle, thus revolving, wound up
+the chain, and, in this manner, drew it gradually in, by which means the
+log, which was attached to the lower end of it, was drawn up.
+
+Presently, Marco's attention was attracted towards some men, who seemed
+to be sailing about upon some logs, in a cove, just below the mill. He
+went down immediately to see what they were doing. They had long poles
+in their hands, with iron points in the ends of them, and were pushing
+the logs about with these poles, to choose out such as they wished to
+saw in the mill.
+
+Just as Marco came down, one of the men stepped upon the end of a log
+which was floating very near him. The log sank a little, but not much,
+under him, and the man walked along towards the other end of it. Marco
+wondered how he could keep his balance.
+
+When the millman reached the farther end of the log, he extended his
+long pole very dexterously, and struck the point of it into the corner
+of a sort of wharf, which was built upon the bank; and then, pulling
+gently, he drew himself along, together with the log upon which he was
+floating. Marco was surprised at this, and he wondered that the man did
+not fall off the log. He thought that if the log were to roll in the
+least degree, the man would be rolled off into the water. He ran down to
+the little wharf, so that he could see better.
+
+"Well, my boy," said the millman, "do you belong on board the
+steamboat?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said Marco; "we got aground. You'll fall off of that log if
+you don't take care."
+
+"No," said the millman, "there's no danger."
+
+"Why, if the log should roll the least atom, away you'd go," said
+Marco, "though the water is not very deep."
+
+Here the man began to step upon the log in a peculiar manner, so as to
+make it roll. It rolled slowly, but the man continued stepping until he
+had rolled it completely over. The side which had been under water
+appeared of a dark color, and was very slippery, being covered with a
+sort of slime; but the man did not slip. After he had thus rolled the
+log completely over, he looked up to Marco, and said,
+
+"There, you see that there is no danger."
+
+When the man had drawn this log up to the shore, he went for another;
+and he had to sail upon this second one a long distance, in bringing it
+to its place. He pushed himself along by running his pole down to the
+bottom, and pushing against the sand.
+
+"Could I sail upon a log?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," replied the millman; "you'd roll off."
+
+"How did you learn to do it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, I learned when I was a boy," replied the millman.
+
+"Did you roll off when you were learning?" asked Marco.
+
+"Yes," said the man. "I've been off the log into the water many a time."
+
+"And how did you get out again?" said Marco.
+
+"Oh, I could swim," he replied; "and as soon as I came up, I would
+paddle back to the log, and climb up upon it. Once, however, I came very
+near being drowned."
+
+"How was it?" said Marco.
+
+"Why, I was on the upper side of a boom"----
+
+"A boom?" said Marco, "what is that?"
+
+"A boom!" repeated the millman; "don't you know what a boom is? It is a
+place to catch logs. They go to some cove or eddy, where the water is
+pretty still, and chain logs together, end to end, so as to form a long
+line on the lower side of the eddy, and then along up the middle of the
+river a little way, so as to enclose a space to catch the logs."
+
+"What do they fasten the boom to?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, the lower end," said the millman, "is fastened to the shore, by
+means of a very strong post, or an iron staple set into the rocks. The
+other end, which is out in the middle of the stream, is fastened to some
+island, if there is one, or, if not, to a pier built up from the
+bottom."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "tell on about your getting in."
+
+"The boom was full of logs, and I was upon the upper side of it, at work
+with some other men. I was on a log trying to find the mark, and I fell
+in."
+
+"What made you fall off?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied the millman. "I was not much use to logs then. I
+was trying to find the mark."
+
+"What mark?" asked Marco.
+
+"The owner's mark," said the millman. "The owners all mark their logs,
+when they get them out in the winter, and then we separate or sort them
+in the booms. Sometimes the mark is on the under side of the log, and so
+we have to turn it over in the water to find it."
+
+While all this conversation had been going on, the millman had been
+moving about over the water with the various logs, Marco accompanying
+him, and keeping as near to him as possible, walking along the shore,
+and sometimes on the logs which were resting by one end on the shore. As
+the millman was describing the system of marking the logs, he was
+sailing along very near to Marco, and he immediately began to turn the
+log over under him, saying--
+
+"For instance, look here, and see me turn up the mark of this log."
+
+Marco watched the log, as it slowly revolved, until presently there came
+a sort of hieroglyphical mark upon one end, made by crosses and lines
+cut into the wood.
+
+"Every owner has his particular mark," said the millman.
+
+"Whose mark is that?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said the man, "but they know at the mill. They have a
+register of them all at the mill."
+
+"I wish I could turn over a log, standing on it, in that way," said
+Marco.
+
+"You couldn't," said the millman. "The only way by which you can sail
+safely on logs, would be to put two together, and make a sort of raft."
+
+"How?" asked Marco.
+
+"By nailing short pieces of boards across from one log to another. Then
+they would not roll."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "if I could only get a hammer and some nails."
+
+The millman told him that perhaps they would let him have a hammer and
+some nails at the mill; and Marco, accordingly, went up to inquire. They
+told him they had a hammer, but they had no nails to spare. So Marco
+failed of getting the means of making a raft. He forgot to go back to
+the millman to get the rest of his story, but, instead of it, he rambled
+down the bank of the river, until he came to a place where there was an
+old fence, which had fallen down, and the nails were sticking out of the
+boards. He now wished that he had borrowed the hammer at the mill, and
+he tried to persuade a boy, who was standing there, to go and borrow it
+for him.
+
+The boy told him that a stone would do very well for a hammer.
+
+"So it will," said Marco; "find me a good one, and bring it to this old
+fence."
+
+The boy brought Marco a stone, and Marco began to knock out the nails.
+Very soon, however, he set the boy at work upon the nails, while he went
+in pursuit of some short boards, to nail across from one log to the
+other. He found some, which he thought would answer, without much
+difficulty, and collected them together near the logs; and, soon
+afterwards, the boy brought him the nails.
+
+The logs were lying side by side, with two ends resting upon the shore,
+the two other ends being out towards the stream. Marco concluded to nail
+first the two ends which were towards the shore, they being nearest, and
+being also more steady than the others. He accordingly laid one of his
+short pieces across, and nailed it as well as he could, using the stone
+for a hammer.
+
+"Now," said he to the boy, "I'll put another board across at the middle,
+and one more at the other end, and then, if I can find something for a
+pole, I'll take a little sail. Look about a little, my boy, won't you,"
+continued he, "and see if you can't find a pole, while I am nailing the
+other boards."
+
+The boy accordingly went away in pursuit of a pole, while Marco nailed
+first the middle board, and then the end one. He came back just after
+Marco had got the first nail of the end board driven in, and as soon as
+he came in sight of the logs and of Marco, he exclaimed--
+
+"You're adrift! you're adrift!"
+
+Marco got up immediately, and looked around. He was indeed adrift. His
+weight, pressing upon the outer ends of the logs, had lifted the other
+ends off the shore, and the raft was slowly floating up the stream. The
+reason why it floated _up_ was, that there was at this place what they
+call an eddy, which is a current near the shore, flowing up the stream.
+Such eddies are caused, generally, by curves in the banks.
+
+As soon as Marco perceived that he was afloat, he said--
+
+"Throw me the pole."
+
+The boy threw the pole, and it just reached the raft. Marco took it in,
+and, thrusting the end hastily down into the water, he endeavored to
+push himself back by pushing against the bottom. But it was too late. He
+had got already into such deep water that he could scarcely reach the
+bottom, and he could not push the raft back.
+
+In the mean time, the raft slowly moved up the river.
+
+"Never mind," said Marco. "I'm going right for the mill, and when I get
+there, they'll come out for me in a boat. In the mean time, I'd better
+finish my raft."
+
+So saying, he kneeled down and finished nailing on the last board. When
+he rose again, he found that he had advanced considerably, and the boy
+had accompanied him, walking along by the shore. He perceived, however,
+that he was gradually getting away from the shore, and, looking forward,
+he saw, to his consternation, that the eddy did not extend to the mill;
+but that, at a short distance above him, it swept out into the main
+current of the river, which was running by a point of land at the upper
+part of the eddy, with great speed. The raft advanced slowly till it
+came to this current, when it turned around, and began to glide swiftly
+down the stream.
+
+"Boy," cried Marco, in great distress, "run to the mill as fast as you
+can go, and tell them that I have gone down the river, adrift. Tell them
+to send a boat after me as quick as they can. My cousin Forester will
+pay them well."
+
+So the boy ran off towards the mill, while Marco floated away helplessly
+down the current.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE DESERT ISLAND.
+
+
+After Marco had sailed on for a few minutes, he cast his eyes up the
+river, and saw the steamboat. She was still lying in an inclined
+position, as she had been left grounded by the tide. He shouted and
+waved his hat, in the endeavor to attract the attention of the people on
+board, and lead them to send a boat to rescue him. But all his efforts
+were vain. He could not make them hear.
+
+The current soon bore him beyond a point of land which hid the steamboat
+from his view, and he began to fear that he should be actually carried
+out to sea. He was calculating, in fact, how many miles it was to the
+mouth of the river, when it suddenly occurred to him that, though he
+could not _push_ with his pole, he might perhaps _paddle_ with it. He
+accordingly took up the pole, which he had laid down upon the raft, and
+began to use it as a paddle.
+
+Marco found, to his great relief, that he could produce considerable
+effect upon his raft by using his pole as a paddle. He contrived to get
+the head of his raft round towards the shore, and, by working hard, he
+succeeded in urging it along through the current, very slowly, indeed,
+but still perceptibly, so that he began to have some hope that he might
+succeed in reaching land.
+
+Before he had made much progress, however, he suddenly saw before him,
+at a short distance, a little rocky island, with some grass and a few
+trees on the lower end of it. The island was very small, being not much
+longer than Marco's raft. It lay almost directly in his course--so
+nearly, that he perceived that by working a little more with his pole,
+he thought he could bring himself into such a position as to be thrown
+by the current directly upon it.
+
+This he did. He paddled, with all his strength, to get into a line with
+the upper end of the island, the current, all the time, bearing him down
+directly towards it. In a few minutes, he had the satisfaction of seeing
+that he was going directly upon it.
+
+"All right," said he to himself; "now I'm safe."
+
+As he said these words, the end of the raft struck the rock, and he
+leaped off upon it. The raft swung round, and was going away, but Marco
+seized it, and dragged it up a little way upon the shore, so as to
+secure it. He then sat down upon the rock, and began to consider what
+was next to be done.
+
+He was certainly at a loss to know what was to be done. He waited an
+hour, and then, getting very tired of his situation, he began to
+consider whether it would not be best for him to entrust himself once
+more to his raft, and endeavor to get to the shore by means of his
+paddle.
+
+While he was sitting on a point of the rock, in this perplexity, looking
+towards the shore that was nearest to him, he suddenly saw a boy coming
+upon a horse, along a winding road, which led to the river. He was
+driving the horse down to water. The horse advanced to the brink of the
+river, when Marco began to call out in his loudest voice,
+
+"Halloo!"
+
+"Halloo!" answered the boy.
+
+"Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off this island?" cried
+Marco.
+
+The boy paused a moment, and gazed earnestly at Marco, while the horse
+continued drinking.
+
+"How came you on that island?" said the boy, calling out again in a loud
+voice.
+
+"I got adrift on some logs," said Marco, "and floated down the river.
+Can't you get a boat, and come and take me off?"
+
+"I have not got any boat," said the boy. "There an't any boats about
+here."
+
+"I wish you would go and get one," said Marco. "I'll pay you well for
+it."
+
+The boy did not answer. He seemed to be hesitating. In the mean time,
+the horse, having nearly finished his drinking, lifted up his head and
+looked at Marco.
+
+"There is not any boat within a mile," said the boy. "But I should think
+you might wade ashore. The water is not deep between here and the
+island."
+
+"Then wade out here with your horse," said Marco, "and take me on behind
+you."
+
+The boy hesitated a moment, but he finally decided to comply with
+Marco's proposal, and accordingly began to advance his horse into the
+water. Marco watched his progress with intense interest. As the water
+grew deeper, he began to fear that the boy would get discouraged, and
+turn back. But the boy kept on. He turned his steps somewhat below the
+island, where there was an extensive shoal; the water grew shallower and
+shallower, until at last the horse emerged entirely, and stood upon a
+little dry sand bank at the lower side of the island.
+
+"I'm very much obliged to you, indeed," said Marco, "for coming for
+me--besides the pay. I will pay you for it as soon as we get on shore."
+
+"Oh, no," said the boy, "I don't need any pay just for wading my horse
+out here. I wade him out here very often, when I come down to water;
+that is, in the summer, when the water is low."
+
+Marco mounted behind the boy, and the boy turned his horse's head
+towards the shore.
+
+"How far is it back to the mill?" asked Marco.
+
+"To the steam mill?--four miles," answered the boy.
+
+"Four miles!" exclaimed Marco; "is it possible that I have floated down
+four miles? How shall I ever get back again?"
+
+"How did you happen to get adrift?" asked the boy.
+
+Marco proceeded to give the boy an account of his getting adrift, but in
+a short time the water began to grow so deep that he was afraid. The
+boy, however, told him that there was no danger. The bottom of the
+river, at this place, was a great bed of pebble stones, and the current
+ran very swiftly over them, and curled in sharp ripples about the
+horse's legs. Presently, however, the water became more shallow, and
+they soon safely reached the shore.
+
+"Now," said Marco, "I want to get back to the mill just as quick as I
+can--before the steamboat goes."
+
+"The steamboat?" said the boy, "she has gone long ago. She went by early
+this morning."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "she went by here, but she got stopped."
+
+So Marco told the boy the story of their having got aground, and of his
+going ashore; and of all his adventures, in fact, down to the time of
+his being cast upon the desert island. The boy told him that he had
+better make haste; "for," said he, "the tide has risen a great deal
+already. When the tide is at the lowest, we can go out to that island
+almost on bare ground."
+
+"But I can't walk back four miles," said Marco. "Could you not carry me
+in a wagon?" he continued.
+
+"We have got a wagon," said the boy, "if my father will let me go."
+
+"Let us go right up and ask him," said Marco
+
+They accordingly began to advance up the road, the boy putting his horse
+to a rapid trot. Marco, who was not accustomed to riding in this
+style--behind another boy, and without a saddle--was much jolted, and,
+in fact, he found it very difficult to keep his seat. He began to feel
+so much anxiety, however, about getting back again, that he did not
+complain. In a short time, the boy reached the house. It was a small,
+plain farm-house. There was a shed at one side of it, with a wagon
+standing in the shed--the shafts resting upon a wood-pile.
+
+"My father is not at home, now," said the boy, "but he will be at home
+very soon."
+
+"Oh, don't let us wait for him," rejoined Marco. "He'll be willing to
+have you go, I know."
+
+"No," said the boy, "I should not dare to go without his leave."
+
+"Let us harness the horse into the wagon, then, at any rate," said
+Marco, "and then we shall be all ready."
+
+"We can do that," said the boy.
+
+So they harnessed the horse into the wagon, and the boy led the horse
+around to the door. Marco, who was quite impatient to go, got into the
+wagon, and sat waiting. The man came in about twenty minutes, and when
+he heard a statement of the case, he said that his boy might go and take
+Marco back to the mill.
+
+It was now so late that Marco began to be seriously afraid that the
+steamboat might have gone. He was very impatient to have the horse go as
+fast as possible; and he watched at every turn in the road which gave
+him a view of the river, hoping to get a glimpse at the boat. He
+wondered whether Forester was still at the tavern, or whether he had
+come out in pursuit of him. After wearying himself with conjectures,
+which were all in vain, he suddenly came to a view of the river opposite
+the mill. The steamboat, to his great joy, was in its place; but there
+was a black column of smoke issuing from the smoke-pipe.
+
+"They are firing up," said Marco, "I verily believe."
+
+"What do you mean by that?" said the boy.
+
+"Why, building up the fires," said Marco, "to set the engine a-going.
+They call it firing up."
+
+Just at this moment there broke forth a loud and hoarse hissing from the
+steam-pipe, and a dense column of white vapor began to ascend, which
+mingled its snowy volumes, in a beautiful manner, with the dark masses
+of the smoke.
+
+"They are blowing off the steam," said Marco.
+
+"What does that mean?" asked the boy.
+
+"Why, that they have got the steam up, and are letting off a little of
+it, while they are waiting for something. Perhaps they are waiting for
+us. Drive on as fast as you can."
+
+A moment after this, the sound of the steam suddenly ceased, and the
+great paddle wheels, on the sides of the boat, began slowly to revolve.
+
+"They are trying to get her off," said Marco. "I _do hope_ they can't
+start her. Drive on; drive on as fast as you can."
+
+They were, at this time, upon the top of a hill which commanded a fine
+view of the river, and of the scenery upon its banks. The mill was
+before them, too, in full view. But Marco was too much engaged in
+watching the movements of the boat to regard the scenery. The boy drove
+rapidly down the hill. They reached the mill in a very few minutes, and
+drove down to the bank of the river, by a road which led to the water, a
+short distance above the mill. But, in the mean time, unfortunately for
+Marco, the steamboat had regained its liberty, and when Marco and the
+boy came in view of it again, as their horse stopped at the edge of the
+water, they saw, to Marco's dismay, that she was ploughing her way
+swiftly up the river, being just about to disappear behind a point of
+land which terminated the view of the water in that direction.
+
+"They are gone," said Marco, in a tone of despair, "they are gone; and
+what shall I do?"
+
+"Can't you go in the stage?" asked the boy, hoping thus to say a word of
+encouragement and consolation.
+
+"No," said Marco, "I don't believe there is any stage from this old
+mill. Besides, I don't know where to go. I should not have thought that
+Forester would have gone off and left me."
+
+"Was he on board the steamboat?" asked the boy.
+
+"Yes," said Marco--"that is, he was to go on board--but I left him at
+the tavern."
+
+"Perhaps he is there now," said the boy. "Let us go and see."
+
+Marco approved of this plan, and they turned the wagon, and rode towards
+the tavern. As soon as the horse stopped in the yard, Marco leaped out
+of the wagon, and ran in. He found Forester reclining upon the sofa,
+where Marco had left him, asleep.
+
+Marco advanced towards him, and took him by the shoulder, roughly, to
+wake him up, saying,
+
+"Forester! cousin Forester! wake up! the boat has gone."
+
+Forester opened his eyes--looked wildly at Marco, and then put his hands
+to his head, pressing his temples with the palms, but he did not speak.
+
+"The boat has gone, cousin Forester," continued Marco.
+
+"Then what good does it do to wake me up so roughly?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why--I--thought you'd want to know it," said Marco; "but why did not
+you come down?"
+
+"Because," said Forester, "you were to come and tell me, I thought, when
+they were ready to go."
+
+Marco had no reply to make to this suggestion, and he was silent. He
+found, afterwards, on farther conversation with Forester, that he was
+quite unwell. His head ached, and his face was flushed, as if he was
+feverish. Marco related to Forester an account of his adventures on the
+raft of logs. Forester thought that he had had a very narrow escape.
+
+Marco expected that Forester would have rebuked him very sharply for his
+fault in going upon the logs at all. But he did not. After Marco had got
+through with his account, Forester only said,
+
+"Well, Marco, you evidently did wrong in getting upon the logs at all;
+but the evil consequences to you will be punishment enough, and, in
+fact, more than enough."
+
+"Evil consequences?" said Marco--"no; there are no evil consequences,
+only that we have got left behind."
+
+"I don't regard that," said Forester, "for I am too unwell to travel
+to-day; but then you have suffered considerable pain and anxiety
+already, and, besides, there will be some money to pay."
+
+"What for?" said Marco.
+
+"Why, you have got to pay the boy for bringing you home," replied
+Forester.
+
+"Must I pay him," said Marco, "out of my own money?"
+
+"Who do you think ought to pay him?" said Forester.
+
+"Why, _I_ ought to, I suppose," said Marco. "But it won't be much. I
+think a quarter of a dollar will be enough."
+
+"Then, did not you say that you sent to the mill to have somebody go
+down after you in a boat?" asked Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "but I don't think they went."
+
+"You had better go to the mill and see," said Forester.
+
+So Marco went out and paid the boy a quarter of a dollar, with which he
+seemed to be satisfied. Then he went to the mill, and he found two men
+just returning, in a boat, from a long pull down the river in pursuit of
+him. Marco paid them half a dollar. Thus his loss was three quarters of
+a dollar.
+
+When he returned to the tavern, he found that Forester had taken some
+medicine, and had gone to bed. Forester told him that he must amuse
+himself the best way he could, and that, after the experience that he
+had had that day, he hoped he would be careful not to put himself any
+more into dangerous situations.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT.
+
+
+Marco took dinner that day at the tavern alone, and, after dinner, he
+carried a cup of tea to Forester,--but Forester was asleep, and so he
+did not disturb him.
+
+In the afternoon he went out to play. He amused himself, for half an
+hour, in rambling about the tavern yards and in the stables. There was a
+ferocious-looking bull in one of the yards, chained to a post, by means
+of a ring through his nose. Marco looked at the bull a few minutes with
+great interest, and then began to look about for a long stick, or a
+pole, to poke him a little, through the fence, to see if he could not
+make him roar, when, instead of a pole, his eye fell upon a boy, who was
+at work, digging in a corner of a field near, behind the barn.
+
+The boy's name was Jeremiah. He was digging for worms for bait. He was
+going a fishing. Marco determined to go with him.
+
+Jeremiah furnished Marco with a hook and a piece of sheet lead to make a
+sinker of, and Marco had some twine in his pocket already; so that he
+was soon fitted with a line. But he had no pole. Jeremiah said that he
+could cut one, on his way down to the river, as they would pass through
+a piece of woods which had plenty of tall and slender young trees in it.
+
+He succeeded in getting a pole in this manner, which answered very well;
+and then he and Jeremiah went down to the river. They stood upon a log
+on the shore, and caught several small fishes, but they got none of much
+value, for nearly half an hour. At last, Jeremiah, who was standing at a
+little distance from Marco, suddenly exclaimed:
+
+"Oh, here comes a monstrous great perch. He is coming directly towards
+my hook."
+
+"Where? where?" exclaimed Marco. And Marco immediately drew out his hook
+from the place where he had been fishing, and walked along to the log on
+which Jeremiah was standing.
+
+"Where is he?" said Marco, looking eagerly into the water.
+
+"Hush!" said Jeremiah; "don't say a word. There he is, swimming along
+towards my hook."
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "I see him. Now he's turning away a little. Let me
+put my line in, too."
+
+Marco extended his pole and dropped his hook gently into the water. He
+let it down until it was near the perch. The poor fish, after loitering
+about a minute, gradually approached Marco's hook and bit at it.
+
+Jeremiah, seeing that he was in danger of losing his fish, now called
+out to Marco to take his line out. "It is not fair," said he, "for you
+to come and take my fish, just as he was going to bite at my hook. Go
+away."
+
+But it was too late. As Jeremiah was saying these words, the fish bit,
+and Marco, drawing up the line, found the fish upon the end of it. As
+the line came in, however, Jeremiah reached out his hand to seize the
+fish, and Marco, to prevent him, dropped the pole and endeavored to
+seize it too.
+
+"Let go my fish," said Jeremiah.
+
+"Let alone my line," said Marco.
+
+Neither would let go. A struggle ensued, and Marco and Jeremiah, in the
+midst of it, fell off into the water. The water was not very deep, and
+they soon clambered up upon the log again, but the fish, which had been
+pulled off the line in the contention, fell into the water, and swam
+swiftly away into the deep and dark parts of the water, and was seen no
+more. He was saved by the quarrels of his enemies.
+
+Marco, who was not so much accustomed to a wetting as Jeremiah was,
+became very angry, and immediately set off to go home to the tavern.
+Jeremiah coolly resumed his position on the log, and went to fishing
+again, paying no heed to Marco's expressions of resentment.
+
+Marco walked along, very uncomfortable both in body and mind. His
+clothes were wet and muddy, and the water in his shoes made a chuckling
+sound at every step, until he stopped and took his shoes off, and
+poured the water out. It was nearly sunset when he reached the tavern.
+He found Forester better. He had left his bed, and had come down into
+the parlor. He was reclining on the sofa, reading a book, when Marco
+came in.
+
+Marco advanced towards him, and began to make bitter complaints against
+Jeremiah. In giving an account of the affair, he omitted all that part
+of the transaction which made against himself. He said nothing, for
+instance, about his coming to put his line in where Jeremiah was
+fishing, and while a fish was actually near Jeremiah's hook, but only
+said that he caught a fish, and that Jeremiah came and took it away.
+
+"But what claim had Jeremiah to the fish?" asked Forester.
+
+"He had no claim at all," said Marco.
+
+"You mean, he had no _right_ at all," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco.
+
+"He had a _claim_, certainly," rejoined Forester; "that is, he claimed
+the fish. He _pretended_ that it was his. Now, on what was this claim or
+pretence founded?"
+
+"I don't know," said Marco, "I am sure. I only know he had no right to
+it, for I caught the fish myself, and he was going to take it away."
+
+Forester paused a moment, and then resumed:
+
+"I don't think that you have given me a full and fair account of the
+transaction; for I cannot believe that Jeremiah would have come and
+taken away the fish without any pretext whatever. You must have omitted
+some important part of the account, I think."
+
+Marco then told Forester that Jeremiah said that the fish was just going
+to bite at his hook; and, after several other questions from Forester,
+he gradually acknowledged the whole truth. Still, he maintained that it
+was his fish. He had a right to put in his line, he said, wherever he
+pleased, whether another boy was fishing or not; the fish belonged to
+the one who caught him; and, before he was caught, he did not belong to
+anybody. It was absurd, he maintained, to suppose that the fish became
+Jeremiah's, just because he was swimming near his hook.
+
+"Sometimes one can judge better of a case," said Forester, "by reversing
+the condition of the parties. Suppose that you had been fishing, and a
+large fish had come swimming about your hook, and that Jeremiah had then
+come to put his hook in at the same place, should you have thought it
+right?"
+
+"Why, I don't know," said Marco.
+
+"It is doubtful. Now, it is an excellent rule," continued Forester, "in
+all questions of right between ourselves and other persons, for us to
+give them _the benefit of the doubt_."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, if a man is tried in a court for any crime," replied Forester, "if
+it is clearly proved that he is innocent, of course he goes free. If it
+is clearly proved that he is guilty, he is convicted. But if neither the
+one nor the other can be proved, that is, if it is doubtful whether he
+is innocent or guilty, they give him the benefit of the doubt, as they
+term it, and let him go free."
+
+"I should think that, when it is doubtful," said Marco, "they ought to
+send him back to prison again till they can find out certainly."
+
+"No," said Forester, "the jury are directed to acquit him, unless it is
+positively proved that he is guilty. So that, if they think it is
+doubtful, they give him the benefit of the doubt, and let him go free.
+Now, in all questions of property between ourselves and others, we
+should all be willing to give to others the benefit of the doubt, and
+then the disputes would be very easily settled, or rather, disputes
+would never arise. In this case, for instance, it is doubtful whether
+you had a right to come and interfere while the fish was near his hook;
+it is doubtful whether he did or did not have a sort of right to try to
+catch the fish, without your interfering; and you ought to have been
+willing to have given him the benefit of the doubt, and so have staid
+away, or have given up the fish to him after you had caught it."
+
+"But I don't see," said Marco, "why he should not have been willing to
+have given me the benefit of the doubt, as well as I to have given it to
+him."
+
+"Certainly," said Forester; "Jeremiah ought to have considered that
+there was a doubt whether he was entitled to the fish or not, and to
+have been willing to have given you the benefit of the doubt; and so
+have let you kept the fish. Each, in such a case, ought to be willing to
+give up to the other."
+
+"And then which of us should have it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, it generally happens," said Forester, in reply, "that only one of
+the parties adopts this principle, and so he yields to the other; but if
+both adopt it, then there is sometimes a little discussion, each
+insisting on giving up to the other. But such a dispute is a friendly
+dispute, not a hostile one, and it is very easily settled."
+
+"A friendly dispute!" exclaimed Marco; "I never heard of such a thing."
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "Suppose, for instance, that, when you had caught
+your fish, you had said, 'There, Jeremiah, that fish is yours; he was
+coming up to your hook, and would have bitten at it if I had not put my
+line in;' and, then, if Jeremiah had said, 'No, it is not mine; it is
+yours, for you caught it with your hook;' this would have been a
+friendly dispute. It would have been very easily settled."
+
+"I am sorry that I left my pole down at the river," said Marco. "I cut a
+most excellent pole in the woods, on my way down, and I left it there
+across the log. I mean to go down and get it early in the morning."
+
+"No," said Forester; "we must be on our way up the river early to-morrow
+morning."
+
+"How shall we go?" asked Marco.
+
+"I have engaged a wagon here to take us to Bath, and there we shall find
+a stage."
+
+Accordingly, early the next morning, Forester and Marco got into a wagon
+to go up the river to Bath, which is the first town of any considerable
+consequence which you meet in ascending the Kennebec river. Marco and
+Forester sat on the seat of the wagon, and a boy, who was going with
+them for the purpose of bringing the wagon back, sat behind, on a box,
+which had been put in to make a seat for him.
+
+Marco said that he was very sorry that he had not time to go and get his
+fishing-pole.
+
+"It would not do any good," said Forester, "for you could not carry it."
+
+"Why, yes," said Marco, "we might put it on the bottom of the wagon, and
+let the end run out behind. It is pretty long."
+
+"True," said Forester, "we might possibly get it to Bath, but what
+should we do with it then?"
+
+"Why, then," said Marco, "we might put it on the top of the stage, I
+suppose. Would not they let us?"
+
+"It would not be very convenient to carry a long fishing-pole, in that
+way, to Quebec," replied Forester, "through woods, too, half of the way,
+full of such poles. You might stop and get a cane or staff, if we find
+a place where there are some good ones. A cane would be of some service
+to you in walking up the hills, and that could be taken along with our
+baggage easily."
+
+Marco said that he should like this plan very much; and, as they rode
+along, they looked out carefully for a place where there were slender
+saplings growing, suitable for canes.
+
+"What kind of wood would you have?" asked Forester.
+
+"I don't know," replied Marco; "which kind is the best?"
+
+"The different woods have different qualities," replied Forester. "Some
+are light and soft, which are good qualities for certain purposes. Some
+are hard. Some are stiff, and some flexible. Some are brittle, and
+others tough. For a cane, now, do we want a hard wood or a soft one?"
+
+"Hard," said Marco.
+
+"Why?" asked Forester.
+
+"Oh, so that it shall not get indented or bruised easily," replied
+Marco.
+
+"A light wood or a heavy one?" asked Forester.
+
+"Light," replied Marco, "so that it will be easy to carry."
+
+"Stiff or flexible?" asked Forester.
+
+"Stiff," replied Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "Some kinds of wood grow straight, and others
+crooked."
+
+"We want it straight," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "The pine grows very straight. If we could find
+some young pines, they would make us some beautiful-looking canes."
+
+"And how is it with the other qualities?" asked Marco.
+
+"Pine is very light," said Forester.
+
+"That is good," said Marco.
+
+"And _soft_," said Forester.
+
+"That is not so well," said Marco.
+
+"And it is very weak and brittle."
+
+"Then it will not do at all," said Marco. "I want a good strong cane."
+
+Just at this time, they were ascending a hill, and, after passing over
+the summit of it, they came to a place where Forester said he saw, in
+the woods, a number of young oaks and beeches, which, he said, would
+make good canes. The oak, he said, was very strong, and hard, and tough;
+so was the beech.
+
+"Only there are two objections to them for canes," said Forester, as
+they were getting out of the wagon; "they are not so light as the pine,
+and then, besides, they are apt to grow crooked. We must look about
+carefully to find some that are straight."
+
+"Which is the most valuable of all the kinds of wood?" asked Marco.
+
+"The question is ambiguous," said Forester.
+
+"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco.
+
+"I mean, that it has two significations," replied Forester; "that is,
+the word valuable has two significations. Pine is the most valuable in
+one sense; that is, pine is, on the whole, most useful to mankind. But
+there are other kinds of wood which are far more costly."
+
+"I should not think that pine would be so valuable," said Marco, "it is
+so weak and brittle."
+
+"It is valuable," said Forester, "because, for the purpose for which men
+want the greatest quantities of wood, strength is not required. For
+boarding the outsides of buildings, for example, and finishing them
+within, which uses, perhaps, consume more wood than all others put
+together, no great strength is required."
+
+"I think people want more wood to _burn_ than to build houses with,"
+said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "perhaps they do. They do in this country, I
+think, but perhaps not in Europe and other old countries. But pine,
+although it has no great strength, is an excellent wood for building, it
+is so soft and easily worked."
+
+Forester's remarks, upon the different kinds of wood, were here
+interrupted by Marco's finding what he considered an excellent stick for
+a cane. When he had cut it, however, he found that it was not so
+straight as it had appeared to be while growing.
+
+However, after some time spent in the selection, Marco and Forester both
+procured excellent canes.
+
+"This is good, hard wood," said Marco, as he was trimming his cane, and
+cutting it to a proper length.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "it is beech, and beech is very hard."
+
+After finishing their canes, they took their seats in the wagon again.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+EBONY AND PINE.
+
+
+After riding along a short distance in silence, Marco introduced the
+subject of the different woods once more. He asked Forester which was
+the most _costly_ of all the woods.
+
+"Costly is not an ambiguous term," said Forester; "that means, which has
+the greatest _money_ value."
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "I suppose it is mahogany."
+
+"O no," said Forester.
+
+"Rose wood, then," said Marco. "It must be rose wood. My mother has a
+beautiful piano made of rose wood."
+
+"No," said Forester. "Ebony is more costly than either rose wood or
+mahogany. They sell ebony by the pound."
+
+"Where does ebony come from?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied Forester.
+
+"I should like to know," said Marco. "How much do they sell it for, by
+the pound?"
+
+"I don't know that, either," said Forester. "I know very little about
+it, only that it is a very costly wood, on account of some peculiar
+properties which it has, and its scarcity."
+
+"What are the peculiar properties?" asked Marco.
+
+"One is, its great hardness," said Forester. "It is very hard indeed.
+Another is, its color."
+
+"What color is it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Black," replied Forester,--"black as jet; at least, one kind is black
+as jet. There is a kind which is brown. It is called brown ebony."
+
+"I don't think black is very pretty," said Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester; "there does not seem to be much beauty in black, in
+itself considered; but then, for certain purposes, it is much handsomer
+than any other color would be; for a cane, for instance."
+
+Marco looked at the beech cane which he had before him, and began to
+consider how it would look if it were black.
+
+"I suppose I could paint my cane black," said he, after a moment's
+pause, "if you think it would be any better."
+
+"No," said Forester; "I should prefer having it of its natural color.
+The bark of the beech has beautiful colors, if they are only brought out
+by a coat of varnish."
+
+"Brought out?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "There is a kind of fine dust, or something like
+that, which dims the bark; but, when you put on oil or varnish, there is
+a sort of transparency given to the outside coating, which brings the
+natural color of the bark fully to view."
+
+"Then I will get my cane varnished, when I get to Bath," said Marco.
+
+"Ebony," said Forester, "is used a great deal where a contrast with
+ivory is wanted. Ebony is hard and fine-grained, like ivory, and it
+takes a high polish. So, whenever they want a contrast of black and
+white, they take ebony and ivory."
+
+"When do they want a contrast between black and white?"
+
+"One case," replied Forester, "is that of the keys of a piano forte.
+They want the short keys, which mark the semi-tones, of a different
+color from the others, so that the eye will catch them as quick as
+possible. So in a chess-board. They sometimes make chess-boards with
+alternate squares of ebony and ivory."
+
+"I think it would be just as well to take common wood and paint it
+black," said Marco, "rather than pay so much money for ebony."
+
+"No," said Forester, "that would not do so well. The paint would wear
+off; or, if it did not wear off by handling, still, if it got a little
+knock or hard rub, a part would come off, and that would show a little
+spot which would be of the natural color of the wood. This would look
+very badly."
+
+"Then, besides, painted wood," continued Forester, "cannot be finished
+off so smoothly, and polished up so highly, as a wood which is black by
+nature. They have a way of _staining_ wood, however, which is better
+than painting it."
+
+"How is that done?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, they make a black stain," said Forester, "which they put upon the
+wood. This staining soaks in a little way, and blackens the fibres of
+the wood itself, beneath the surface. This, of course, will not wear off
+as easily as paint."
+
+"I should not think it would wear off at all," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "for, if a cane is made of any wood stained
+black, after a time the wood itself wears away farther than the staining
+had penetrated. Then the fresh wood will come to view. So that, if you
+want anything black, it is much better to make it of a wood which is
+black all the way through.
+
+"Besides," continued Forester, "ebony is a very hard wood, and it will
+bear knocks and rough usages much better than other kinds of wood which
+are softer. Once I made a carpenter an ebony wedge, to split his laths
+with."
+
+"What are laths?" asked Marco.
+
+"Laths are the thin split boards which are nailed upon the sides of a
+room before the plastering is put on. Sometimes laths are made very
+narrow, and are nailed on at a little distance from each other, so as to
+leave a crack between them. Then the plastering, being soft when it is
+put on, works into the cracks, and thus clings to the wood when it is
+dry and hard. If plastering was put on to smooth boards, or a smooth
+wall, it would all fall off again very easily."
+
+"Yes," said Marco; "I have seen the plastering coming up through the
+cracks in the garret at your house in Vermont."
+
+"The lath boards," continued Forester, "are sometimes made narrow, and
+nailed on at a little distance from each other, and sometimes they are
+wide boards, split up, but not taken apart, and then the cracks, which
+are made in splitting them, are forced open when the boards are nailed
+on. The way they do it, is this. They put the wide lath board down upon
+a plank, and make a great many cracks in it with an axe. Then they put
+it upon the wall, or ceiling, and nail one edge. Then they take a wedge
+and drive into one of the cracks, and force it open far enough to let
+the plastering in. Then they put in some more nails, in such a manner as
+to keep that crack open. Then they wedge open another crack, and nail
+again; and so on, until they have nailed on the whole board, so as to
+leave the cracks all open."
+
+"And you made the carpenter an ebony wedge?" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "He had had wedges made of the hardest wood that
+he could get, but they would soon become bruised, and battered, and worn
+out, with their hard rubbing against the sides of the cracks. At last, I
+told him I had a very hard kind of wood, and I gave him a piece of
+ebony. He made it into a wedge, and, after that, he had no more
+difficulty. He said his ebony wedge was just like iron."
+
+"Was it really as hard as iron?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, no," said Forester,--"but it was much harder than any wood which he
+could get. He thought it was a very curious wood. He had never seen any
+like it before."
+
+"I should like some ebony," said Marco.
+
+"Ebony would be an excellent wood to make a top of," said Forester, "it
+is so hard and heavy."
+
+"I should like to have a top hard," said Marco, "but I don't think it
+would be any better for being heavy."
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "the top would spin longer. The heavier a top is,
+the longer it will spin."
+
+"Then I should like a top made of lead," said Marco.
+
+"It would spin very long," said Forester, "if it was well made, though
+it would require more strength to set it a-going well. But lead would be
+soft, and thus would easily get bruised and indented. Besides, black
+would be a prettier color for a top than lead color. A jet black top,
+well polished, would be very handsome."
+
+"Is black a color?" asked Marco. "I read in a book once that black and
+white were not colors."
+
+"There are two meanings to the word color," said Forester. "In one
+sense, black is a color, and in another sense, it is not. For instance,
+if a lady were to go into a shop, and ask for some morocco shoes for a
+little child, and they were to show her some black ones, she might say
+she did not want black ones; she wanted colored ones. In that sense,
+black would not be a color.
+
+"On the other hand," continued Forester, "she might ask for silk
+stockings, and if the shopkeeper were to ask her what color she wanted,
+she might say black. In that sense, black would be a color."
+
+"Which is the right sense?" asked Marco.
+
+"Both are right," said Forester. "When a word is commonly used in two
+senses, both are correct. The philosophers generally consider black not
+to be a color; that is, they generally use the word in the first sense."
+
+"Why?" asked Marco.
+
+"For this reason," replied Forester. He was going on to explain the
+reason, when suddenly Marco's attention was attracted by the sight of a
+long raft of logs, which was coming down the river. They had been riding
+at some distance from the river, and out of sight of it, but now it came
+suddenly into view, just as this raft was passing by. There were two men
+on the raft.
+
+"See those men on the raft," said Marco. "They are paddling."
+
+"No," replied Forester; "they are sculling."
+
+"Sculling?" repeated Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "They always scull a raft. It is a different
+motion from paddling."
+
+Marco watched the men attentively, examining the motion which they made
+in sculling, and considering whether he might not have sculled his raft
+to the shore in the same manner.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"What straight logs!" said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "the pine tree grows up tall and straight, and
+without branches, to a great height. This is the source of some of its
+most valuable properties. It makes the wood straight-grained. That is,
+the fibres run smooth and regularly, from one end of the stem to the
+other."
+
+Just at this time, Forester saw a large pine tree growing alone, by the
+side of the road they were travelling. This solitary tree had a great
+many branches growing out from the stem, in every part, from the top to
+the bottom.
+
+"That is because the tree grows by itself," said Forester, "in the open
+field. Those that grow in the forest do not throw out branches from the
+stem, but they ran up to a great height, with only a little tuft of
+branches on the top."
+
+"I don't see why they don't have branches in the woods," said Marco.
+
+"Because," replied Forester, "where trees grow close together, the light
+and the air is excluded from the lower parts of the stems, and so
+branches cannot grow there. Nothing can grow without light and air."
+
+"I've seen monstrous long potato sprouts grow in a dark cellar," said
+Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "so have I. I did not think of that. But they
+don't grow very well."
+
+"They grow pretty long, sometimes," replied Marco.
+
+"At any rate," said Forester, "the branches of trees will not grow from
+the stems of the trees near the ground, in the woods; and this is of
+great importance, for, whenever a branch grows out, it makes a knot,
+extending in to the very centre of the tree. This would injure a pine
+log very much, as the knot would show in all the boards, and a knot is a
+great injury to a pine board, though it is of great benefit to a
+mahogany one."
+
+"Why?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because it gives the wood a beautiful variegated appearance when they
+get it smoothed. So that the more knotted and gnarled a log of mahogany
+is, the better. It makes the more beautiful wood. But in pine, it is not
+beauty, but facility of working, which is the great object. So they
+always want to get pine as smooth and straight-grained as possible. So
+that one of these trees that grow detached, in the fields, would not be
+of much value for lumber. It has so many branches, that the boards made
+from it would be full of knots."
+
+"That is the reason, I suppose," said Marco, "why they don't cut them
+down, and make them into boards."
+
+"Perhaps it is," replied Forester.
+
+"Has pine any other very good qualities?" asked Marco.
+
+"I believe it is quite a durable wood," said Forester. "At any rate, the
+stumps last a very long time in the ground. I have heard it said that
+there are some stumps in the state of Maine with the old mark of G. R.
+upon them."
+
+"What does G. R. mean?" asked Marco.
+
+"_Georgius Rex_," replied Forester,--"that is, George, the king. If
+there are any such, the mark on them means that they belonged to the
+king of England, before this country was separated from England. In
+those days, the king's workmen went into the forests to select and mark
+the trees which were to be cut down for the king's use, and these marks
+were left upon the stumps."
+
+"And how long ago was that?" asked Marco.
+
+"O, it must have been sixty or seventy years ago. But I can hardly
+believe that the stumps would last as long as that."
+
+"I mean to ask some of the men, when I get up in the woods, how long
+the stumps do last," said Marco.
+
+"They last very long, I know," said Forester. "The people, after getting
+tired of waiting to have them rot out, tear them up with machines, and
+make fences of them."
+
+"I don't see how they can make fences of stumps," said Marco.
+
+"They put them in a row, with the roots in the air," replied Forester.
+"They make a funny-looking fence."
+
+Just at this time Marco perceived a large town coming into view before
+them, which, Forester told him, was Bath. There were several ships
+building along the shore of the river.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE BEAR IN THE MILL.
+
+
+Marco and Forester found a small steamboat at Bath, going up the river,
+and they took passage in it to Hallowell. At Hallowell, they took the
+stage, and travelled along the banks of the river, sometimes on one side
+and sometimes on the other. They crossed the river by means of bridges,
+which were erected in nearly all the principal towns. They passed a
+number of waterfalls, where saw-mills had been built for sawing the
+logs. Marco was astonished at the number of these mills, the quantity of
+logs which lay in the booms, and the vast piles of boards which had
+accumulated in some of the sawing villages.
+
+At one of these villages, where he and Forester stopped to spend the
+night, they went out in the evening to see the mills. The mills were
+lighted by little fires of pitch-pine knots, which made a bright flame
+and gave a fine light. These little fires were built upon slabs, which
+Marco thought was very dangerous. The slabs, however, though they looked
+dry, were really very wet, being thoroughly soaked with water within,
+having been sawed from logs which had been for a long time floating in
+the river.
+
+The beam, to which the saw was attached in each mill, as it ascended and
+descended with the saw, passed across these lights with a rapid motion,
+which made the lights appear and disappear, in regular succession, in a
+very beautiful manner.
+
+Forester and Marco clambered into one of these mills. They had to make
+their way over slabs, boards and heaps of rubbish of various kinds, and
+the floor of the mill seemed to be made of boards and planks, laid
+loosely and with many open places, in which, when Marco looked down, he
+saw dark and frightful abysses, where he could hear the water dashing,
+and, now and then, could get a glimpse of the foam.
+
+Of course, both Forester and Marco advanced very carefully. When they
+had entered, they found but one man tending the mill. He was seated on a
+square block of wood, near the fire, eating some bread and cheese. As
+Forester and Marco advanced towards him, he looked up and bade them good
+evening.
+
+"Will you allow us to come in and see the mill?" said Forester.
+
+"By all means," said the millman.
+
+The millman here looked around at the log which he was then sawing, and
+he observed that it was time for him to attend to it. So he put down his
+bread and cheese upon the block, and went towards the saw. Forester and
+Marco both turned to see what he was going to do.
+
+The log was lying upon a long frame, which frame seemed to be mounted
+upon some sort of trucks, for it advanced slowly, by a steady motion,
+against the saw. As the saw was constantly moving up and down with great
+force, the log was sawed as it advanced. It had now advanced so far that
+the log had been sawed nearly through, from end to end. When it had gone
+a little farther, the millman pulled a handle, and stopped the motion of
+the carriage and the log, and, in a moment afterwards, the log began to
+go back again; the saw, all the time, ascending and descending as
+before, but without doing any work. When the log had got back so far
+that the saw came out of the cleft which it had made, the man stopped
+it, and then, with an iron bar, he shifted the position of the log in
+such a manner that when the carriage should be put in motion, the saw
+would cut the log in a new place, at a little distance from the
+other,--a distance just equal to the thickness of the board which they
+wished to make.
+
+Marco watched all these movements with great interest. Forester, who had
+often seen them before, went back to the fire, and held his hands out to
+it, for, as it was a cold evening, the feeling of the warmth was
+pleasant. He could see that Marco remained talking with the millman; but
+the noise of the machinery was so great that he could not hear what
+they said.
+
+The flashes of light from the fire illuminated Marco's face, however,
+and Forester could see that he was much interested in what the millman
+was telling him. The millman sat down upon the log, and made gestures as
+if he was eating something. Then he took hold of Marco, and put him down
+upon the log in his place, and he took a seat himself beyond him--that
+is, between Marco and the saw. All this time, the log, riding upon the
+great frame, was slowly advancing against the saw, carrying Marco and
+the millman along with it. When it had carried them so far that the
+millman was getting to be very near the saw, he turned suddenly round,
+and made a gesture as if he was going to clasp the saw in his
+arms,--laughing as he did it,--and, immediately afterwards, he got up
+from the log, and Marco got up, too,--beginning to laugh himself, also,
+though his countenance had expressed surprise and anxiety before.
+
+A short time after this, when Marco came back to the place where
+Forester was, Forester asked him what the millman had been saying to
+him.
+
+"He was telling me a story of a bear," said Marco.
+
+"Of a bear?" said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "of a bear in a saw-mill."
+
+"I don't see what a bear had to do in a saw-mill," replied Forester.
+
+"It was a great many years ago, when there were bears in the woods about
+here. There was a man sawing in a mill, and he was sitting on the end of
+the log that he was sawing, eating his bread and cheese. The bread and
+cheese were lying on the log, next to where the man was sitting.
+
+"While the man was sitting there in this manner, eating his bread and
+cheese, a bear came walking into the mill,--a great black bear. He came
+up to the log, and when he saw that the man was eating bread and cheese,
+he thought he should like some too. So he sat down on the log."
+
+"On which side of the man?" asked Forester,--"towards the saw or from
+it?"
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"Towards the saw," said Marco. "The man was on the end of the log
+farthest from the saw. The bear sat a little beyond him, nearer to the
+saw, and the bread and cheese was between them. The bear began to eat
+the bread and cheese."
+
+"How?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, he took it up in his paws, I suppose," said Marco,--"though I
+don't know certainly about that. At any rate, he began to eat the bread
+and cheese,--sitting with his back towards the saw, and his face towards
+the man.
+
+"And all this time, you must understand," said Marco, "that the carriage
+was carrying the log, man, bear, and all, towards the saw, and the man
+saw that if the bear would only keep still, in his place, until he was
+carried to the saw, he would get sawed in two, and so killed. At first,
+he thought it would be best for him to get hold of the iron bar, if he
+could, and beat the old bear's brains out. But he was afraid that he
+should not succeed in doing that, and so he concluded to wait and see
+what would happen.
+
+"Now, bears have a way," continued Marco, "whenever they are angry with
+anything, of grasping it in their arms and hugging it tight. The man did
+not think of this; he only hoped that the saw would saw the bear in two.
+The log moved on nearer and nearer, and at last brought the bear along
+so far that the next stroke cut right down his back. He immediately
+turned around and seized the saw, and hugged it with all his strength,
+and it tore him all to pieces."
+
+"Indeed," said Forester. "That is quite a story."
+
+Forester did not seem so much astonished at this account as Marco had
+expected, but farther conversation on the subject was prevented by the
+occurring of a new object of attention. The millman began to make
+arrangements for drawing up more logs from the water of the river, by
+means of a long chain passing around a revolving axis, in the manner
+which has been already explained.
+
+Marco watched the first log, as it came slowly up, and then he wanted to
+go down the inclined plane to the water below. The moon was just rising,
+which gave them sufficient light, and so Forester and Marco went down.
+Marco wanted to ride up on the next log, but Forester thought that that
+would be a very dangerous experiment. There was, however, a boat lying
+there, which, Forester said, perhaps they might get into, and take a
+little excursion upon the water, by moonlight. Marco thought that he
+should like that very well, and so he went up into the mill again, to
+ask permission to take the boat. The millman said that they might have
+the boat all night, if they wanted it.
+
+Marco accordingly returned down the inclined plane, telling Forester
+that they could have the boat. But Forester, who began to find the
+evening air too cold and chilly, said that he did not think it was worth
+while for them to set out on a voyage at so late an hour. But Marco's
+imagination was so much taken with the idea of a voyage in a boat by
+moonlight, that he was very urgent to have Forester go. So Forester
+consented, and they both got into the boat.
+
+"Which way shall we steer?" asked Marco.
+
+"We must go up the stream," said Forester.
+
+"Why must we?" asked Marco.
+
+"Because there is a dam and a waterfall below us," replied Forester.
+
+There was a dam across the river, at the mill, and the inclined plane,
+which led from the floor of the mill down to the shore of the river,
+terminated at the edge of the water just above the dam. The water was so
+low that it did not fall over the dam near the shore, though Forester
+and Marco could hear the roaring of the water, which fell over the dam
+nearer the middle of the river.
+
+"We must take care," said Marco, "or we shall get carried over the dam.
+I read of an Indian once, who was carried over the falls of Niagara."
+
+"Yes," said Forester; "we must be careful."
+
+Forester turned the head of the boat up the river, keeping near the
+shore, so as to avoid all possibility of being carried over the dam. The
+boat shot along swiftly through the water.
+
+"The boat goes very well," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester; "and yet it is only a log canoe."
+
+"A log canoe," said Marco. "Is this only a log canoe?"
+
+"That is all," replied Forester. "It is made of a log, hollowed out.
+They use a great many such boats on this river. They go very easily
+with paddles."
+
+Forester and Marco both had paddles. Marco sat about in the middle of
+the boat, but Forester sat in the stern, propelling the boat and
+steering it at the same time. When they got up a little way above the
+dam, they went out farther towards the middle of the river. Forester
+soon became warm by the exercise of paddling, and had no disposition to
+return. They both found it very romantic and delightful to glide
+smoothly over the glassy surface of the water, which was silvered by the
+moonbeams.
+
+They soon came to a turn in the river, which carried them away from the
+sight of the mills and the dam, and brought them under high banks,
+which, in some places, presented rocky cliffs to the view, and, in
+others, were covered with forests. This scenery had a peculiarly sombre
+and solemn expression, seen thus, under the light of the moon. Marco
+gazed at it in silence, and with a feeling of awe.
+
+They went on in this manner for half an hour, until they found
+themselves approaching a rocky island, crowned with forests. Marco
+wanted to land upon it.
+
+"Very well," said Forester; "I have no objection; but would you not
+rather go back?"
+
+"No," said Marco. "I want to explore this island."
+
+"But are you not cold?" asked Forester.
+
+"No," said Marco, "not at all."
+
+"My hands and feet are a little cold," said Forester.
+
+"Then we will go back pretty soon," said Marco, "but first just let us
+land a minute upon this island."
+
+So Forester turned the head of the boat towards the shore, and Marco, as
+soon as it touched, scrambled out upon the rocks.
+
+"Oh, Forester!" he exclaimed, at once, "here is plenty of drift-wood.
+Let us make a fire, and warm your hands and feet."
+
+"Drift-wood?" rejoined Forester. "Will drift-wood make a fire?"
+
+"Why not?" asked Marco.
+
+"I should think it would be too wet," replied Forester.
+
+Marco said no more, but, at that instant, Forester observed a little
+flash, and then a faint glimmer of light where Marco was. He had lighted
+a match by rubbing it against some drift-wood. He touched it to some dry
+bark, and soon had a pleasant little blaze upon the rocks, near the
+shore. He piled on pieces of drift-wood, such as branches of trees, old
+slabs, &c., which he found lying about there, and he soon had a very
+good fire. Forester sat down upon the rocks, and warmed his hands and
+feet.
+
+"I wish I had a hatchet here," said Marco, "or an axe."
+
+"Why?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, we could make a camp, and lie here all night," said Marco.
+
+"O, no," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "for the man said we might have his boat all night."
+
+"No," replied Forester. "We will camp out when we get fairly into the
+forests on Dead river."
+
+Accordingly, after a little time, when the fire had burnt down somewhat,
+they threw the brands into the river, and then, embarking in their boat,
+they returned to the mill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE BIVOUACK.
+
+
+Marco and Forester had an opportunity to encamp for the night, in the
+woods, in a manner different from what they expected. It happened in
+this way. In the course of their rambles among the forests which are
+about the lakes and the upper branches of the Kennebec, they came, one
+night, to a farm-house, where they had to spend the night. The house was
+built of logs. It was in a small opening in the woods. This opening was
+occupied with fields, which were divided from each other by log fences.
+The fields were full of stumps. The whole opening was bordered on every
+side by a perpendicular wall of forest,--the tall stems forming a
+colonnade, which reminded Marco of the palisades on the North river,
+just above New York.
+
+There was but one room in this log house, and, at first, Marco did not
+know where he and Forester were to sleep. There was a great blazing fire
+in the fire-place, which was made of rough stones. The hearth was made
+of great flat stones. These stones were tolerably smooth on the upper
+side; but, as they were not square, there were many spaces left between
+them, and at the corners, which were filled with earth. But, though the
+fire-place was rough, the great fire blazed merrily in it; and Marco
+thought that it was pleasanter than his father's marble fire-place, in
+New York, with a grate in it, filled with a hard coal fire, looking like
+red-hot stones.
+
+"I wish we had such a fire-place as this in New York," said Marco.
+
+"And wood to burn in it," replied Forester.
+
+"O, we can get wood enough in New York," said Marco. "The carmen bring
+it along every morning. We might have such a fire-place down in the
+basement, or in that little room in the stable, and then I would go and
+build fires in it."
+
+Just then, the farmer's wife came with a spider to the fire, to broil
+some chickens for their supper. She pulled out the coals with a
+long-handled iron shovel, which she called a _slice_. She cooked the
+young travellers a most excellent supper.
+
+The farmer and his wife were both rather young. They had one child. He
+was asleep in the cradle. This cradle was only a box, made of boards,
+and mounted on rockers. Marco asked the farmer if he made the cradle
+himself, and he said he did.
+
+There was a boy living in this house, named Isaiah. Isaiah was the
+farmer's brother. He worked hard all day on the farm, and at night he
+slept in a sort of garret, which they called the loft. The way to get
+up to the loft was by a ladder on one side of the room.
+
+When bed-time came, Forester and Marco climbed up this ladder, and went
+to bed. They slept upon a straw bed, which was lying in a corner. They
+had two clean but very coarse sheets, and a good warm coverlid. Marco
+crept in well under the eaves of the house, but Forester slept on the
+outer side of the bed, where the roof was higher.
+
+Marco was awaked in the night by a strange sound, which he heard,
+directly over his head. He lifted up his head and listened. It was the
+pattering of rain upon the roof. The roof was, however, very tight, and
+none of the rain came in. The roof was covered with shingles, which the
+farmer had made himself, in a little shop near his house.
+
+Marco listened to the rain a few minutes, and then went to sleep again.
+He was glad to hear it rain, because he wanted to stay at this house the
+next day, and he thought Forester would not go away in the rain.
+
+The next that he knew was that it was morning. He spoke to Forester,
+saying,
+
+"It rains, cousin Forester."
+
+"Does it?" said Forester. "Then I don't know what we shall do."
+
+"We must stay here, to-day," said Marco. "Then I can see Isaiah make a
+shingle. Isaiah can make a shingle. Did you know it?"
+
+"I don't hear it rain," said Forester.
+
+"I mean to get up and see," said Marco.
+
+There was no glass window in this garret, but the light shone through
+the chinks between the logs. There was a wooden window, as Marco called
+it; that is, there was an opening in the wall, with a wooden shutter to
+close it. Marco went to this window and opened it. He looked out upon
+the wild and solitary scene which was before him with great interest. At
+length he said,
+
+"No, cousin Forester, it does not rain,--but I wish you would stay here
+to-day."
+
+"Very well," said Forester. "I will stay here as long as you wish."
+
+Marco was rejoiced to hear this; and he spent two hours, after
+breakfast, in rambling about the farmer's house and grounds. He went
+into the little shop, and amused himself for half an hour in seeing
+Isaiah make shingles. Isaiah let him try to make one himself, and he
+succeeded pretty well. He carried his shingle in to Forester to show it
+to him.
+
+Forester said he thought it was a very good shingle.
+
+"I should like to carry it home," said Marco; "but I suppose you would
+think that that would be a foolish plan."
+
+"No," said Forester, "I do not think it would be foolish. The shingle is
+flat, and will lie down in the bottom of your trunk; and, after you get
+tired of it as a shingle, you can have a little box made of it, and
+keep it all your life, as a memorial of this expedition."
+
+This was a very good plan, for Marco had not shaved his shingle very
+thin. In fact, it was of about equal thickness at the two ends. This,
+though a very serious fault in a shingle, made it much more suitable as
+a material for making a box of.
+
+Marco also amused himself for half an hour in going down to the spring,
+where the farmer's wife went to get water, and playing there. There was
+a pleasant little path leading from the house down to the spring. He
+went down once alone, and brought up a pail half full of water, for the
+farmer's wife, which seemed to please her very much.
+
+While he was doing these things, Forester remained in the house, writing
+letters. Before Forester had finished his last letter, however, Marco
+had got tired of all his amusements, and began to think that they had
+better resume their journey.
+
+"Very well," said Forester; "whenever you say the word."
+
+"How are you going?" asked Marco.
+
+"I have made a bargain with the farmer," said Forester, "to let us have
+his wagon to go through the woods about twenty-five miles, and Isaiah is
+going with us, in order to drive the wagon back."
+
+Marco was much pleased with this arrangement, and Forester asked him
+what time they should start. "We are under your direction, you know,"
+said he.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "and I wish you would let me have the direction all
+day."
+
+"I have a great mind to do it," said Forester.
+
+"Do," said Marco, "and see how well I'll manage."
+
+"Well," said Forester; "I will give up the command to you till I resume
+it again."
+
+Marco was quite pleased with his new powers. He said they must take a
+hatchet and a bag of provisions, for he meant to dine in the woods on
+the way. Isaiah accordingly put a hatchet in the wagon. They also took
+some bread and cheese, and some other articles of food, in a bag; and
+also a tin dipper, to drink from. When all was ready, Marco called
+Forester, and they set off. Their trunk was put into the wagon behind.
+
+They went on very well for ten miles. The road led through thick forests
+for a large part of the way, and it was very stony and rough. But the
+wilderness, and even the difficulties of the way, interested Marco very
+much. He thought that it was much pleasanter travelling through those
+forest scenes, the wheels of the wagon sometimes jolting over roots,
+stones, logs, and sometimes sinking in the mire, than riding in a
+carriage, as he had often done with his mother, over the smooth and
+broad avenues leading into New York.
+
+After they had gone about ten miles, they were brought to a sudden stop
+by a tree, which had been blown down, and had fallen directly across the
+road.
+
+"What is to be done now?" said Marco.
+
+Nobody answered.
+
+"What is to be done now, cousin Forester?" repeated Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester. "_I've_ nothing to do with it. You are
+commander."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Marco. "Then I'll decide what to do. We'll chop
+the tree off with our hatchet."
+
+Marco bustled about with an air of great importance, taking the hatchet
+from the back of the wagon, and advancing towards the tree, as if he
+expected to sunder it at a single blow. He looked towards Isaiah, and,
+seeing a lurking smile upon his countenance, he immediately perceived
+how absurd was the idea of chopping off such an enormous stem with a
+hatchet.
+
+He accordingly turned suddenly about, saying,
+
+"No; we can't cut it off with the hatchet. It is too big; or, rather,
+the hatchet is too little. We'll see if we can't find a way to get
+around it."
+
+So Marco asked Forester to look on one side of the road, while he and
+Isaiah examined the other side. They found that, by cutting down one or
+two small trees, they could get around very well. So Marco directed to
+have these trees cut down, and then they led the horse around without
+much difficulty, excepting a slight obstruction from the bushes.
+
+Marco was quite pleased with the successful result of his management in
+this first serious emergency. They rode on five miles farther, and then
+Marco determined that it would be a good plan to look out for a place
+for their dinner. He chose a place in a pleasant dell, overshadowed by
+tall pines and hemlocks, and watered by a brook which meandered through
+the middle of it.
+
+Marco directed Isaiah to drive the horse out to one side of the road, at
+a place where there was a pretty broad and level spot, which seemed to
+Marco a convenient place for the horse to stand. Marco told Forester
+that he and Isaiah might go and employ themselves in finding a good spot
+for them to make a fire, and in collecting some dry wood, while he
+fastened the horse. Isaiah accordingly took the axe, and Marco was to
+bring the bag of provisions.
+
+Marco drew the horse out of the road, and brought his head up near to
+the stem of a little tree, which was growing there. He then took out the
+bag, and made his way through the bushes, in the direction in which
+Forester and Isaiah had gone, down a little cow path, which descended to
+the bank of the brook.
+
+He found Forester and Isaiah very readily. Forester was seated upon a
+flat stone near the water, and Isaiah was gathering dry sticks for a
+fire. It was a warm and pleasant day, and they wanted a fire, not so
+much for its warmth, as for the cheerful and pleasant aspect it gave to
+the place. There was a gentle breeze blowing that day in the open
+ground. This breeze was not felt among the trees, but it caused a gentle
+draft of air, which carried all the smoke away from them, and made their
+seat, on the great flat stone, very pleasant.
+
+"Have you fastened the horse?" said Forester.
+
+"Yes," replied Marco.
+
+"You ought to fasten him pretty strong," said Isaiah, "for he's very apt
+to get away."
+
+"O, he won't get away," said Marco; "I fastened him to a good stout
+tree."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+When the fire was burning well, Isaiah and Marco buried some potatoes,
+which they had brought with them, in the embers under it. They also put
+some apples down to roast on a flat stone, which they placed near the
+fire.
+
+"I wish we had some Carolina potatoes," said Marco.
+
+"What kind of potatoes are they?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"They are sweet. They would be excellent to roast in the woods."
+
+"I never heard of a potato being sweet," said Isaiah.
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "They have plenty of them in New York."
+
+"Then why don't they call them New York potatoes?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"Why, I believe they came from Carolina first," said Marco. "And now I
+want a long stick for a toaster."
+
+So Marco cut a long stick, and, after he had made the end sharp, he put
+a slice of bread upon it, and placed it before the fire, and thus
+toasted the bread. It is remarkable that the business of cooking the
+food, which, in houses and cities, is considered a disagreeable
+drudgery, which is to be kept as much as possible out of sight, is
+always in the woods a very important part of the entertainment, in which
+all the guests are pleased to take a share.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE ENCAMPMENT.
+
+
+Our party of travellers remained at the place of their bivouack more than
+an hour. At the end of that time, having eaten all that they had cooked,
+they began to think of resuming their journey. Marco was sitting upon
+the stone, wishing that he had put down one more potato to roast, when
+suddenly he perceived a large grey squirrel upon a log near him. The
+squirrel ran along the log, and Marco immediately rose and went in
+pursuit of him.
+
+The squirrel ascended a tree, running up the stem. Then he glided along
+one of the branches till he came to the end of it, when he leaped
+through the air and caught the end of another branch, which was growing
+from another tree. This branch, which was very slender, bent down half
+way to the ground under the squirrel's weight. Bunny ran up the branch,
+however, as easily as if it remained level. Thus he went along from tree
+to tree, following, generally, the direction of the path by which Marco
+had descended in coming from the wagon.
+
+At length he emerged from the wood, just at the point where Marco had
+fastened the horse. But all farther pursuit of him, on the part of
+Marco, was suddenly arrested by the astounding fact, which here burst
+suddenly upon Marco, that the horse and wagon were gone. Marco looked
+all about, this way and that, to assure himself that it was the very
+same place where he had fastened the horse. There could be no doubt of
+it. There was the very tree to which he had tied him, and the marks of
+his feet, near it, upon the ground.
+
+Marco was in consternation. He looked all around, and then ran into the
+road and looked both ways, but no signs of the horse were to be seen. He
+then hurried back to the edge of the woods and called out in a loud
+voice:
+
+"Cousin Forester! Isaiah! cousin Forester! our horse has got away."
+
+Isaiah sprang from the seat and ran, quicker than the squirrel had done,
+up the path. As he came out to the place where Marco was standing, Marco
+began to say, "There's where I tied him. I fastened him strong to that
+tree." But Isaiah paid no attention to what he said, but ran directly to
+the road. He did not stop to look both ways, but taking the road which
+led towards his home, he ran along as fast as he could go. Marco
+followed him as far as into the road, and looked after him as long as he
+could see him. Isaiah was, however, soon out of sight, and Marco went
+back to find Forester. Forester was coming up the path very leisurely,
+bringing the bag, with the remaining provisions in it, in one hand, and
+the hatchet in the other.
+
+"Well, cousin Forester," said Marco, "we are in a fine condition. Our
+horse and wagon have run away, and now Isaiah has run away too."
+
+"I think Isaiah will come back pretty soon," said Forester. "As to the
+horse and wagon, that is more doubtful."
+
+"And then what shall we do?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester. "We are ten miles from any house in one
+direction, and fifteen in another. But I'm not commander. It's nothing
+to me. I've only to obey orders. I'll do whatever you say."
+
+"Yes, but I should think you might advise me," said Marco. "Generals get
+advice from their captains and colonels in battle."
+
+"Oh yes," said Forester; "I'll advise you. I think we had better wait
+first till Isaiah comes back. Perhaps he'll find the horse."
+
+They waited about fifteen minutes, and then Isaiah came back. But he had
+no horse. He said he went on until he reached the top of a hill where he
+could see the road for a long distance before him, but that the horse
+was not to be seen.
+
+"He'll get home before I should overtake him," said Isaiah.
+
+"Yes," said Marco, "unless he stopped where the tree fell across the
+road."
+
+"True," said Isaiah; "perhaps he has stopped there."
+
+"Or would not he find his way round the tree through the woods?" asked
+Marco.
+
+"I don't know," said Isaiah; "perhaps he would."
+
+"Is he a pretty sensible horse?" asked Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Isaiah; "we have to keep the granary door locked, or else
+he will open the latch with his teeth, and go in and get the corn."
+
+"Then," said Marco, "I've no doubt that he will find his way around the
+tree and go home; and so we've got nothing to do but to walk back
+fifteen miles."
+
+"Or forward ten," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," said Marco; "we can go on, to be sure, if we only knew the way."
+
+Here followed a long discussion as to what it was best to do. Marco
+thought that, if there was any probability that the horse would have
+stopped at the tree, it would be better for him to go back and get him;
+but that, if he had got _by_ the tree, and had gone home, it would be
+better for Isaiah to go back and get him, while they went forward to the
+end of the day's journey. He said that the trunk might be sent on.
+
+Forester was himself very much at a loss to know what it was best to do.
+As it was farther to go back than it was to go forward, it would be
+plainly best for them to keep on, were it not for the difficulty of
+finding their way. But Isaiah told them he thought they would not have
+any difficulty on that account, as there were very few roads in such a
+new country. He said that, if they kept the principal road, they could
+get along without any trouble.
+
+So Marco and Forester concluded to go on, while Isaiah returned. Isaiah
+said that he was not afraid to return alone. He said also that, if he
+found the horse at the tree, he would turn about and come and overtake
+them. And if he did not find him there, he would walk on home, and come
+the next day with their trunk.
+
+Marco and Forester then went back to the place where they had dined, and
+collected together all the food which had been left, thinking that they
+might possibly have occasion to use it, before getting to the end of
+their journey. They also took the hatchet with them, and bidding Isaiah
+good-by, they set forth upon their solitary journey.
+
+The road, though rough and narrow for wheels, was very good for a
+foot-path, and the travellers went on for several miles without
+difficulty, and with good courage. There was an unbroken forest on each
+side of the way, with here and there a solitary bird in the topmost
+branches, singing in melancholy notes, which echoed far and wide under
+the endless colonnades of trees. After they had gone on about four
+miles, they met a man coming with a team, who told them that there was
+no road of any consequence to turn them off, and that they would,
+therefore, probably find their way without much trouble. They were quite
+pleased to hear this. In fact, it was some relief to them to know that
+they were right, so far.
+
+Marco was, however, not much accustomed to walk, and Forester, to
+accommodate him, advanced slowly. When they had gone about five or six
+miles, the shades of evening began to draw on. The days were getting
+shorter at this season of the year, and then, besides, it happened that,
+on this evening, there were some dark clouds in the west, and the sun
+was darkened behind them before the regular hour of his going down.
+Then, besides, the trees of the forest made it darker in the road in
+which Marco and Forester were travelling.
+
+Now, just as it was thus beginning to grow dark, they happened to come
+to a place where the road divided, and Marco and Forester were both
+puzzled to decide which was the one which they must take. The roads
+seemed to be nearly equally travelled, though it was so dark that they
+could not see very well. They examined both as carefully as they could,
+and finally decided according to the best of their judgment, and went
+on.
+
+They had some doubt whether they were right, and Forester thought, as
+they proceeded, that the road appeared somewhat different from the one
+in which they had been travelling. However, they thought it best to go
+on. After advancing about two miles, in a very circuitous direction,
+they came at last to a place where several trees seemed to have been
+cut away, and there were remains of several log huts. Marco was very
+much interested in this discovery, and he wanted to examine the huts
+very particularly. But Forester, when he found that they were not
+inhabited, thought it best to lose no time, especially as it was now
+beginning to be quite dark, and he urged Marco to leave the huts and
+press on.
+
+They went on for half a mile farther, when Marco, seeing a glimmer
+through the trees, exclaimed that they were coming to some water.
+
+"So it is," said Forester. "It looks like a pond or a river. If it is a
+river, we're lost."
+
+They walked on a short distance farther, and then they began to hear the
+rippling of the water. In a few minutes, they were down upon the bank.
+It was a small river, flowing rapidly along, between banks overhung with
+bushes. Marco looked for a bridge, or for some place to cross, but they
+found none. In fact, the road did not go down to the water, but seemed
+to lose itself among the trees, before reaching the bank.
+
+"This is not our road," said Forester. "We must go back."
+
+"What road can this be?" asked Marco. "It seems to lead nowhere."
+
+"I presume it is a logging road," replied Forester.
+
+"What do you mean by that?" asked Marco. "Why, I suppose that those huts
+must have been a logging camp, where the men lived in the winter, when
+they came here to cut logs; and this is the road that they drew the logs
+by, down to the water. But this summer it has been neglected. They don't
+cut the logs in the summer."
+
+"And what shall we do?" asked Marco.
+
+"We must go back to the place where the road branched off," replied
+Forester.
+
+"Or else go and stay in the huts all night," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "we can do that. Let us go back and see."
+
+They accordingly went back to the huts. Marco asked Forester whether he
+thought they had better stay there.
+
+"I don't know," said Forester, "Let us strike a light, and see how the
+huts look."
+
+Marco took out his match-box, and, after first gathering a few dry
+sticks, he struck a light, and soon made a little fire. They found a
+birch tree growing near, and they stripped off some pieces of the bark.
+These they laid upon the fire, holding the ends of two long sticks upon
+them, in such a manner, that, as the pieces of birch bark curled up
+under the influence of the heat, they curled around the ends of these
+sticks, thus making flambeaux. These flambeaux, though of rude
+construction, gave a very excellent light, and Marco and Forester walked
+about the huts, waving them in the air, and illuminating the whole scene
+in a very brilliant manner.
+
+They found that the huts were in a ruinous state. Only one of them had a
+roof, and that had been originally made of hemlock branches, which had
+now become entirely dry by long exposure. This covered hut was only a
+sort of booth, being entirely open on one side. Forester said that he
+recollected having heard of such huts, and that the men built their
+fire, not in them, but on the ground opposite the open side.
+
+Forester and Marco concluded to remain in this hut for the night. They
+got together a great many hemlock branches, which they spread in the
+bottom of it for a bed, and they built a fire opposite the open part, to
+keep them warm.
+
+Marco took a great interest in this fire. He piled the dry sticks upon
+it until he had a very warm and cheerful blaze, and then he collected by
+the side of it a heap of fuel, to use during the night.
+
+In fact, Marco raised his fire too high; for, from the column of smoke
+and sparks, one little brilliant fragment lighted upon their roof; and
+it was slowly burning and smoking there, while Forester and Marco were
+opening their bag of provisions, to see what they could make out for
+supper.
+
+Marco was counting out the potatoes, saying, "two for you, and two for
+me," when his attention was arrested by a spark which, at that instant,
+fell into his lap. He looked up to see where it came from, and saw that
+the fire, which had spread from the original spark which had fallen upon
+the roof, had burned a hole through, and the air, which was drawn up
+through the opening, was at that moment fanning it into a flame.
+
+Marco ran out, calling out, "Get some water! Get some water!"
+
+There was plenty of water in a brook, which flowed with a murmuring
+sound down a little glen behind the huts, but there were no buckets, and
+Marco called in vain. It would have been equally useless to have raised
+an alarm of fire, as there was nobody within ten miles to hear the cry.
+The flames spread rapidly, and Forester and Marco soon saw that there
+was nothing to be done but for them to stand quietly by and witness the
+conflagration. The flames rose very high and raged fiercely, and the
+light shone far into the forest, bringing into distinct view the whole
+scene around, which had been involved in deep obscurity. The roof was
+soon consumed, but the logs, of which the walls had been built, were
+much longer in burning. The fire made by these logs, when they fell in
+together upon the bed which Forester and Marco had prepared, was so
+intensely hot that it could not be approached for a long time.
+
+As soon as the intensity of this fire had a little declined, Forester
+said that they must go to work and build themselves another hut. They
+examined the ruins of those which remained, but they concluded that it
+would be better to build a new one than to attempt to repair one of
+these. They accordingly determined to build one anew.
+
+They found two young trees, growing pretty near each other, which had
+branches about six feet from the ground, so situated that they could
+place a strong pole across from one tree to the other, resting the ends
+upon the branches. This, Marco called the ridge-pole. They then cut
+other poles, which they placed with the end on one side upon the ground,
+and the other ends upon the ridge-pole. These were rafters, and upon the
+rafters they placed a great many branches of hemlock, which formed a
+roof. This roof, however, was only upon one side. The other side of the
+hut was open, and they built a fire opposite this opening, feeling safe
+in regard to their roof, as it was made of green branches.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+This work occupied them an hour. At the end of that time, they put
+their potatoes into the fire to roast, and then laid down upon the
+hemlock beds which they made, to rest themselves a little while, till
+the potatoes should be done. Wearied with their long walk and the labors
+of the evening, they fell asleep, and did not wake again till four
+o'clock the next morning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+LOST IN THE WOODS.
+
+
+When Marco awoke, he at first supposed that he had been asleep about an
+hour, and he was surprised to see how much the fire had burned down in
+that time. He crept towards it, and began to put the brands together,
+when suddenly he recollected the potatoes. So he began to feel for them
+in the ashes, by means of a long stick, which they had obtained for a
+poker. The potatoes were all burnt to a cinder.
+
+Marco then awoke Forester, saying,
+
+"Cousin Forester! cousin Forester! wake up. The fire has gone out, and
+our potatoes are all burnt up."
+
+Forester awoke, and, after looking at the fire, and at the charred and
+blackened remains of the potatoes a moment, he took out his watch, and
+said,
+
+"Why, Marco, it is four o'clock. It is almost morning."
+
+"Is it?" said Marco. "Then we have not got much more time to sleep. Let
+us build up a good fire, and then lie down again."
+
+"Yes," replied Forester. "We must keep up a good fire, or we shall take
+cold, it is such a cool night. It looks as if it were going to rain."
+
+"What shall we do in that case?" asked Marco.
+
+"I don't know," replied Forester. "It would be rather a hard case for
+us."
+
+"We could stay here, I suppose," said Marco. "I don't think the rain
+would come through our roof."
+
+"No," said Forester, "not much. But then we have nothing to eat."
+
+"Could not we get anything to eat about here?" asked Marco.
+
+"Not very well," replied Forester. "We have got money enough, but this
+is a case where money does not seem to be of any use."
+
+"How do the men who come here in the winter to cut down the trees, get
+anything to eat?" asked Marco.
+
+"O, they bring it all with them," said Forester. "The roads are better,
+in the winter, for sleds and sleighs, than they are now for wheels; for
+then all the stumps and roughnesses are covered up with the snow. So,
+wherever there is a camp, there is a road leading to it, and sleigh
+loads of provisions are brought up for the men, from time to time, all
+the winter."
+
+"I wish one would come now," said Marco, "to us."
+
+"I wish so too," said Forester. "But it is of no use to wish, and so we
+may as well lie down and go to sleep again."
+
+"But, Forester," said Marco, "I don't see what we are going to do if it
+rains."
+
+"Nor do I," said Forester. "But this is not the time for forming a plan.
+This is the time for going to sleep. I make it a rule, in all
+perplexities and troubles, when there is nothing to be done immediately
+in order to get out of them, to lie down and go to sleep."
+
+Marco said no more, and Forester was soon asleep again. Marco himself
+felt so much concern about his situation that he could not go to sleep
+for some time. He lay watching the flames, which were creeping slowly
+around the logs which he and Forester had put upon the fire; for, while
+they had been holding the conversation above described, they had been
+employed in replenishing the fire.
+
+Marco heard a sound, which, at first, he thought was a bear. He was on
+the point of awakening Forester, but, after listening a little longer,
+he concluded that it was only the roaring of the wind upon the tops of
+the trees. After lifting his head from his pillow of hemlock branches
+for a moment, until he satisfied himself that it was no wild beast, he
+lay down again and went to sleep.
+
+He was awakened again, about three hours afterwards, by a long rumbling
+clap of thunder.
+
+"What is that?" said Forester. "Thunder?"
+
+"I believe it is," said Marco.
+
+"And it rains, I believe," said Forester.
+
+Marco raised his head, and looked out through the open part of the hut.
+He saw the drops of rain descending, and he heard the murmuring sound
+which the rain makes when falling upon the leaves in a forest. He saw,
+too, that everything was wet in the opening about the hut, although it
+seemed dry in the forest beyond, where the drops of rain had been
+intercepted by the leaves of the trees.
+
+"We must get our wood under cover," said Marco, "or it will get wet and
+won't burn, and then our fire will go out."
+
+"True," said Forester. "There is room for some of it in this hut. Let us
+get up and put it in."
+
+So Marco and Forester arose, and, as they were already dressed, they
+were soon at work, putting the logs into the hut. Marco then proposed
+that they should go into the forest, where it did not rain, and get some
+more wood. But Forester said he thought that would be of no service, as
+they had no provisions, and, of course, could not stay there. "We _must_
+go," said he, "at any rate, whether it rains or not; for it is better to
+get wet than to starve."
+
+"We have got _something_ left in our bag," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," replied Forester, "just enough for breakfast."
+
+"How I wish I had a bushel of potatoes," said Marco. "Then we could
+stay here a week. Only we should want a little salt too."
+
+Forester opened the bag and took out the provisions which were left.
+They found about enough for a breakfast for them, but they concluded to
+eat but half of their supply, as Forester thought it was best that they
+should put themselves upon short allowance.
+
+"You see, it is _possible_," said Forester, "that we may be kept here in
+the woods a day or two; so we must use our provisions economically."
+
+After breakfast, they went into the forest a little way, where they
+found that they were protected from the rain by the trees. This proved,
+as Forester said, that it had not been raining very long; and he
+thought, from appearances, that it would soon clear up.
+
+At a little distance from their encampment, they found another hut,
+which was in better condition than either of those which they had seen
+before. It was covered with strips of birch bark, which made a very good
+roof. Some of these strips, or rather sheets, for they were quite large,
+had fallen down, and Marco ran and got one of them, exclaiming,
+
+"What a monstrous sheet of birch bark!"
+
+This sheet, which Marco lifted up from the ground where it was lying,
+was about four feet long and two feet wide. Marco wondered that so large
+a sheet could be got from any tree.
+
+"What a monstrous tree it must have been!" said he to Forester.
+
+"No," said Forester, "not very large. This sheet is about four feet
+long, which would make the tree only about sixteen inches in diameter."
+
+"How do you prove that?" asked Marco.
+
+"Why, the distance through a tree is about one third the distance round
+it," replied Forester. "Now, this bark grew around the tree, and it is
+about four feet long. Four feet is forty-eight inches, and one-third of
+forty-eight is sixteen. Now, sixteen inches in diameter would not be a
+very large tree."
+
+"I mean to try this bark on some of these trees," said Marco, "to see
+how big a tree it will fit."
+
+So Marco took up the sheet of bark. It was white and clean, especially
+on the outside, having been blanched by the summer rains. Marco, in
+order to carry the sheet more easily, put it upon his shoulders, drawing
+it up around his neck like a shawl.
+
+"Cousin Forester," said he, "see my shawl. It would do for an umbrella,
+if I only had a handle."
+
+So saying, Marco drew the sheet of bark up higher, holding it in such a
+manner that it covered his cap, rising into a point above his head. He
+held it in such a manner as to leave a little crevice open in front, to
+peep through, in order that he might see where he was going.
+
+"See, Forester," said he,--"see my umbrella."
+
+Forester looked at Marco's contrivance, and he immediately thought that
+such a sheet would be an important protection to the head and neck, in
+case they had to walk in the rain. He accordingly went to the hut and
+selected a sheet for himself, saying,
+
+"This is not a bad plan. The most important point is to protect the head
+and neck, and this will do it pretty well. We can roll the sheets up and
+carry them under our arms, unless it rains fast, and then we can wrap
+them around us."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Having thus found a rude substitute for an umbrella, Forester thought
+that it would be best for them to set out on their journey. They
+accordingly returned to their encampment, and made preparations for
+resuming their march. As it was raining but very little at that time,
+they rolled up their umbrellas and carried them under their arms. Marco
+took the hatchet, and Forester the bag of provisions. Marco wanted to
+set fire to the hut which had sheltered them for the night. He wanted
+Forester to hear what a loud crackling the green hemlock branches, which
+they had put upon the roof, would make, when the flames from the wood
+below should envelop them.
+
+But Forester would not consent to this. He said that some accident might
+possibly happen, by which they should be obliged to come back and spend
+another night there, though he hoped such a measure would not be
+necessary.
+
+"I hope so, too," said Marco.
+
+"We may lose our way again," said Forester.
+
+"But then," said Marco, "we shall not come back to this place."
+
+"Why, I have heard," said Forester, "of people losing their way in the
+woods, and, after a great deal of wandering, getting back to the place
+they started from. So that, _possibly_, we may wander about all day, and
+get back here at night."
+
+"I hope not, I'm sure," said Marco. "I am tired of this old hovel."
+
+"Why, the lumber-men stay in these places all winter," said Forester.
+
+"Yes," replied Marco, "but then they know that they can get out whenever
+they please. We don't know that we can ever get out."
+
+"That is true," said Forester, "and it makes a great difference."
+
+"Don't you feel concerned about our finding our way out?" asked Marco.
+
+"No," said Forester. "I make it a rule never to be _concerned_ about
+anything."
+
+"Oh, Forester!" said Marco,--"I think we ought to be concerned when we
+get lost in the woods."
+
+"No," replied Forester. "We ought to do the best we can to get out, but
+not to be concerned. To be concerned is to be anxious and unhappy. This
+does no good. Being concerned would never help us find our way out of
+the woods."
+
+Thus talking, the two unfortunate travellers walked on, with their rolls
+under their arms. It was well that they took them, for, after they had
+been walking about half an hour, the sky grew dark, and, a short time
+afterwards, the rain began to come down in torrents. Forester and Marco
+unrolled their umbrellas, and wrapped them about their shoulders and
+heads; and, at the same time, they fled for shelter under an enormous
+pine tree, which grew in such a spot that its branches extended in every
+direction, and formed a canopy above them, which kept off a great deal
+of the rain. When the rain abated a little, they walked on.
+
+Their plan was to get back to the place where they had left the main
+road the day before. But they were somewhat perplexed to find it. In
+fact, they met with several roads which branched off from the one in
+which they were walking. These were old tracks, made by the lumber-men,
+and were partly grown up to bushes. They wandered about among these
+paths for some time, and at last, to their great joy, they came out
+into a good beaten road, which Forester immediately thought was the one
+which they had been travelling in the day before. Notwithstanding
+Forester's philosophical resolution, never to be _concerned_, he could
+not help confessing that he felt somewhat relieved to find the right
+road again; and, as the sun was just breaking through the clouds at this
+time, they both thought that their prospects were brightening
+considerably.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE SHINGLE WEAVER'S.
+
+
+The travellers walked on with fresh strength and courage, now that they
+thought they were in the right road. The road was, however, monotonous,
+being, for most of the way, through a dense forest; and it was so very
+similar to the road by which they had come the day before that they were
+convinced they were now right.
+
+They went on, without any special adventure, for nearly two hours, when
+they arrived at what had the appearance of being an old wood road, which
+branched off at right angles to the one in which they were travelling.
+The trees were somewhat more open here. This admitted the sun; and there
+were several raspberry bushes growing at the entrance of the wood road,
+with ripe raspberries hanging upon them, for the season of raspberries
+had now arrived.
+
+Marco seized this fruit with great avidity. Forester followed his
+example, and began gathering the berries. The bushes were, however, not
+entirely dry, and they had to advance cautiously among them. In fact,
+they found it better to keep along the wood road, gathering the berries
+as they advanced. It was not a road, strictly speaking, for there were
+no marks of wheels upon it, or tracks of any sort, made by travelling.
+It was only a space for a road, made by cutting away the trees and
+bushes.
+
+Along this opening, Forester and Marco slowly advanced, eating the
+raspberries which grew by the side of the way. After going on for a few
+rods in this manner, Marco suddenly exclaimed,
+
+"Why, here is another camp!"
+
+Forester looked up and saw, just before them, the remains of a sort of
+hut, somewhat similar to those which they had seen the evening before.
+There was a large heap of chips and shavings about it.
+
+"What can this be?" asked Marco.
+
+"I presume," said Forester, "that it is an old shingle weaver's
+establishment."
+
+"What is a shingle weaver?" asked Marco.
+
+"A man who makes shingles," replied Forester, "such as they use for
+covering houses. They make them of clear straight-grained pine, which
+will split easily and true."
+
+So saying, Forester advanced towards the hut, and took up one of the
+pieces of pine, which had been split out for a shingle. There were
+several of such pieces lying about among the chips and shavings. It was
+somewhat browned by exposure to the weather, but it had a very smooth
+and glossy appearance, shining with a sort of silken lustre.
+
+"This is a beautiful piece of pine," said Forester.
+
+"Let us carry some of it home," rejoined Marco.
+
+"What good would it do us?" asked Forester.
+
+"Why, we might make something of it," said Marco. "Perhaps I could make
+a little box."
+
+"And that would serve as a _souvenir_ of this expedition," added
+Forester.
+
+"A souvenir?" said Marco,--"what is that?"
+
+"Why, something to remember it by," replied Forester. "Hereafter,
+whenever you should see the box, you would be reminded of our wanderings
+and perils in this wilderness."
+
+"Well," said Marco, "let us take it."
+
+The farther conversation of our adventurers was interrupted by a sound,
+like that of wagon wheels, coming along the main road, which they had
+just left.
+
+"There comes some traveller," exclaimed Forester. "Let us go and enquire
+about our way."
+
+"Hark!" said Marco.
+
+At this instant, the sound of the wheels suddenly stopped, and Marco and
+Forester heard the voice of a man calling out earnestly to his horse,
+"Whoa! whoa!" as if something had happened. Marco and Forester hastened
+to the spot, where they found that the horse had fallen down, and the
+man was trying in vain to get him up. The harness was drawn so tight
+about the horse's limbs, by the constrained position in which he was
+lying, that he could not get up, and the man could not extricate him.
+The man had gone behind, and had drawn the wagon back, so as to loosen
+the pressure of the harness upon the horse, but, until Forester and
+Marco came, there was no one to unbuckle the straps when they were thus
+loosened; and, if the man let go of the wagon, to go and unbuckle the
+harness, it was drawn back again at once by the tension of the straps,
+and made as tight as before.
+
+He was, therefore, very glad to see Forester and Marco coming. He asked
+them to come and help him.
+
+Forester and Marco were immediately going to attempt to unbuckle the
+harness, but the man told them that there was danger of their getting
+kicked by the horse, in case he should suddenly begin to struggle.
+
+"Come here," said the man, "and hold the wagon back and I will loosen
+the harness."
+
+By means of this plan of operations, the horse was soon liberated from
+his confinement, and he got up. The man seemed very thankful to Forester
+and Marco, and he asked them where they were going.
+
+"We are going to No. 3," said Forester. "Is this the right way?"
+
+The townships in a new country are _numbered_ at first, not named. The
+place to which Marco and Forester were going had yet very few
+inhabitants, and it had no name but No. 3.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, "this is the right road. I wish I was going that
+way, I would take you along in my wagon."
+
+This answer puzzled Marco a little, on two accounts. First, the man
+_was_ going the same way with them, but then Marco thought that,
+perhaps, he was going to turn off, pretty soon, into some other road.
+Then, secondly, he did not see how the man could possibly carry him and
+Forester, in any event, as the wagon seemed completely filled with bags,
+and kegs, and firkins, leaving scarcely room for the man himself to sit.
+
+Forester told the man that they could walk very well; but he said that
+they were hungry, and if the man had anything to eat, in his wagon, they
+should be glad to buy something of him.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, "I've a loaf of bread that I can spare, and a
+jug of milk."
+
+"That will be just the thing," said Marco.
+
+At first, the man was not willing to receive anything for the bread and
+milk, but as Forester insisted upon it, he consented to take a little
+pay. He then told Forester that he had some honey in his wagon, and a
+few apples, and Forester bought a supply of these. At first, they
+thought they should not have anything to put the honey in, but Marco ran
+to the shingle weaver's hut, and got one of the thin pieces which had
+been split out for shingles, and it made a very good plate. Forester
+bought a pound of the honey, and half a dozen apples.
+
+They then bade the man good-by, and he resumed his journey. Forester and
+Marco went back to the hut, where they had a most excellent dinner. They
+built a fire, and roasted the apples and toasted the bread. They cut it
+into slices with Marco's knife. They made wooden spoons for the honey
+out of pieces of pine, which answered very well indeed. Marco said it
+was the very best dinner he ever ate in his life.
+
+After dinner, they returned to the main road, and resumed their walk.
+Forester said he wished he had asked the man how far it was to No. 3,
+but he thought it could not be very far, as they had been travelling
+nearly three hours, and it was only about ten miles in the morning.
+
+As he was saying this, they were just ascending a hill, and when they
+reached the top of it, they had a prospect of the road for a
+considerable distance before them. Marco thought he saw something
+coming, and he asked Forester what it was.
+
+"I think it is only a stump, or something like that," said Forester.
+
+"No, it moves," said Marco.
+
+"It is another wagon," said Forester, "I really believe. Now we can find
+out how far it is to No. 3."
+
+It was very soon quite evident that it was a wagon, and that it was
+coming on apace. As it drew nearer, it appeared that there was a boy in
+it.
+
+"He is just about as big as Isaiah," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," said Forester. "And the horse looks very much like the horse
+Isaiah had."
+
+"I verily believe it is Isaiah," said Marco.
+
+This supposition was confirmed as the wagon drew near. The boy was
+Isaiah, but he stared at Marco and Forester with a look of perplexity
+and wonder, as if he was very much surprised to see them.
+
+"Isaiah!" said Marco, accosting him, as soon as Isaiah drew up the reins
+and stopped the horse opposite to them.
+
+"What are you coming back for?" asked Isaiah.
+
+"Coming back!" repeated Forester, not knowing exactly what Isaiah meant.
+
+"Yes," said Isaiah. "I thought you were going to stay at No. 3, and I
+was going to carry your trunk there."
+
+It immediately flashed upon Forester's mind that they had got turned
+about in their wanderings, and, instead of going on towards No. 3, as
+they supposed, they were in reality, though in the right road, going the
+wrong way in it.
+
+Forester had a hearty laugh at this discovery, in which Marco joined, as
+soon as he fairly understood the case. At first, he was very much
+perplexed. He could not believe that they could have got their ideas of
+direction so completely reversed.
+
+"Besides," said he, "that man told us that we were in the right way."
+
+"Yes," said Forester, "but he did not tell us that we were _going right_
+in it."
+
+"I suppose he did not know which way we were going," said Marco.
+
+The question then arose, what was to be done. Forester proposed that
+they should get into the wagon and let Isaiah drive them to No. 3, but
+Marco said that he was commander, and he was not going to try to get to
+No. 3 any more. He had been travelling back and forth through those
+woods long enough, and he declared that he would not vote to go through
+them again, if he had to go round the world to get to the other side of
+them.
+
+Forester laughed and submitted to the decision; so they all returned to
+Isaiah's father's.
+
+The next morning they formed a different plan for pursuing their
+journey. They wanted to get to the Quebec road now, as soon as possible,
+and they found, by enquiry, that, by taking a boat upon a large pond or
+lake, a few miles distant, they could go about twenty miles by water,
+through a chain of ponds, which led in the direction in which they
+wished to go.
+
+So Forester hired a man to go with them and bring back the boat. They
+went, in a wagon, to a place very near the landing, at the pond. The
+landing was in a small cove, surrounded by forests. The cove opened out
+into the pond by two points of land, rocky and precipitous, and crowned
+with evergreen trees. The water was smooth, and the whole scene highly
+picturesque. When Marco came in sight of it, he was much pleased with
+the prospect of a voyage on such a sheet of water.
+
+There was considerable water in the boat when the party arrived on the
+beach, and Forester undertook to bail it out. The man who was going with
+them went and cut a bush, with a thick top, to use as a sail, in case
+there should be a fair wind. While he was bringing the bush, and
+Forester was bailing out the boat, Marco stood upon the beach, looking
+at the paddles.
+
+"Does she leak, cousin Forester?" asked Marco.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+"No," said Forester, "I presume not. This water all comes from the
+rain."
+
+"I'm glad to hear that," said Marco, "for I don't want to go to sea in a
+leaky ship."
+
+There was a great basket of provisions on the beach, by the side of
+Marco, while these preparations were making, for they were resolved not
+to expose themselves, a second time, to the danger of famine. When all
+was ready, the bush, the basket and the paddles were put on board, and
+our adventurers, after gliding smoothly through the water to the outlet
+of the cove, doubled one of the rocky points of land, and pushed boldly
+out upon the waters of the pond.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+A VOYAGE ON THE POND.
+
+
+As the boat moved on, propelled by the paddles, which Forester and the
+man who accompanied them were plying, Marco sat upon a thwart, and gazed
+upon the picturesque and romantic scene around him. The shores of the
+lake, or pond, formed many beautiful points and promontories, with deep
+bays between them. There were a great many islands too, scattered over
+its surface. Marco wanted to land upon some of these, but Forester
+thought that they had better make the best of their way towards their
+destined port.
+
+Marco contented himself, therefore, with gazing on the changing scenery,
+as they passed, in succession, one island and promontory after another.
+The whole country was covered with forests, except that here and there
+was an opening, with the house and barn of a settler in the middle of
+it. Smokes were rising, too, in various directions, where new clearings
+were in progress. There was one in particular, on the side of a distant
+hill, which rose in such dense white volumes as especially to attract
+Marco's attention.
+
+When Marco had admired these objects long enough, he leaned a little
+over the side of the boat, and began to look down into the water. The
+water was not deep, and the bottom was smooth and sandy. They glided
+rapidly along over these sands. Marco's leaning caused the boat to
+incline a little to one side; but Forester, instead of asking him not to
+lean over so, just moved himself a little in the contrary direction, and
+thus restored the equilibrium.
+
+"There, Forester," said Marco, suddenly raising himself, "I forgot one
+thing."
+
+"What is that?" said Forester.
+
+"I forgot my piece of wood to make a box of."
+
+"I am very sorry," said Forester. "But then you can get another piece,
+perhaps, before we get to the end of our journey."
+
+"But I wanted a piece from that very hut, so as to make the box a
+souvenir of our having got lost in the woods," said Marco.
+
+"Yes," rejoined Forester, "that would have been very pleasant,--but,
+perhaps, we shall meet with some other odd adventure, which will be as
+good as being lost in the woods."
+
+"I don't think being lost in the woods is anything very good," said
+Marco.
+
+"It is not a very good thing at the time, but the recollection of such
+adventures and dangers is always pleasant afterwards. You see you
+specially want a souvenir of it.
+
+"But, Marco," continued Forester, "I have thought of something which
+will be, perhaps, better than a box. At any rate, it will be more
+convenient to make."
+
+"What is it?" said Marco.
+
+"A little press for pressing flowers," replied Forester.
+
+"How could I make it?" asked Marco.
+
+"Have two pieces of pine wood, planed out thin," said Forester. "They
+might be varnished, and that would make them look very neat and pretty."
+
+"How large must they be?" asked Marco.
+
+"Oh, about as large," replied Forester, "as the covers of a small book.
+Just large enough to make it convenient to carry in the pocket. Then you
+must have some pieces of soft paper, of the same size and shape, to put
+between them. You must also have a piece of cord or braid, or something
+of that kind, to tie around them, to keep them together. Then, when you
+are travelling, if you find any pretty flower, you can put it into this
+press, and put the press in your pocket. Thus, the press will not only
+be a souvenir itself, but it will procure for you a great many other
+souvenirs."
+
+"That's an excellent plan," said Marco. "I like it very much. That will
+be better than a box."
+
+"It will be easier to make, at any rate," replied Forester. "Any joiner
+can plane out and square the boards for you."
+
+"Yes," said Marco. "I mean to get a piece of pine to make them of, the
+first time I find any."
+
+Marco had an opportunity to get a piece of pine suitable for this
+purpose, and, at the same time, a souvenir itself of an adventure,
+sooner than he anticipated; for, after having paddled many miles,
+towards noon a breeze sprung up, which, though really not against them,
+retarded them somewhat, as it tended to drive them out of their course.
+Their intention had been to have stopped upon the water, about noon, to
+eat their dinner; but, as this breeze would prevent the boat from
+remaining at rest, they concluded to land upon an island, which was near
+where they were at the time, and take their dinner there. Marco was
+particularly pleased with this plan, as it would enable him to build a
+fire, and he always wanted to build a fire on such occasions, whether
+there was anything to be cooked by it or not.
+
+The island was rocky, and it was covered with trees. On the sheltered
+side of it there was a beach, where the party landed. Although this
+beach was somewhat protected from the wind, still the waves which rolled
+in kept the water in a state of agitation. They, however, landed here,
+running the head of the boat upon the sand.
+
+There was a large tree lying here, with its top in the water, and
+butt-end upon the beach. It was a tree which some settler had cut down
+at some place near the shore of the pond, and when the water was high it
+had been washed off, and, after drifting about the pond for some time,
+it had got lodged upon this beach, where it remained in the position in
+which our adventurers found it. It had been lying there for more than a
+year, and the branches which were out of the water were dead and dry.
+The foliage had long since disappeared.
+
+The boatman brought the boat up alongside of this tree, so that Forester
+and Marco stepped out upon the trunk, and walked to the land. The
+boatman then tied the boat to one of the dead branches of the tree, and,
+taking the basket of provisions and the hatchet, they all walked along,
+in search of a place for their dinner.
+
+They found a sheltered and pleasant place, at a little distance, under
+the trees. Marco soon struck a light, and began to build a fire. He
+found it somewhat difficult, however, to procure dry wood enough for the
+fire, until, at last, he thought of the branches of the tree to which
+the boat was fastened. He accordingly went to the place and began to cut
+them off.
+
+The boat was somewhat in the way while he was doing this, and he thought
+he would move it. He could fasten it just as well, he thought, by a
+stake driven into the sand. He therefore cut off one of the branches,
+and, after squaring one end and sharpening the other, he drove it down
+as well as he could into the sand. He then fastened the boat to this
+stake, thus removing it from the tree, and clearing the way so that he
+could conveniently cut off the branches.
+
+This was not, however, a very wise operation, for it is very difficult
+to drive a stake securely into sand. Sand, even when wet, has so little
+tenacity that it yields to the slightest force, and the stake soon began
+to work loose, by the motion of the boat, agitated by the waves; and, in
+fact, before Marco had finished carrying away the branches, the stake
+was entirely loosened from its bed, and was just ready to topple over.
+
+As the boat continued to pull upon it, this way and that, as it was
+agitated by the fluctuation of the water, it soon drew it down, and the
+boat, being now entirely at liberty, began to move slowly off from the
+shore. It soon drifted out where it was more fully exposed to the action
+of the wind, when it began to move much faster. And thus, while our
+party of voyagers were eating their dinner, seated on a flat rock, by
+the side of a good fire, in fancied security, their boat was quietly
+drifting away, thus apparently cutting them off from all communication
+with the main land.
+
+Marco made the discovery that the boat was gone, just after finishing
+his dinner, and he immediately gave the alarm. Forester and the boatman
+came at once to the spot. They could just see the boat, half a mile
+distant, under a ledge of rocks, which formed the shore in that place.
+
+This was the third time, on this journey, that Marco had found himself
+isolated in circumstances of difficulty and danger, and cut off,
+apparently, from all convenient means of retreat; and, at first, he
+thought that this was the worst and the most dangerous of the three. In
+fact, he did not see in what possible way they could escape.
+
+"What shall we do?" asked Forester.
+
+"We must make a raft, somehow or other," said the boatman. "If I had a
+log, I could go after the boat on that."
+
+"Won't this tree answer for a log?" asked Marco.
+
+The boatman looked at the tree. He said that, if he had an axe, he
+thought he could cut off the top, and roll the trunk into the water; but
+it would take him a long time, he said, to hack it off with the hatchet.
+
+There seemed to be, however, no alternative; so he set himself at work,
+and in due time he cut off the stem of the tree, just where it entered
+the water. They all three then took levers, which the boatman made with
+his hatchet, and, by making great exertion, they got the log out of the
+sand, and rolled it round into the water, where it floated. The man then
+cut a long pole, and, mounting upon the log, he pushed himself out over
+the surface of the water.
+
+Forester and Marco watched his progress with great interest. Marco
+thought that he would certainly roll off the log, but he seemed to stand
+and to walk upon it, perfectly at his ease. He would advance to the
+forward end of the log, and then, planting the foot of his pole in the
+sand on the bottom, he would push, walking along as the log advanced,
+until he came to the stern end of the log, when he would draw out his
+pole, and walk back again. In this way he propelled the log until the
+water became too deep for his pole to reach the bottom, and then he
+ceased these efforts, and, standing upright, he left himself to be
+driven along slowly by the wind.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Forester and Marco saw plainly that he would be gone for some time, and
+they amused themselves, during his absence, in wandering about the
+shores of the island. In one place, Marco found, upon a rock a little
+above the water, a slab of pine wood, which was bleached by the sun and
+rain. It had drifted down, the summer before, from some stream emptying
+into the pond. In the winter it had been frozen into the ice, and, when
+the ice broke up on the following spring, the cake to which the slab was
+attached, had been crowded up upon the shore, where the slab had been
+left when the ice melted.
+
+Marco immediately thought that this slab would furnish him with a good
+piece of wood to make a flower press of, and he accordingly dragged it
+up where he could work upon it with his hatchet. He soon cut off a
+piece, of the proper length, and hewed it down so as to make it of a
+convenient shape to carry.
+
+When Forester came to examine it, he said he thought it was a very good
+piece, and when it was planed smooth and varnished, he thought, from its
+appearance, that it would be of a very pretty color.
+
+"You can get it made at the first shop we come to," said Forester, "and
+then you can collect and preserve a great many flowers in it, when we
+get to Canada. When you get home; you can put them in a book, and call
+them the Canadian Flora."
+
+"That's just what I'll do," said Marco, "and then, when I get home, I'll
+give some of them to my cousins. They will like them, because they came
+from Canada. But I can't put a great many into such a press."
+
+"No," said Forester. "You only collect them in the press, which you
+always carry with you in your pocket. You put them all in a book, or in
+a larger press, as soon as you get home, and then you have the small
+press ready for use again."
+
+While they were talking thus, they watched the boatman, who had, by
+this time, reached the land and recovered the boat. He came back quite
+rapidly, propelling the boat with the paddle. Marco and Forester
+embarked on board of her, and they finished their voyage without any
+further adventure. The next day, they reached the Quebec road, and,
+leaving the region of the Kennebec, they went on their way towards
+Canada.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:
+
+
+A Table of Contents has been added for the reader's convenience.
+
+Inconsistent hyphenation (mill-man/millman) and spelling
+(bivouac/bivouack) have been regularized.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Forests of Maine, by Jacob S. Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FORESTS OF MAINE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 24831.txt or 24831.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/8/3/24831/
+
+Produced by D. Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/24831.zip b/24831.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..365b127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/24831.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d1e7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #24831 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/24831)